LESSONS FROM THE
PROVERBS
by
Harold Davis
Lesson #1
THE PROVERBS OF SOLOMON
Proverbs 1:1
Introduction:
The
word, proverb, as used in this verse literally means, "a
likeness" or "a like
thing." The idea is that when you lay two like things
side by side you can see the
similarity
between the two things or else you can see the contrast between them. Thus, you can
look at one and learn about the
other.
Generally
the proverbs carried with them a sense of intrigue which challenged the
thinking
of the listener or reader, stimulated him to think further about the statement,
and
search
for the real meaning involved. An
example of such a proverb is found in Jeremiah
31:29, "The fathers have eaten sour
grapes, and the children's teeth are set on edge." The
teaching
of this proverb is that the sins of one generation of Hebrews were now causing
some
serious
problems for their offspring.
Sometimes
a proverb clearly explains its meaning.
Sometimes it leaves the meaning for
the listener to search out.
I.
About Solomon, the author
A. In the heading Solomon is declared to be the
author.
1. It seems strange that some ascribe David as
the principle author of the
proverbs
of this book. (They seem to think that
Solomon was merely the one
who
collected and wrote down David's proverbs.)
2. The heading of the book is not in harmony
with that idea.
B.
Some find a problem with a repetition of
this declaration in Proverbs 10:1.
1. They conclude that either that which is in
the first nine chapters do not
belong
to Solomon or that perhaps, that which begins with chapter 10 does not
belong
to Solomon. (They conclude that there
would be no purpose of stating
it
twice if both groups belong to Solomon.)
2. The answer to that problem is that the actual
collection of proverbs begins
with
chapter 10; the first nine chapters is an appeal to the individual to
seek
wisdom through the proverbs.
3. Both the appeal and the collection belong to
Solomon.
C. Solomon was credited with writing 3,000
proverbs, I Kings 4:32.
1. The book of Proverbs contains a total of only
about 300 proverbs.
2. Thus, it is obvious that not all of Solomon's
proverbs are contained in this
book.
3. Only those select few which were in keeping
with the purpose of this book
were
used.
D. Not every proverb listed in the book,
however, originated with Solomon.
1. The proverb which sets forth the theme of the
book is borrowed from the book
of
Job, Pro. 1:7; Job 28:28.
2. Solomon, himself, indicates that in a certain
section of the book some of the
proverbs
were from other wise men, Pro.
E. There was appendages
added to Solomon's writings by others, Pro. 25:1; 30:1;
31:1.
II. The relationship of the Book of
Proverbs to the law books
A. The law books (Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus,
Numbers, and Deuteronomy) were the
foundation writing of all Biblical truth.
B. Other writings, such as the prophetic and poetic
books, merely expand on those
truths.
(But they could never be contradictory to the basic truths already
revealed.)
C. The book of the Proverbs sets forth the moral
teachings of the law and shows how to
apply them.
III. The relationship of Proverbs to the
other writings by Solomon
A. Its connection to the Song of Solomon is
uncertain.
B. Some think the Proverbs were written in
Solomon's earlier life during his quest
for learning and wisdom; they think
Ecclesiastes was written in the later years of his
life.
(This writer is not so sure that the Proverbs were written first.)
C. Ecclesiastes was written
as a result of his quest for wisdom, Ecc. 1:3.
1. He first tried worldly learning and worldly
wisdom, Ecc.
2. He tried riches and wealth, Ecc. 2:7.
3. He tried fun and pleasure, Ecc. 2:1,12.
4. Finally he concluded that the highest good
for man is to fear God and to keep
His commandments, Ecc. 12:13-14.
D. It seems that Proverbs is the book which
Solomon wrote to give a more detailed
account of how to go about living one's life in keeping with that
principle.
1. The highest good for man is accomplished in
two things: First, by fearing
God (getting saved), and
secondly, by keeping God's commandments (doing His
will).
2. The book of Proverbs appeals to man to do
both.
a. It appeals to man to turn to God and trust in
Him, Pro. 1:7.
b. It appeals then to the man who has trusted
the Lord to follow the will
of God in his daily
conduct, Pro. 1:2-6.
PROVERBS, A HANDBOOK ON WISE LIVING
Proverbs 1:1-6
Introduction:
Our
text divides naturally into four divisions.
I.
The person who wrote, V. 1
A. Solomon is the author. (He wrote the majority of the proverbs; he
collected and
edited others.)
B. He was a qualified author, especially for
this kind of book.
1. He is considered to be the smartest and
wisest man of history even from the
worldly point of view.
2. Consider the vast kingdom and wealth he
acquired without war.
3. The most famous incident illustrating his
wisdom was when he determined the
identity of the real mother of
a child, I Kings 3:16-28.
4. The fame of his wisdom spread far and near
and was attested by the queen of
Sheba, I Kings 10:1, 4-7.
C. How fitting it is that when God wanted a
handbook on wise living, He selected the
wisest man to write it.
D. Yet Solomon wrote not simply from the
standpoint of worldly wisdom.
1. He had concluded that the best thing for man
under the sun is to fear God and
keep His commandments.
2. He wrote this book from that point of view.
II.
The purpose of his writings, V. 2-3
A. His purpose was to produce a book which would
be a handbook for man to live by.
1. "To know" is used here in the sense
of "to enable one to know." (A
study of
this book will enable one to
know.)
2. "Wisdom" as used here is
"skill." (One who follows the
teachings of this
book becomes skilled in the art
of life.)
3. "Instruction," as used here,
carries the idea of "the basics."
(One who
masters this book masters the
basics of life.)
B. To enable the student to recognize wise
instruction when he hears it is also the
purpose of this book.
1. He writes that one may "...perceive the
words of understanding..."
2. It will cause the student to understand
whatever words contain wise
instruction.
3. Thus, he knows good advice from bad.
C. He wrote to establish the thinking of the
student.
1. He said that he wrote, "To receive
instruction of wisdom..." (The idea
is
of being taught by chastisement
or other discipline.)
2. Thus, this person will discipline his own
thinking and will not be swept off
his feet by every wind of
doctrine.
3. He disciplines himself to think in terms of
justice, judgment and equity.
(Is it honest? Is it right before God? Is it fair and equitable to others?)
III.
The people to whom he wrote, V. 4-5
(Actually he continues to set forth his purpose in writing; plus, he identifies the
two groups to whom he wrote.)
A. He wrote to the inexperienced youth.
1. "Simple" here does not mean
"stupid," but inexperienced.
2. He further identifies him as
"young."
3. It makes sense that God would give the young
a book to aid them in getting
started off right in life.
4. In spite of his lack of experience, the young
can have great wisdom through
the proverbs.
B. He writes to those already wise and prudent.
1. By a study of Proverbs he can increase his
knowledge and understanding of
what life is all about.
2. He will advance to the point of being able to
give wise counsel to others.
(He can become a wise teacher.)
IV.
The plan of approach, V. 6
A. This verse does not apply to the introduction
given in chapters 1 through 9, but
rather to the main body of the proverbs.
(This verse appeals to the reader to
heed the wisdom of the proverbs; it is one thing to read them and
another to live
by their teachings.)
B. The main body of the book begins with chapter
ten.
1. The book is filled with wise sayings.
2. These wise sayings can guide one into making
wise decisions for his life.
The Foundation principle
Proverbs 1:7
Introduction:
This
principle did not originate with Solomon.
God gave it to man in the early stages,
Job 28:28.
Later He incorporated it into the Law, Ex. 19:18; 20:18-20. The Psalmist picked
up the principle and recorded it in Psalm
111:10. Finally, Solomon concluded that
this
principle is right, Ecc.
12:13.
One
may note that both "knowledge" and "wisdom" are used in
these passages. They are
used interchangeable. Even Solomon does this, Pro. 1:7; 9:10.
I.
The meaning of this principle
A. True wisdom does not look merely to the
immediate future.
1. What seems best for the immediate future may
not be best at all in the long
run.
2. True wisdom considers what is best for all
the future --- including eternity.
B. True wisdom does not look merely to the
existence of men.
1. It cannot ignore the existence and presence
of The Almighty God.
2. It sees Him as the Supreme Ruler of the universe
(Creator and owner).
3. He is the Judge to whom all mankind will give
account.
II.
The working of this principle in the salvation of the soul
A. It produces a sense of awe in the awareness
of God.
1. It is called "fear" in the text.
2. It is fear in the sense of reverence.
B. It produces a sense of smallness in the
presence of such greatness.
1. One is aware of his own weakness and God's
power.
2. One is aware of his own sinfulness and God's
holiness.
C. It causes one to turn to Him.
1. He turns to God in repentance.
2. He turns to Him seeking forgiveness of sin.
D. This is the beginning of wisdom
1. It is the wisest move that anyone can make.
2. It is a beginning point in a long relationship
with God.
III.
The basic principle on whilch to build
A. The principle does not become obsolete after
salvation.
1. It is a principle upon which to build one's
entire life.
2. Now that the beginning of wisdom has been
made, one can continue to apply
the principle and continue to
increase in wisdom.
B. Man knows so little about life and what
course of action to choose.
1. It is great to be able to turn to an all wise
God who is able to help man
to choose the right course of
action.
2. Whatever He says for a man to do is best for
that man.
C. Real wisdom turns one toward God.
1. First of all, it seeks to know what the will
of God is in the matter.
2. It then seeks to do God's will and it trusts
God to work things out for the
best.
D. Note some illustrations:
1. Abraham did not understand how God would keep
the covenant promises through
Isaac if he offered up Isaac to
God on the altar, but he knew what God had
told him to do and he set out
to do it trusting God to work things out and
keep the promises of the covenant. (He believed that God was able to raise
Isaac from the dead.)
2. Joshua did not know how that marching around
Jericho would give a victory,
but he knew what God said for
him to do and he did it trusting God to work
things out.
E. A child of God may not understand why God
tells him to do or not to do a certain
thing, but it his business to obey God and then it is God's business to
work things
out for the best.
Conclusion:
The
first thing is to get saved. Then there
should be a lifetime of doing what God
has instructed. That is the best of all possible ways to live
one's life. Are you saved?
THE PRINCIPLE OF PARENTAL AUTHORITY
Pro. 1:8-9
Introduction:
Solomon,
in giving this book, is setting forth some principles of wisdom. In verse 7
he set forth the basic principle of all
true wisdom. If one is willing to turn
to God and
to let God direct him, then that is the
beginning of Wisdom. If he is not
willing to let
God direct, then no matter how intellectual
he is, he will have no true wisdom.
In
this text Solomon addresses his student as "My son." He must have tried to teach
these principles to all the sons of his
later years. Especially he would try to
teach
Rehoboam,
the future king. But by this term,
"my son," he intended to affectionately include
every student. That includes you and me.
The
one principle that Solomon deals with in the text is parental authority.
I.
How this principle works in conjunction with the first principle
A. The first principle is that the fear of the
Lord is the beginning of wisdom.
(The one who reverences God is
willing to let God direct his ways. He
is
willing to let God rule him.)
B. God has already expressed His will for the
child that the child is to obey his father
and his mother, Ex. 20:12.
C. Therefore, the child who is willing to let
God have His way and who is informed in
the will of God will seek to obey his parents.
1. He will obey, not because the parent is
bigger and stronger nor because he is
afraid of having his allowance
cut or privileges taken away.
2. Rather, he will obey simply because he is
aware that this is what God wants
him to do.
II.
How this principle works in conjunction with the principle of
governmental authority
A. There are two God-given powers over each
child: the parents and the government,
Eph. 6:1; Rom. 13:1.
1. God has given the parents the primary
responsibility over the child. (They
are to rule the child in the
daily affairs of life.)
2. God has given the government the rule over
all people in civil affairs,
including the children. (They are to administer in the affairs of
law, order
and justice.)
B. No right thinking person would want to put
all power in the hands of the parents.
1. Certain circumstances call for the government
to exercise its authority even
over the parents.
2. For instance, when a child has destroyed the
property of another or raped,
killed or otherwise injured
another person.
3. A parent might refuse to take the steps
necessary for the protection of
others; the government must.
C. No right thinking person would want to put
all power in the hands of the
government.
1. Certain groups are trying to take all
authority away from the parents and put
it in the hands of government.
2. They want the government to decide what
religion, what morals and what
philosophy will be taught to
the children.
3. They want laws passed forbidding parental
discipline. (They have met with
an alarming degree of success.)
D. But the boy or girl who wants to do the will
of God will obey the parents.
III.
How this principle brings special benefits to a child
A. There are greater benefits than merely
avoiding chastisements and winning the love
and favor of the parents.
B. There is the benefit of the accumulation of
experience and training which the
parent has.
1. The parent has more experience and a greater
knowledge about how to cope
with problems. (Without having to experience all that the
parents had to
experience, he gets the benefit
of their knowledge.)
2. He also gets the benefit of the experiences
of grandparents passed on down
through his parents. (An accumulation from several generations.)
3. Hopefully, he will learn the best of all they
knew, and add his own
experiences and pass it on down
to his children.
C. God, Himself, will see the child's efforts to
please Him and give His own special
help and guidance.
1. The child who willfully disobeys his parents
willfully disobeys God.
2. The child who obeys his parents because he
knows this to be the will of God
is sure to have special blessings from God.
Conclusion:
1.
Honor and obey parents.
2.
Listen and learn.
3.
Be grateful for your own parents.
(Especially for godly Christian parents.)
A WARNING ABOUT THE WRONG CROWD
Proverbs 1:10-19
Introduction:
Remember
that the book of Proverbs was written to be a handbook on wise living. Anyone
who follows the teachings of this book will
live wisely. The book first sets forth
the basic
principle of true wisdom. One is to look to the Lord for both salvation
and leadership.
Secondly, the book sets forth the principle of parental authority. The young are not
to forsake the instructions of father and
mother.
Now
in this lesson, the book gives stern warning against running with the wrong
crowd.
I.
The warning sounded, V. 10
A. "If sinners..."
1. Actually all men are sinners, Rom. 3:23.
2. This verse uses the term in the sense of
"habitual sinners." (People
whose
lifestyle is that of sin)
3. If you know that a person is of the wrong
sort, then beware when he becomes
very friendly toward you.
B. "...entice thee..."
1. If they invite you to join with them; if they
open the door of welcome to
you.
2. Even if they do more than invite; even if
they seek to persuade.
C. "...consent thou not."
1. You say, "No."
2. Have no part of their activity.
II.
The speacial allurements, (The special
appeal), V. 10-14
A. First, there is the allurement of peer
approval.
1. Every youngster desires to be approved by
those of his own age group.
2. He is flattered by their invitation, V. 10.
3. He fears their disapproval if he declines.
B. Secondly, there is the allurement of
excitement and adventure, V. 11.
C. Thirdly, there is the allurement of the sense
of power, V. 12.
D. Fourth, there is the allurement of money and
possessions, V. 13-14.
III.
Reasons to avoid this crowd, V. 15-19
A. First, the warning is repeated, V. 15.
1. Under no circumstances are you to go with
them.
2. You are not to go with them even the first
time.
3. If you go once, it will be harder to refuse
to go with them the next time.
B. The first reason for staying away from them
is because their way is evil, V. 16.
1. If you have already learned to fear the Lord,
then you know that their evil
way is not in keeping with His
will.
2. You know that to walk with them is going to
cause you to walk against His
will.
3. You will do things which you will always
regret (violence, theft, murder).
C. The second reason for steering clear of this
crowd is because you can see the
danger for yourself if you go with them, V. 17.
1. The net can be set openly in the sight of the
bird, but he will go into it
anyway because all he has
his eye on is the food in the net.
2. But you ought to be able to see the danger
and not get caught in that kind
of trap.
D. The third reason for avoiding this crowd is
because they will ruin their own
lives, V. 18-19.
1. They are willing to hurt others in order to
get for themselves.
2. In the long run, they will wind up hurting
themselves. (They will perhaps
get killed in the process of
the crime, or maybe, get caught and imprisoned.)
3. If you go with them, you will get hurt with
them.
Conclusion:
1.
Parents who are properly concerned about their young will seek to keep
them away from
the wrong crowd.
2.
The young person who is concerned about the will of God for his life
will stay away from
the wrong crowd.
3.
The young person who is concerned about his own well-being will stay
away from the wrong
crowd.
Lesson #6
AN OPEN INVITATION FROM WISDOM
Proverbs 1:20-23
Introduction:
Remember
that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, V. 7. Remember also that
there are two stages of wisdom. The first stage is in turning to the Lord for
salvation.
The second is for the saved to learn to be
submissive to the will of God.
In
this text, wisdom is pictured as a woman.
Wisdom, as a woman, goes into the city
and cries aloud with a message of
invitation. She invites men to turn to
her and be wise.
There are several lessons to be learned
from this invitation.
I.
The invitation is made to all, V. 20
A. Wisdom is not hidden away in some hard to
find or hard to reach place.
1. Most cartoons and comic strips portray the
wise man as being on top of a high
mountain waiting for the few
who will struggle up the mountain to benefit from
his wisdom.
2. But God pictures wisdom as going right out
into the streets into the thick
of the crowds inviting one and
all to turn in and receive the benefit of her
understanding.
B. The invitation is made without regard to
one's intellectual capabilities.
1. One may be of the brainy ones with great
intellectual powers.
2. He may be one who really has to struggle to
learn.
C. The invitation is made without regard to
one's social standing.
1. One may occupy a high place in government or
even be on the throne.
2. He may be a lowly servant.
D. The invitation is made without regard to
one's finances.
E. Wisdom cries out and extends her invitation
to all who pass by.
II.
The invitation is made right in the hustle and bustle of life, V. 21
A. The text presents the woman as going right
into the thick of the activities of
life.
1. She goes into the busy streets, V. 20.
2. She goes into the chief concourse, V. 20.
(The busiest place in the city;
a noisy and busy place.)
3. She goes to the opening of the gates. (Where all go in and out of the city
and where the government is
conducted)
4. Wisdom does not wait for men to seek her; she
goes right out and cries for
men to learn her lessons.
III.
The invitation to become wise is made to the unwise, V. 22
A. There are three groups mentioned in this verse:
1. The simple
(The cause of being simple is not specified. It can be from
several reasons: (1) Youthful inexperience; (2) Gullible; (3) Dimwitted,
slow to understand; (4) Lack of study)
2. The scorners.
(Those who babble and are quick to criticize that about which
they know nothing; they show a
lack of comprehension)
3. The fools.
(The Hebrew word means "cocky, egotistical,
know-it-all.";
They lack application)
B. The question is: How long will one remain unwise?
1. One cannot rush his growth.
2. Nothing can be done about past gullability or hasty criticism.
3. One may at times have been cocky and had a
know-it-all attitude.
4. But the question is: How long will he remain that way? How long will it
be before he will wise up?
IV.
The invitation is to turn, V. 23
A. In the text, the appeal is to turn to the
woman, Wisdom. (The teacher)
B. In reality this is an appeal to turn to the
Lord. (The fear of the Lord is the
beginning of wisdom.)
1. It is an invitation to turn to the Lord for
salvation.)
2. It is an invitation to continue to develop in
ways of wisdom.
C. The promise is that all who will turn will
receive the outpouring of the Spirit.
V.
The invitation is personal
A. As already noted, the woman cries out to all.
B. But once one hears her voice, the invitation
becomes personal to him. (He must
choose either to go on in his folly or to turn in to her and become
wise.)
Conclusion:
1.
If you are not saved, then trust Jesus now and be saved. It is not smart to go to hell.
2.
If you are saved, then listen to the Lord and learn how to live your
life to the fullest.
3.
Once you have learned, obey.
Lesson #7
A CLEAR WARNING FROM WISDOM
Proverbs 1:24-33
Introduction:
In
verses 20-23 wisdom was personified as a woman.
The woman went into the city and
invited one and all to profit by her
words. She pledged that all who would
turn to her and
heed her words would be greatly blessed. Actually, the appeal of the woman was: (1) To be
saved, and (2) to follow the will of the
Lord after salvation.
This
lesson is a follow-up. The difference is
that the woman no longer appeals to her
listeners.
Rather, she rebukes them and warns those who refuse to listen to her.
I.
The scene in the text
A. She had invited all to hear and to heed.
B. Many had failed to listen.
1. Some may have mocked.
2. Some may have listened with respect, but with
disbelief.
3. Some may have been too busy to pay her any
heed.
4. But for whatever reason, they had refused to
listen.
C. She cried out all the more to give these
people warning.
II.
The lessons from this text, V 24-32
A. One can refuse the message if he so chooses,
V. 24-26.
1. Some insist that the offer of grace is
irresistible.
2. Others "claim the promise" that
whoever they pray for will be saved.
3. But the only one whom God has promised to
save is the one who chooses to
repent of his sins and trust
Jesus to save him, John 3:36.
4.
Those who choose to heed Wisdom's call do so of their own free will, and
those who reject it do so of
their own free will.
5. Even when the child of God refuses to obey,
it is because of his own free
choice. (If God made the choices, David would have
never sinned with
Bathsheba, and the Apostle
Peter would have never denied the Christ.)
B. Each person is responsible for the choice
that he makes, V. 26-32.
1. The unsaved can reject salvation.
a. If they do, they will be responsible for the
consequences.
b. The consequences are that they will go to
hell.
c. The unsaved will come to the time when it
will be too late to call
on the Lord for
salvation, Luke 16.
d. A difficulty here is: Does God actually rejoice in sending men to
hell? Ezek. 33:11. (The answer is: No, but as a Holy Being, He does
rejoice that justice is
done and that sin is punished.)
2. The saved can reject the will of God and do
wrong.
a. If he does, he will be responsible for the
consequences.
b. The consequences are that he will be
chastened, Heb. 12:6.
c. One may totally ruin his life by sin even
though he is truly saved.
d. God will always hear the repentant person and
help him, but God refuses
to help one who hollers
for help without repentance.
Conclusion:
The
very purpose of sounding this warning is that some may hear and heed the call
of
wisdom.
She still promises to bless all who will respond to her call, Pro. 1:33.
Lesson #8
THE BLESSING OF WISDOM TO THOSE WHO SEEK IT
Proverbs 2:1-22
Introduction:
Keep
in mind that wisdom is the proper reverence for God. It is first getting saved.
Then it is doing the will of God after
salvation. Solomon, in chapter one,
compared wisdom
with a woman. He continues to do so in this chapter. He points her out to the young man as
a woman well worth going after. It is the nature of young man to get
interested in a young
woman.
Solomon says in effect, "Go after Wisdom."
I.
How to get wisdom, V. 1-4
(This will work for the young and old, men and women.)
A. "Receive my words..." V. 1.
1. Solomon was a spokesman for God; thus, he was
saying, "Receive God's words.
2. One's attitude toward God's words will
determine if he can get wisdom.
3. If he will receive them, he can get wisdom;
if not, he cannot get wisdom.
B. "...hide my commandments with
thee," V. 1.
1. Become very familiar with them.
2. This involves memory work, but is much more
that mere memorization.
C. "...incline thine ear...," V. 2.
1. This means more than just to listen and
tolerate.
2. It is to have a desire to learn.
D. "...apply thine heart to
understanding," V. 2.
1. This is more than just a respectful attitude
toward God's word.
2. It is an overt effort to get the meaning and
understanding.
E. "...if thou cryest
after knowledge....lifteth up thy voice for
understanding," V. 3.
1. This means to cry out to God and ask His help
in understanding His word,
James 1:5.
2. Wisdom is more than scholarship; it is God's
leadership.
3. It is a willingness to let God show what He
means by a passage of Scripture.
(It is not the man telling God
what the passage means.)
F. "If thou seekest
her as silver..." etc., V. 4.
1. The idea is that one cannot just sit and wait
for wisdom; it must be sought.
2. The illustration involves digging for silver
in a silver mine.
II.
The promise of obtaining wisdom, V. 5-9
A. If one will follow the procedure that Solomon
has outlined, then he has a definite
promise that he will receive wisdom, V. 5-6.
1. He is not talking about worldly scholarship
nor worldly learning, but the wisdom
of conforming to God's word.
2.
The ability to build a successful business, get rich quick, etc., is not the
same
as wisdom.
3. Any philosophy which rejects the truth of God
is not wisdom.
B. Real wisdom, therefore, directs one into the
pathway of truth and righteousness,
V. 7-9.
III.
The promise of special blessings to the wise, V. 10-22
A. "...knowledge is pleasant to thy
soul," V. 10.
1. This does not mean that it is satisfying
merely to learn. (Although
learning does satisfy to a
great degree.)
2.
It means that as we apply wisdom to our
daily living, we find a pleasant
experience.
B. "Discretion shall preserve thee and
understanding keep thee," V. 11.
(One will
have a much more contended and joyful life.)
C. It will deliver you from evil men, V. 12-15.
D. It will deliver you from evil women, V.
16-19.
1. This is a danger for men of all ages,
especially for the young.
2. A similar danger exists for women.
E. It will direct in paths of righteousness, V.
20.
F. It will make for a stable life, V. 21-22.
Conclusion:
Court
this woman! She will make you a good
companion! Listen to her! Ponder her
words.
Ask her to explain. Remember her
teachings and follow her counsel! You
will be
blessed beyond measure!
Lesson #9
GUIDELINES FOR SUCCESSFUL LIVING
Provcerbs
3:1-35
Introduction:
In
verse 1 the word, law, means "teaching or instruction." The word, commandment,
means "precept, principle or
guideline." In the course of this
chapter Solomon sets forth
several guidelines for one to follow in
life. In verse 2, he sets forth the
results that
can be expected to come from following
these guidelines.
I.
Guideline #1: Let not mercy and
truth forsake thee, V. 3-4
A. The word, mercy, here means "kindness or
love," V. 3
1. Mercy and truth are characteristics of God
which man does well to pattern
after, Psalm 25:10; 100:5.
2. This means then that one is to seek to be
merciful toward others.
a. He is to show kindness even to one who is
wrong.
b. He is to show kindness even to one who has
wronged him.
3. It also means that one is to follow truth.
a. He is to be a truthful person.
b. He is to seek to learn truth, to discern
between doctrinal truth and
error.
4. These are to be bound about the neck and
written in the heart.
B. The special promise of blessing for following
this guideline is made in verse 4.
II. Guidelilne #2, Trust in the Lord with all thine heart, V.
5-6
A. This eliminates trust in self, V. 5.
1. Human wisdom is never the answer; divine
wisdom is always right.
2. This means, first of all, to trust Him for salvation, John 3:16; Acts 16:31;
Romans 3:10.
2. It also means to trust God in all
matters. (To whom can one look for the
answers to life's
problems? (...to the scientists? ...to the psychiatrists?
...to the philosophers? ...or to God?)
B. The blessing is promised in verse 6.
III.
Guideline #3: Be not wise in your
own eyes: fear the Lord, and depart from
evil, V. 7-8.
A. This contains three things:
1. "Be not wise in your own
eyes..." (Do not be an egotistical
know-it-all.
Especially do not think that
you know more than God does.)
2. "...fear the Lord..." (Recognize Him as Supreme. Look to Him as your
Master.)
3. "...depart from evil." (Stop the evil that you are doing. Avoid evil that
others are doing. Do not get involved with those who are
connected with evil.)
B. The promise of blessing is in verse 8.
1. This is, first of all, a promise of better
physical health.
a. Not perfect health, but better health than it
would have been otherwise.
b. If there had been no sin at all for man,
there would have been no health
problems.
c. The closer one lives to God, the better his
chances are for a healthy
body.
d. The deeper one goes into sin, the better his
chances are for
deteriorating health.
2. Yet the promise of blessings goes beyond
physical health. (The whole life
will be healthy.)
IV.
Guideline #4: Honor the Lord with
thy substance and with the firstfruits of all thy
increase, V. 9-10
A. This means to give to God first.
1. The Biblical principle for giving is tithes
and offerings.
2. The tithe is the tenth of all one's increase
given on a regular basis.
3. It is to be given to the Lord, not to the
poor, to friends, nor to family.
4. Generous special offerings should be given
above the tithe.
B. The promise is made in verse 10.
V. Guideline #5: Despise not the chastening of the Lord, V.
11-12
A. Learn to expect chastisement from God.
1. Remember that you still do wrong.
2. Remember that as your earthly father loves
you, God loves you even more.
3. He chastens you out of love in order to
correct you, Heb. 12:6. (There is
no act more fatherly than
chastisement.)
4. When He chastens, change. (Do not rebel.)
B. The promise is made in verse 12.
C. Verses 13-26 appeals to the individual to
follow these guidelines to wise living.
VI.
Guideline #6: Do not hesitate to
give to others out of what you have on hand, V. 27-28
A. First of all, give to others what is due,
V. 27.
B. Then give to others who need aid, V. 28.
VII.
Guideline #7: Do not plan to do
evil to anyone, V. 29
VIII.
Guideline #8: Strive not with a
man without cause, V. 30
IX.
Guideline #9: Envy not the
oppressor and do not be an oppressor, V. 31-32
Conclusion:
Verses 33-35
Lesson #10
THE PATH OF THE WISE CONTRASTED WITH THE
PATH OF THE WICKED
Proverbs 4:1-27
Introduction:
The
words, wise and righteous, are used synonymously here. The father again appeals
to the children to learn certain basic
principles and get insight, V. 1. His
teachings will
do good for the child, V. 2. As a youth, he, too, had needed and received
the same loving
counsel from his father, V. 3.
The
specifics of what his father had said, are in verses 4-9: (1) Get the basic
principles and get insight, v. 4-5; (2)
Love wisdom as a good wife and she will bless you
like a good wife would, V. 6; (3) Wisdom is the beginning of a good life,
V. 7; (4)
Embrace wisdom, and she will exalt you, V.
8-9. Solomon is an example. The promise
of a
longer life is given in verse 10.
I. A
chance to choose the right path, V. 11-13
A. The father had pointed out the right path; it
was now up to the child to choose
to walk in it, V. 11.
B. A blessing was promised if he walked in the
right path, V. 12-13.
II.
A warning agaist the wrong path, V. 14-17
A. Do not get involved with the wicked, V.
14-15.
B. These people are nothing but trouble, V.
16-17.
1. One may be their buddy only to become their
victim.
4. Or else, they may influence him to victimize
someone else.
III.
A brighter path to travel, V. 18-19
A. The path of the just (the wise, the
righteous) gets brighter all the time.
(It
will get brighter still in the hereafter, V. 18.)
B. But the way of the wicked is dark and
gloomy. (It will be its darkest in the
hereafter), V. 19
IV.
A loving appeal, V. 20-27
A. Be attentive to wise instruction.
1. Learn with the ear, V. 20.
2. Learn with the eyes, V. 21.
3. Learn with the heart, V. 22.
4. Blessings are promised, V. 23.
B. Guard the heart, V. 23.
C. Guard the mouth, V. 24.
D. Guard the eyes, V. 25.
E. Guard the feet, V. 26-27
Lesson # 11
A WARNING AGAINST WAYWARD WOMEN
Proverbs 5:1-23
Introduction:
This
is a father-and-son talk between Solomon and one of his sons. It is a very frank
talk about "the birds and the
bees." Specifically, it is a
warning not to get involved with
a wayward woman. The son is to pay close attention to this
instruction so that his lips can
instruct his sons, V.1-2.
I.
Special allurements, but with bitter results, V. 3-5
A. Often one of the main attractions of a
wayward woman is her mouth, V. 3.
1. Her lips are as sweet as the honeycomb.
2.
This primarily refers to what she says.
(She speaks with flattery; she
speaks entertainingly; she
speaks pleasantries; she speaks suggestively.)
3. The lips would also seem sweet and exciting
to kiss. (The wayward woman
would not hesitate to give a
passionate kiss.)
B. But the end result of her allurements is
bitterness, V. 4-5.
1. Wormwood is a bitter herb.
2. She is as dangerous as a sword.
3. Her ways lead downward toward the grave.
a. The word translated "hell" in verse
5 is "Sheol," the place of
departed spirits.
b. It is made without reference to a place of
suffering in this verse,
although she can and does
often lead to a liteal burning hell.
II.
A dangerous pathway, V. 6-14
A. Her pathway may seem safe and inviting, but
it is treacherous and uncertain.
B. The wise man will not even come near her, V.
7-8. (An ounce of prevention is
worth a pound of cure.)
C. The reasons listed for avoiding her are:
1. Lest your honor (glory) be given to others,
V. 9a.
2. Lest you suffer at the hands of the
cruel. (A jealous husband or protective
father or brother), V. 9b.
3. Lest your wealth and property benefit
strangers rather than your own family,
V. 10.
4. Lest your health be broken, V. 11.
5. Lest you have to live with your regrets, V.
12-13.
6. Lest you face disgrace, V. 14.
III. A
satisfying fountain from which to drink, V. 15-19
A. A man is to have his own wife, V. 15.
B. It should be common knowledge that he and his
wife are happy together, V. 16.
C. He should treasure his wife and seek to guard
her chastity, V. 17.
D. There should be frequent, tender, physical
love relations between a man and his
wife, V. 18-19
1. This is not against God's will; it is God's
plan.
2. To deny one another this attention and
affection is against God's will.
3. This should provide a mutually fulfilling
life for both.
IV.
A stern warning against adultery, V. 20-23
A. God's all seeing eye watches even the most
secretive affair, V. 20-21.
1. One may keep an affair secret from others,
but not from God.
2. God will surely call a man to account for his
sin.
3. God still has the right to determine what is
right and what is wrong.
B. Punishment is not necessarily delayed until after
death, V. 22-23.
1. God does not always rebuke and punish a man
immediately for his sin, but He
does always punish him.
2. One's chances for happiness for his whole
life can be ruined for the sake
of a very short time of
pleasure.
3. It can actually lead to an early death.
Conclusion:
1.
If you will let God direct your ways, you will have a morally clean
life, but a
satisfying life.
2.
The same warning about wayward women applies to wayward men.
Lesson # 12
FOUR MAJOR DANGERS
Proverbs 6:1-35
Introduction:
A
good handbook on successful living must warn about danger that lies ahead.
Sometimes it needs to repeat a warning
already given. The dangers in this
chapter are common
to all men.
I.
The danger of being surety for a friend, V. 1-5
A. To be surety is to pledge to stand good for
another's debt, V. 1.
B. There is danger in making such a pledge even
for a friend, V. 1.
1. Not all friends are honest; not all can pay their
debts; and not all will
turn out to be your friend.
2. If, in an unguarded moment, you have made
such a pledge you may have snared
yourself, V. 2.
C. You should deliver yourself as soon as
possible, V. 3-4. (You will save
yourself
a lot of trouble, V. 5).
D. The implied lesson is: Do not make such pledges, but, if you have,
then profit by
your mistake and do not make that mistake again, V. 6-11.
II.
The danger of being lazy, V. 6-11
A. God uses the ant as an illustration of
industriousness, V. 6.
1. Nobody makes an ant work. (No boss, no supervisor, no rules, V. 7.)
2. Yet she works to provide her needs, V. 8.
a. She has foresight to provide for the winter.
b. She labors hard and long to lay up her
supplies.
B. The
sluggard so easily slips into a habit of not working, V. 9-10.
C. He brings poverty upon himself, V. 11.
1. He is like a traveler who meets with an armed
robber.
2. Thus, he has robbed himself by his own
laziness.
D. The implied lessons are:
1. Not only should one work, but he should save.
2. Since it is important to prepare for winter,
it is even more important to
prepare for eternity.
III.
The danger of worthless and wicked people, V. 12-19
A. This person is both worthless and wicked, V.
12.
1. The word, naughty, as used here means
"worthless."
2. He is totally wicked in character.
3. He is deceitful with his mouth. (Froward, deceitful,
lying)
4. He works with others setting you up as a
victim. (He gives them a sign with
his eyes, feet or hand, V. 13)
5. He is a habitual liar in his heart, V. 14.
6. He is always plotting something against
somebody, V. 14.
7. He sows discord, V. 14.
B. He will eventually bring about his own ruin,
V. 15.
C. The implied lesson is that if you are not
careful, he can hurt you and do you a
lot of harm.
1. Avoid him if you can.
2. If you cannot avoid him, you had better watch
him.
D. God will surely judge such a person, V.
16-19. (Do not do such things and bring
God's judgment on yourself.)
IV.
The danger of the adulterous woman, V. 20-35
A. This is a warning repeated from chapter 5.
1. The warning comes in this case from both
father and mother, V. 20.
2. It originally came from the Lord, Ex. 20:14.
3. If heeded, this warning could help a person a
great deal, V. 22-23.
B. The adulterous woman is not easy to resist.
1. She allures with smooth talk, V. 24.
2. She allures with her physical beauty, V. 25.
3. She allures with her eyes, V. 25.
C. Yet it is dangerous to yield to her
temptations.
1. By yielding, men have been brought to
poverty, V. 26a.
2. Some have lost their life, V. 26b.
3. There is no way to yield without getting
hurt, V. 27-29.
4. One will bring dishonor upon himself, V.
30-33.
5. If the woman is married, one will be in
danger from her husband,
V. 34-35.
Conclusion:
These
are some of the most common dangers that you will face in life:
1.
You can so easily get suckered into having to pay for someone else's
debt.
2.
You can so easily drift into a pattern of laziness.
3.
You can so easily fall the victim of a con artist.
4.
You can so easily yield to the temptation of some adulterous person.
You
have been warned! If you are wise, you
will watch out for the danger.
Lesson # 13
A SECOND WARNING ABOUT THE WAYWARD WOMAN
Proverbs 7:1-27
Introduction:
A
word to the wise should be sufficient.
But Solomon felt that another warning about
the wayward woman was in order, V. 1-5.
I.
An adventurous young man, V. 6-9
A.
Solomon sees a young man out roaming at night, V. 6-7a.
1. He probably seeks entertainment and
excitement.
2. He seeks companionship with other
inexperienced youth. (Heb.-- silly,
foolish, easily enticed)
3. This alone make him a likely victim.
B. The young man does not exercise good judgment,
V. 7b-9.
1. He apparently knew about the woman and
deliberately went near her house.
2. He probably intended only to go near and
watch.
C. This was a mistake.
1. You cannot play with fire without getting
burned.
2. You cannot flirt with danger without getting
hurt.
3. He should have never gone near her.
II.
The cunning woman, V. 10=20
A. The woman was just waiting for such a victim,
V. 10.
1. He may not have intended to become her
customer, but she intends for him to
be her victim.
2. With a cunning and crafty heart she meets
him.
3. In his inexperience, he is no match for her
experience and craftiness.
B. Although filled with cunning, she is void of
character, V. 11-12.
C. She makes it almost impossible for him to
resist, V. 13-18.
1. She stirs his passions, V. 13.
2. She invites him to eat with her, V. 14. (She had meat from the peace
offering; an invitation to
drink with a woman would have the same effect.)
3. She made him feel important, V. 15.
4. She offered pleasure and excitement, V.
16-18.
D. She anticipated his objections and answered
them, V. 19-20.
1. Her husband would be away and there was no
danger from him.
2. Whatever objections one may have to such
conduct, she would have an answer.
III.
A fallen victim, V. 21-23
A. The pressures that can bear on a young man to
sin are very great, V. 21.
B. But he should know that there is grave danger
in yielding to such temptations,
V. 22-23.
1. There is the danger of pregnancy. (Hence, lawsuits, child support, unwanted
marriage, etc.)
2. There is the danger of disease. (V. D. for self, for the future wife, for
the health of child or
children)
3. There is the danger of getting habited to
this way of life. (When you marry
and need to settle down, you
may not be able to do so.)
4. There is the danger of breaking up a home.
(This involves the husband, the
children, etc.)
5. There is the danger of bad associations. (It puts you in contact with all
manner of drunks, hoodlums,
criminals, etc.).
6. There is the danger of emotional problems.
7. There is the danger of punishment from God. (Such conduct is a sin.)
IV.
A tender appeal, V. 24-27
A. Solomon was aware that he could not control
his children when they were away from
him; thus, he could only appeal, V. 24.
(But his appeal was from one who loved
them and was concerned about their welfare.)
B. The appeal was:
1. Do not let your heart be enticed by such a
woman, V. 25.
2. Stay away from her and do not become her
victim, V. 26-27.
Conclusion:
1.
Although addressed to young men, this is good advice for any man.
2.
Indirectly, it is also advising the young woman not to become a victim
of the wayward
man.
3. A
sorry woman has been the downfall of many a man and a sorry man has been the
downfall
of many a woman.
4.
Indirectly, it also warns a woman not to become a prostitute.
Lesson #14
WISDOM'S QUALIFICATIONS
Proverbs 8:1-36
Introduction:
In
chapter 1 Solomon presented wisdom as a woman going through the streets calling
for
all to turn in and heed her
instructions. In this chapter, she not
only invites all, but she
seeks to persuade all of her good
qualifications as a teacher, V. 1-5. She
offers proof that
she is worth following.
I.
Wisdom speaks of excellent things, V. 6-8
A. She speaks of things that are right (righteous),
V. 6.
B. She speaks of truth, V. 7.
C. She never recommends wickedness under any
circumstances, V. 7.
D. She promotes only righteousness, V. 8.
II.
She is easy to understand, V. 9
A. That is, if you are willing to do right.
B. It is only those who do not wish to do right
who find her hard to understand.
III.
She has valuable information, V. 10-11
A. It is more valuable than silver and gold, V.
10.
B. It is more valuable than rubies, V. 11a.
C. It is more valuable than all things that may
be desired, V. 11b. (The salvation of
the soul and the most profitable way of life.)
IV.
Illustrations of the things she can teach, V. 12
A. She dwells with prudence and, hence, can tell
all about prudence. (Craftiness or
skill)
B. She can help you explore all fields of
knowledge.
C. She can teach you witty inventions. (Clever ways of doing things.)
V.
The principle upon which she operates, V. 13
A. She operates on the principle of the fear of
the Lord. (This first of all involves
repentance and salvation.)
B. It also involves a hatred for evil. (Not following a practice of evil in one's
conduct.)
VI.
The special benefits of sitting in her class, V. 14-21
A. She has counsel and guidance, V. 14. (Based on understanding.)
B. She has strength and teaches her pupils to be
strong, V. 14. (Kings and princes
have been her pupils, V. 15-16.)
C. She loves all who love her, V. 17. (Especially those who start early in her
classes.)
D. She offers riches and honor, V. 18-21.
VII.
Her background, V. 22-30
A. She existed before the world
was, V. 22-29.
B. She worked with the Lord in creation, V.
30. (He was well pleased with her.)
VIII.
Her special interest in mankind, V. 31
A. Although she is interested in all things that
exist, she has a special interest
in the habitable parts of the earth.
B. She delights in people.
Conclusion:
1.
If you will enroll in her class and be a good pupil, you will have a
great future,
V. 32-35
2.
If you will not give this teacher the proper respect, Brother, you have
had it! V. 36.
Lesson #15
A CHOICE OF TWO INVITATIONS
Proverbs 9:1-18
Introduction:
In
our text two invitations are extended to mankind. One if from Wisdom and one is
from Foolishness.
I.
The invitation from Wisdom, V. 1-12
A. Wisdom has a beautiful home, V. 1.
1. This home is not directly symbolic of the Old
Testament temple nor of a New
Testament church, but it is
symbolic of true beauty.
2. It would also symbolize the rich abundance
that wisdom eventually will share
with her guests.
B. Wisdom has prepared an elaborate feast and
invited all, V. 2-3.
1. The beasts were killed, the drinks mixed
(diluted and spiced) and the table
abundantly prepared.
2. All was in readiness for her guests to
receive pleasure and nourishment
(strength).
3. There is a striking similarity to the parable
which Jesus gave of the
Wedding Feast, which was given
to illustrate the preaching of the gospel,
Matthew 22.
C. The simple are invited to turn and become
wise, V. 4-5. (We were all simple at
one time.)
D. In turning to Wisdom, one turns away from the
old crowd and from the old way of
life, V. 6.
E. Wisdom's invitation is not well received by
all, V. 7-9.
1. It would seem that all would welcome her
invitation.
2.
But the invitations reprove the simple for their simplicity (the sinner
for
his sin) and many rebel at such
reproof.
3. But some heed the invitation and are made
glad.
F. The real key to a proper response is a
reverence and respect for God. V. 10.
1. It first leads to salvation.
2. Then it leads the saved to yield his ways of
living.
G. One who does repent and yield will have a
much better life than he could have had
any other way, V. 11.
H. Each one will either benefit or suffer
according to his response to the invitation,
V. 12.
1. If he heeds the invitation, he is the one who
benefits. (The feast benefits
him; not Wisdom.)
2. If he does not heed, then he will suffer the
consequences of his own folly.
II.
The invitation from the Foolish Woman, V. 13-18
A. The Foolish Woman represents anything other
than a reverential fear of God.
1. She represents anything other than
repentance, faith and submission to God.
2.
She especially represents rebellion
against God and His way, V. 13.
B. She is totally without character and class,
V. 13.
1. She is clamorous. (Loud and never stops)
2. She is simple and knows nothing.
a. She is not right and what she proposes is not
right.
b. She may think that she knows, but she
doesn't.
c. She may represent religion, but when she does
it is a false religion.
C. She also has a house, but not as fine a house
as does Wisdom, V. 14.
D. She also makes a strong appeal to men, V.
15-16.
E. She offers temporary pleasures, but nothing
of lasting value, V. 17.
F. She tries to keep her victims blinded to the
danger they are in, V. 18.
1. We have already seen in chapter 7 that
trouble, poverty, sickness and death
can result from a visit to the
harlot.
2. This illustrates the death and everlasting
torment of all who choose
Foolishness instead of Wisdom.
Conclusion:
The
two invitations are extended. One makes
his own choice. He benefits or suffers
accordingly.
Lesson #16
THE PARENTS AND THE CHILD
Proverbs 10:1
Introduction:
Chapters
1-9 are the inspired introduction to the whole collection of proverbs. Chapter
10 begins the collection. Thus, the new caption is given: "The proverbs of Solomon," V. 1a.
Verse
one also contains a proverb which summarizes and repeats the theme of the
introduction given in chapters 1-9.
I.
The introductory proverb, V. 1
A. The theme of chapters 1-9 is that the fear of
the Lord is the beginning of wisdom,
Pro. 1:7.
1. By turning to the Lord for salvation and then
by turning to the Lord for
guidance, one can find the most
joyous and profitable course of life.
2. The son who is wise enough to do this will
make his parents to rejoice, V. 1.
B. The father and mother not only have a natural
concern for a son, but have a
responsibility to train him.
C. The proverb contains a contrast.
1. The father of the wise son rejoices.
2. The mother of the unwise son grieves.
3. The conclusion is: Both parents are affected. If the son is
wise, they
rejoice; if he is unwise they
grieve.
II.
The role of the parents
A. A son may be wise in spite of the lack of
proper training by his parents,
II Kings 22:2; 21:20.
B. A son may be foolish in spite of proper
training by parents, II Kings 23:34, 36-37.
C. Most children will go the way the parents
train them, I Kings 22:43, 52.
1. A parent trains by what he tells his son.
2. A parent trains by what his son sees him do.
3. A parent trains by what he requires his son
to do.
4. A parent trains by discipline of the child.
C. If the parent successfully trains his child
in wisdom from God, then he will
rejoice.
D. If the parent is unsuccessful in this
training, he will have a reason to regret it.
III.
The role of the child
A. God has set forth instruction in the way of
wisdom.
1.
If your parents have taught you well,
then you have been exceptionally
blessed.
2. If your parents have not taught you, then you
need to seek wisdom from God
without their help.
3. The word of God is the textbook, the house of
God is the classroom and the
Holy Spirit is the instructor.
B. The decision to follow the instructions is up
to you.
1. The parents can instruct you, set the example
before you, encourage you and
even discipline you, but they
cannot live your life for you.
2. If you choose not to follow God's counsel,
you will suffer the consequences
and you will cause your parents
untold sorrow.
3. If you choose not to follow God's counsel,
you can blame none but yourself.
(You made your own choice.)
4. If you choose to follow God's counsel, you
will reap great benefits and you
will cause your parents to
rejoice.
Conclusion:
If
you have chosen to seek God's wisdom, then the proverbs which follow will give
you
an insight into that wisdom. Study them carefully, prayerfully and
submissively.
Lesson #17
MONEY, WORK AND RIGHTEOUSNESS
Proverbs 10:2-8
Introduction:
Children
learn early to desire money. They want
nickels, dimes and quarters. By the
time they reach their teens they want
dollars, fives, tens and twenties. By
adulthood they
want twenties, hundreds and thousands. But it is important to learn early that the
desire for
money should be curbed, I Tim. 6:10.
I. A
warning about money, V. 2
A. "Treasures of wickedness profit
nothing..."
1. This means treasures that are gained by
wicked means. (Robbery, theft,
false claims, trickery,
bribery, prostitution, liquor, dope, gambling,
racketeering or any wrong
doing.)
2. This kind of gain profits nothing.
3. To the greedy heart, they must seem as
gain. (Particularly when the gain
is received fast and in
abundance)
4. But in reality these gains bring pain and
suffering. (Ask Judas about the
30 pieces of silver or Ahab
about Naboth's vineyard.)
B. On the other hand, following God's will may
not get as much or as fast, but it is
a lot safer and a lot more beneficial.
II.
A better way of getting money, V. 3-5
A. A better way is to trust the Lord.
1. The Lord will not suffer the righteous to
starve, V. 3a, Psalm 23:1.
2. He will take away the substance of the
wicked, V. 3b.
B. Also a better way is honest and honorable
work.
1. Laziness will get nowhere, V. 4a.
a. One is not to ask God to supply and then do
nothing himself. (He is to
work and trust God to
bless his work.)
b. God has not promised to supply the need of
the lazy.
c. Nor has He instructed the diligent to supply
the need of the lazy.
C. The wise will take advantage of his
opportunity to work and get gain, V. 5.
III.
The hand of God involved, V. 6
A. God will add His blessings to one who lives
righteously and works honestly, V. 6.
B. God will punish the wicked with injury, V. 6.
IV.
An added incentive, V. 7
A. Hard working, honest, righteous people are
remembered with respect even after they
are dead and gone, V. 7a.
B. The memory of the wicked is despised, V. 7b.
Conclusion:
The
wise will profit by these instructions, but the unwise will not, V. 8. Money is
desirable, but it should only be gained in
a way that will please God. God will
bless those
who please Him and punish those who rebel
against His will. Those who do God's
will in seeking
to get gain can depend of the Lord for His
help and blessings.
Lesson #18
CHOOSING
BETWEEN A SUCCESSFUL LIFE OR A TRAGIC FAILUIRE
Proverbs 10:9-32
Introduction:
In
our last lesson we saw that it takes more than hard work and the accumulation
of
money to make life a success. It takes the living of a righteous life. The choice is up
to each individual. But one ought to know what he chooses before
he makes his choice.
I. A
foundation for success or failure, V. 9-13
A. One who walks uprightly can walk with
confidence, while one who does not will walk
in fear of being found out, V. 9.
B. One who causes trouble for others brings trouble
on himself, V. 10.
C. One can choose righteousness and find an
inner strength or he can face the violence
of life with this strength, V. 11.
D. Hatred is sin and causes trouble both for
others and for self; love helps to make a
peaceable life, V.12.
E. The choice is: Learn wisdom or bring suffering upon
yourself, V. 13.
II.
Accumulating wisdom or folly, V. 14-17
A. Wise men lay up wisdom, V. 14. (The foolish accumulate folly and hasten
their
downfall.)
B. Accumulating wealth is a protection in a
material sense, V. 15. (Even so,
accumulating wisdom is a protection in a similar way.)
C. There are two kinds of fruitage in life: Life
building or life destroying, V. 16.
D. One who heeds wise instruction becomes wise,
one who does not makes grave mistakes,
V. 17. (The instruction comes
through God's word, parents, preachers and teachers;
hence, through godly people.)
III.
Special warnings, V. 18-21
A. Another warning about hatred is given, V. 18.
1. One warning has already been given, V. 12.
2. Hatred hidden within is dangerous, V. 18.
3. Hatred brought out in the open through
slander is also dangerous, V. 18.
4. It all produces strife, V. 12.
B. A warning about a loose tongue is given, V.
19-21.
IV.
Blessings or catastrophe, V. 22-25
A. Blessings come from the Lord, V. 22. (God had always rather bless a man than to
hurt him.)
B. It is the sport of fools to do wickedness, V.
23 (a tragic sport).
C. The fear of the wicked will be realized and
the hope of the righteous will be
realized, V. 24.
1. The unrighteous fear retribution and
punishment.
2. The righteous
hope for, look for and expect blessings and rewards.
D. After the storm of judgment only the
righteous will survive, V. 25.
V.
Another special warning, V. 26
A. One is reminded of the effect of vinegar on
the teeth and smoke in the eyes.
B. The lazy person is just as perplexing to an
employer.
C. Not only should you live a righteous life,
but you should seek righteous and
industrious workers to employ.
VI.
A summary, V. 27-32
A. By righteousness one can lengthen his life;
by sin he can shorten it, V. 27.
B. Righteousness can make the difference between
being glad and being disheartened,
V. 28.
C. Righteousness can make the difference between
strength and weakness, V. 29.
D. The righteous will inhabit the earth and,
thus, his blessings will extend into the
next life, V. 30.
E. The use of the tongue will determine whether
it will be a blessing or a curse,
V. 31-32.
Conclusion:
You
can choose between being a success or a failure by choosing between
righteousness
and sin.
You never loose by choosing to do right;
you always gain. Never choose a
get-rich-quick scheme. Always do God's will and God will bless.
Lesson #19
HOW TO DEAL WITH OTHERS
Proverbs 11:1-15
Introduction:
In
chapter ten we learned that it takes more than money to make a successful
life.
Solomon taught us about money, work and
righteousness. We learned that the
righteous life
is a successful life and a wicked life is
never successful, but is a tragic failure.
In this
lesson Solomon teaches us some basics in
dealing with people.
I.
Be honest in your dealings with others, V. 1
A. Dishonesty displeases God and He will punish
it.
B. Honesty pleases God and He will bless it
II.
Be humble in your dealings with others, V. 2
A. Do not lift yourself up in your own eyes
above others.
B. Pride is a sin and will bring shame because
God punishes the sinner.
C. Being lowly in your own sight is wise because
it brings the blessings of God.
III.
Be right in your dealings with others, V. 3-8
A. A desire to do right will be a guide to the
upright, V. 3a.
B. An uncontrolled lust will bring downfall, V.
3b.
C. Riches are not as profitable as
righteousness, V. 4-6.
1. They will not help when God is dealing out
punishment, V. 4a.
2. Only righteousness will help then, V. 4b.
3. A desire to do right leads to the most
profitable course of action, V. 5a.
4. A desire to do evil brings about downfall,
V.5b.
5. God does not punish a man for a wrong he has
not done, V. 6a.
6. Those who do wrong bring punishment on
themselves, V. 6b.
D. Righteousness is profitable even beyond
death, V. 7.
1. There will be reward in heaven, V. 7a.
2. For the unrighteous, all hope will be gone,
V. 7b.
E. In life when trouble does come for the
righteous (and it will come), there is
deliverance, V. 8a. (But the
wicked will take their place in trouble, V. 8b.)
IV.
Be real in your dealings with others, V. 9
A. Do not pretend to be righteous when you are
not.
B. Do not pretend to be a friend when you are
not. (Do not be a double dealing
hypocrite.)
C. Others may not see through your hypocrisy,
but God can and He will punish.
V. Be kind in your dealings with others, V.
10
A. One who has been good to others gains their
good wishes and they will rejoice when
he is blessed, V. 10a.
B. In sharp contrast, one who has lied, stolen,
cheated, cursed, slandered and
otherwise hurt others will be despised and they will rejoice at his
death, V. 10.
VI.
Be a blessing to others, V. 11
A. A whole city can be blessed by the upright,
V. 11a. (By their good deeds, good
counsel, good influence and prayers)
B. But wicked men are a curse to a city, V. 11b.
VII.
Be loving toward others, V. 12-13
A. Do not be bitter toward others, V. 12a.
B. Especially do not speak bitterly toward them
or about them, V. 12b.
C. Do not become a tale bearer, V. 13a.
D. Be loving and silent about his faults, V.
13b.
VIII.
Be respectful of other's ideas, V. 14
A. People who live together should work together
toward solving mutual problems.
B. You should be willing to contribute with your
own counsel.
C. You should be willing to listen to others and
cooperate with them. (Do not push
your will off on the group.)
IX.
Be cautious about being suckered by strangers, V. 15
A. Do not be a surety for a stranger.
B. The verse does not say so, but it implies
that you should go slow about becoming
surety even for a friend.
Conclusion:
The
main thought that runs throughout this lesson is that if you do right, God will
bless you; if you do wrong God will punish
you.
Lesson #20
THE
IMPORTANCE OF DOING RIGHT AS YOU DEAL WITH OTHERS
Proverbs 11:16-31
Introduction:
In
the first 15 verses we learned some of the basics in dealing with others. This
lesson continues that same line of thought.
I.
Ladies, be gracious , V. 16
A. Literally, be "a woman of
grace," (That is, be a woman which
shows grace, mercy,
compassion or favor toward others.)
B. She retains honor. (She will be honored by others and, more
importantly, the Lord
will honor her.)
C. As strong men get riches, she will get honor.
D. Some women in the Bible who got such honor
are Deborah, Esther, Sarah, Hannah, Lois,
Eunice, Mary, Dorcas, etc.
II.
Gentlemen, be merciful, V. 17
A. The merciful man shall obtain mercy (Mt.
5:7), and hence, the merciful brings good
upon himself.
B. The cruel brings cruelty upon himself, Gal.
6:7.
III.
All, be righteous, V. 18-21
A. The wicked deceive others and thus, in the
long run, deceive themselves, V. 18a.
B. The righteous sow seed that will bring a sure
reward. (In this life and in the
hereafter.)
C. Righteousness tends to make life, V. 19a.
D. Evil tends to destroy life, V. 19b.
E. The froward heart
(perverse, false, deceitful) is an abomination to the Lord,
V. 20a. (The perverse heart
produces evil actions, Mt. 15:19.)
F. The upright of heart are a delight to the
Lord, V. 20b. (The changed heart
produces
righteous deeds.)
G. The wicked shall not go unpunished, V.
21a. (Not in this life nor in the next)
H. The righteous shall be delivered, V. 21b.
1. Some interpret this verse "the
descendants of the righteous."
2. In view of the contrast with the wicked shown
in the verse, it seems best to
interpret it "the
righteous seed," and hence, "the righteous ones." (This does
not mean that the righteous do
not suffer hardships nor martyrdom; but it
does mean that one way or
another, God will deliver them.)
IV.
Be beautiful inwardly, V. 22
A. A jewel (ring) of gold in a swine's snout is
beautiful, but its beauty cannot be
appreciated because of its
surroundings. (It is worn by a dirty
pig, stuck in the
mud and slop.)
B. The physical beauty of an immoral woman
cannot be appreciated because of the immoral
filth in her life.
C. Inward (spiritual) beauty is more to be
appreciated and enjoyed.
V.
Be desirous of doing good, V. 23
A. The idea is not that he desires good for
self, but that he desires to do good.
(Good to others and good in God's
sight.)
B. The idea is also that because of his desire
to do good, good shall happen to him.
C. All the wicked can expect is for the wrath of
God to be poured out upon them.
(Their expectation of good will meet with disappointment.)
VI.
Be generous, V. 24-26
A. Some are generous to the point that it
seemingly would deprive them, but it results
in increase, V. 24a.
B. Some are stingy to the point that it would seem
they should have a lot, but they do
not, V. 24b.
C. The liberal are blessed of God for their
liberality, V. 25.
D. One who holds back the sale of grain trying
to run up the price does not gain the
favor of either men or God, V. 26.
VII.
Be deligent in good things, V. 27
A. Actively seek to do good.
B. Thereby you will receive good blessings from
God.
VIII.
Be trustful of God, V. 28
A. Do not depend on your riches.
B. Depend on God.
IX.
Be kind toward the family, V. 29
A. These are the people you live with every
day. (You certainly cannot have a happy
life unless you learn to get along with them.)
B. Inheriting the wind could have two meanings:
1. They inherit nothing. (Air)
2. They inherit destruction. (Storm)
X.
Be productive of the right kind of fruit, V. 30a
A. This is the fruit of the Spirit of God in
your life, Gal. 5:22-23.
B. This is in contrast to the fruit of the
depraved flesh, Gal. 5:19-21.
C. The fruit of righteousness is very
satisfying.
XI.
Be wlse, and hence, be a soul-wilnner, V. 30b
A. One who gains wisdom will win souls.
B. One who does win souls demonstrates his
wisdom.
Conclusion:
Even
the righteous are recompensed (punished, chastised) for their wrong
doings. How
much more the unredeemed sinner will be
punished for his wrong, V. 31.
Lesson #21
FORMULA FOR A GOOD LIFE
Proverbs 12:1-11
Introduction:
Proverbs
is the "How To" book of the Bible.
It tells us how to have a successful life.
The proverbs proper begin in chapter
10. That chapter deals first with the
basics: How to cope
with money, work and righteous living. Chapter 11 shows us the basics of how to deal
with
others.
Chapter 12 shows us how to build a good life.
I. A
willingness to learn, V. 1
A. One who loves to be instructed will learn, V.
1a.
1. No man should be satisfied to go through life
without learning more than what
he knows right now. (He is not equipped for life as he is. He needs to learn
more.)
2. The need for more learning points out the
need to be willing to be instructed.
(My sister-in-law said of my brother,
"Let me tell you about Charles. He
don't
want to learn nothing he don't
already know.")
B. One should be willing to be reproved
(corrected) in order to learn right, V. 1b.
1. It is with correction that he will learn to
improve.
2. One who is not willing to be corrected is brutish. (Not any smarter than
the dumb brute.)
II.
A desire to have the favor of God, V. 2
A. "A good man obtaineth
the favor of the Lord," V. 2.
1. He recognizes God as the source of all
blessings.
2. He seeks and gets God's blessings because God
blesses those who do His will.
B. The man who ignores the will of God will meet
with God's condemnation and punishment.
III.
A desire to do right V. 3
A. A plant cannot grow and develop without
getting its roots into the soil.
B. A man cannot grow and develop a good life by
wicked living, V. 3a.
C. Only by living a righteous life can he get
his roots in the soil, V. 3b.
IV.
A good home, V. 4
A. A virtuous wife is a blessing to her husband,
V. 4a.
B. But a bad wife is as rottenness to the bones,
V. 4b. (She is from the Devil;
she is a misery to him, and can eventually ruin him.)
C. The same is true from the opposite side of
the family. (A good husband is a
blessing to a wife and a bad husband is a misery to her.)
V. A
just and honest mind, V. 5
A. He does not allow his mind to entertain
thoughts of dealing unjustly with others.
B. But the mind of the wicked is continually
scheming how to beat somebody out of
something.
VI.
A controlled tongue, V. 6
A. The words of the wicked spring from a
murderous attitude, V. 6a. (They are
like
swords that pierce the heart.)
B. But an upright man shows kindness to others
and thereby gains kindness for himself.
(He delivers himself.)
VII.
A righteous character, V. 7
A. The wicked will eventually bring about their
own downfall. (Retribution from men;
punishment from God)
B. The entire household of the righteous are
blessed.
VIII.
A wise head (or heart), V. 8
A. The praise that a man rightly earns is in
keeping with the amount of wisdom that
he displays.
B. The person with a perverse (crooked) heart
earns every bit of contempt that he
will get.
IX. An
humble attitude, V. 9
A. The word translated "despised"
means "lowly;" the word
translated "hath a servant"
means "serve himself."
1. The idea is that he is of lowly circumstances
and does not have a hired
servant, but he himself does
the work which a servant would do in a wealthy
household.
2. But he willingly accepts this humble position
and does not try to appear as
something he is not.
B. That humble person is better off than the man
who is also poor, but takes bread
money and hires a servant just to put on airs.
X. A
compassionate heart, V. 10
A. Righteousness produces a heart of compassion
that is even compassionate to one's
animals. (He will feed them well,
not overwork them and even feel for them.)
B. Wickedness produces such hard-heartedness
that even his kindest deeds are cruel.
XI.
An industrious hand, V. 11
A. He is willing to work and he will be fed.
B. The lazy perosn is
too lazy to work but follows vain pursuits and will go lacking.
Conclusion:
1.
Be willing to learn.
2.
Seek the favor of God.
3.
Seek to do right.
4.
Be a good wife or husband. If you
are looking for a mate, seek a good companion.
5. Be
just and honest with others.
6.
Seek to control your tongue.
7.
Build an upright character.
8.
Seek wisdom from Him who is all wise.
9.
Be humble (willing to accept the second best --- or lower.)
10. Be compassionate.
11. Do not be afraid of work.
Lesson #22
WHAT TO DO IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
Proverbs 12:12-28
Introduction:
We
can better understand each of these proverbs if we imagine ourselves faced with
a
certain situation and then look to the
proverb to reveal to us what to do.
There will be some
overlapping and some repetition of
principles already set forth.
I.
What to do when you desire the things that belong to someone else, V. 12
A. It is wickedness to covet what others
have. (That principle was set forth in
the
law, Ex. 20:17.)
B. An uncontrolled desire to get what others
possess leads to an unending cycle of sin.
(The wicked acquire unjust gain and other wicked people seek to take it
from them.)
C. The righteous are pictured as a plant which produces
a sufficient and satisfying
harvest.
II.
What to do when evil men set traps for you, V. 13
A. Evil men often set traps, designed to catch
and hurt the righteous.
B. God works it so that eventually they are
caught in their own traps.
C. Do right and trust the Lord to
work things out.
III.
What to do in word and deed, V. 14
A. The principle set forth here is that one
reaps what he sows.
B. When his lips speak righteously and when his
deeds are righteous he reaps fruitage
in his own life that is very satisfying.
IV.
What to do when you are reproved and rebuked, V. 15
A. Anyone is subject to being wrong. (We all are wrong at times.)
B. Only a foolish man will insist that he is
right when he is not. (He is right in
his
own eyes regardless.)
C. It is a wise person who readily accepts
constructive criticism.
1. Perhaps one is even wiser when he is able to
profit from destructive criticism.
2.
One is especially wise to accept correction from the Lord.
V.
What to do when you are wronged by someone else, V. 16
A. The foolish person is angry about it and he
soon lets everybody know that he is
offended. (Hey, look
everybody! Look what So-and-so did to
me! Poor me!")
B.
The prudent man does not reveal to
others that he has been wronged. (If he
speaks
to anybody about it, he speaks directly to the one who wronged him.)
VI.
What to do about telling the truth, V. 17
A. Is it okay to tell just a little bitty white
lie --- sometimes?
1. No! One should tell the truth at all times.
2. Only the truth pleases God and brings His
blessings. (Doctrinal truth as
well as historical truth)
3. Sometimes the truth is hard to face up to,
but it is still best.
B. One who tells a lie is a false witness and
displeases God.
1. He may tell a lie outright and openly.
2. More often he is given to the use of deceit
to try to cover the lie.
VII.
What to do about the feelings of others, V. 18
A. Some deliberately use words to jab at others
as with a sword.
B. But the wise use the tongue to sooth, quiet
and heal the feelings of others.
VIII.
What to do to make others believe you, V. 19
A. Tell the truth; it will stand the test of time and be
established. (All truth
will eventually be believed.)
B. A lie may be believed, but only
temporarily. (For the blink of an eye.)
IX.
What to do about the temptation to deceive somebody, V. 20
A. This proverb points out that the deceiver is
doing an evil thing.
1. Something is wrong in the heart.
2. The implication is that it will always bring
trouble. (Trouble for you and
trouble for them.)
B. It is always best not to be a trouble
maker; it is best to be a counselor of
peace and, thus, bring joy to others and to yourself.
X.
What to do about misfortunes and calamities that come upon you, V. 21
A. This proverb says that there will be no evil
calamity_ to come upon the righteous.
(This poses a problem: What about
Job? What about the apostles who were
martyred
for Christ?)
B. Let us assume that the proverb means just
exactly what it says.
1. That implies that some of the calamities
which come upon us, we bring upon
ourselves by our wrong
doing. (But that still does not answer
all of the
problem.)
2. It implies that some of the things which
appear to be calamities are not,
Job 42:12; Matt. 10:28; Rom.
8:28.
C. The real calamity comes upon the wicked.
XI.
What to do about lying, V. 22
A. Face it.
Lying lips are an abomination to the Lord. (The saved, the unsaved, you,
me, or anybody)
B. The only way to delight the Lord is to not
tell lies either in word or deed.
1. If you have a habit of lying, break the
habit.
2. If you do not have the habit, do not get
started.
XII.
What to do when to tell what you know would do harm to others, V. 23
A. There are such instances:
1. When you know things about others which
should not be told.
2. When you know doctrinal truth which the
people are not yet ready to hear.
(Feed them milk first and meat
later)
B. The foolish blurt out what they know no matter
who it hurts.
XIII.
What to do about ambition, V. 24
A. Is it wrong to pursue ambitions and try to
get ahead?
B. No, but the way to try to get ahead is by
honest labor.
C. The diligent will get ahead and the lazy will
not get ahead.
XIV.
What to do with a heavy heart, V. 25
A. Recognize the principles:
1. A troubled heart can hamper the whole
life. (From the heart spring the issues
of life.)
2. A cheerful heart can help make the whole life
better.
B. Therefore:
1. If your heart is heavy, cast your burdens on
the Lord.
2. If you see someone else with a heavy heart,
speak a word of encouragement.
XV.
What to do about setting an example for others, V. 26
A. One translation reads, "The righteous guideth his neighbor aright."
B. He guides by setting an example, I Tim. 4:12.
C. By setting a bad example one destroys his
friend.
XVI.
What to do about laziness, V. 27
A. The lazy do not take advantage of their
opportunities.
B. The diligent are blessed by their hard work.
XVII.
What to do about life and eternity, V. 28
A. Righteousness is a blessing in this life and
the next.
B. Hence, the thing to do is to become righteous
by faith and then follow righteousness
in deeds.
Conclusion:
1.
There is no way to ignore these principles and have a good life.
2.
There is no way to follow them and fail to have a good life.
Lesson #23
THE BENEFIT OF FOLLOWING GOOD INSTRUCTIONS
Proverbs 13:1-25
Introduction:
This
chapter sets forth the idea that if you seek and follow good instructions you
will
benefit in every way. The kind of instruction under consideration
is that which is from God.
Following these instructions produce
righteousness.
I. Introductory
proverbs, V. 1-3
A. These three proverbs set forth themes that
will be repeated throughout this chapter,
V. 1.
B. One is wise to receive good instruction,
including correction, V. 2.
C. Control of the tongue is a key item in a
successful life, V. 3.
II.
Proverbs about material things, V. 4-12
A. It is foolish to be lazy, V. 4. (It is God's will for every person to work.)
B. The righteous will not lie to get gain, V.
5. (It is not wise to do so.)
C. Righteousness is more necessary to genuine
success than wealth, V. 6.
D. A caution is sounded about pretence
concerning money, V. 7.
1. Some pretend to be rich when they are not.
2. Some pretend to be poor when they are not.
3. Both is a mistake.
E. It is desirable to work and save, V. 8.
1. Those who have accumulated some material
wealth will find it a help in case
of emergency.
2. The poor have no such help.
F. Righteousness, not riches, brings rejoicing,
V. 9.
G. Pride, so often associated with a desire to
be rich, brings only contention, V. 10.
H. God approves of work as a way to get gain, V.
11.
I. A caution about desire for material things,
V. 12:
1. A desire unfulfilled can be very
disappointing.
2. A desire fulfilled can be very satisfying.
3. We need to be careful not let our desires
dwell overly much on material
wealth.
4. We should be careful about how we go about
trying to get what we do desire.
(An unlawful effort to get gain
will bring only disappointment in the long
run.)
III.
Proverbs about instructions (From God), V. 13-17
A. One despising instruction will be hurt; one
seeking good instruction will be
rewarded, V. 13.
B. Good instruction is like a fountain of
life; to avoid good instruction is a
dangerous trap, V. 14.
C. Good understanding (wisdom) brings favor, V.
15.
D. Every wise man follows that which is right,
V. 16.
E. A faithful messenger (from the Lord) brings
health and healing, V. 17.
1. A wicked messenger (a servant of a master) is
slothful in delivering the
message and is punished.
2. A faithful servant serves his master and
those to whom he delivers the
message.
3. So a faithful messenger (teacher) from the
Lord can bless the lives of his
students.
IV.
Proverbs about obedience to God's instructions, V. 18-25
A. Disregard to the word will bring poverty and
destruction, V. 18.
B. Those who are obedient to the word will find
sweet success, V. 19.
C. Those who associate with the wise (righteous)
will learn from them and profit by
that association, V. 20.
D. The disobedient are punished and the obedient
rewarded, V. 21.
E. Even descendants are benefited by one's
righteousness, V. 22.
F. Righteousness and good judgment helps to put
food on the table, V. 23.
G. One who loves his son will teach him to be
obedient to the Lord, V. 24. (He may
have to chasten him in the
process of teaching him.)
H. Righteousness is a better guarantee that
life's needs will be met than anything
else, V. 25.
Lesson #24
THE KIND OF PERSON ONE OUGHT TO BE
Proverbs 14:1-9
Introduction:
Living
a successful life depends more on what one is than on what he has or what his
position is. These proverbs make the following
suggestions:
I.
Be a good companion at home, V. 1
A. This proverb speaks concerning being a good
wife.
1. A good wife is vital to a good home; she
strengthens and builds her home.
2. A good wife can do a lot to make up the
deficiencies in a husband. (If he
lets down in character or
understanding.)
B. In contrast, a bad wife can destroy her home.
1. It would be bad enough for someone else to
destroy it.
2. It is even worse for her to destroy her own
house. (She hurts her husband,
her children and herself.)
3. The best efforts of a good husband may be
unable to save the home.
C. The implication is that the man ought also to
be a good husband.
II.
Be upright in deed, V. 2
A. This has to do with more than just the
home. (One is to be upright in all of
his
ways --- in the home, work, at play, at school, etc.)
1. This begins with an attitude of reverence
toward the Lord.
2. He does right because that is what the Lord
asks.
B. One who does not fear the Lord is not
concerned with doing right and, therefore,
he does wrong.
III.
Be humble and, hence, kind in speech, V. 3
A. The proud of heart speak harshly toward
others.
1. It is as though their words were a rod with
which they beat others.
2. The rod with which they beat others will
eventually beat themselves.
B. The humble of heart speak kindly toward
others. (Hence, they are wise and bring
good to themselves.)
IV.
Be a hard worker, V. 4
A. Oxen are a symbol of hard work, but in the
olden days one had to have oxen in order
to harvest a crop.
B. The idea is that it takes hard work to
succeed in whatever line of work one may
pursue.
V.
Be a faithful witness, V. 5
A. An honest truthful man will be a truthful
witness. (He cannot be bought off nor
scared off.)
B. On the other hand, one who is basically
dishonest does not have to be bribed nor
threatened; he will lie for the pleasure of it.
VI.
Be open to God's teachings, V. 6
A. A scorner (as use here) is one who disregards
instruction from the Lord.
1. He seeks wisdom, but not from the right
source.
2. Therefore, he seeks wisdom, but does not find
it.
B. On the other hand, one who is not a scorner,
one who is willing to let the Lord
instruct him finds understanding.
1. He may not be as intellectual as the scorner.
2. But he is a lot wiser because he will let the
Lord teach him.
VII.
Be choicy about the friends you keep, V. 7
A. It is not the number of friends you have that
is most important, but the kind of
friends.
B. The lips of a foolish man pour out
foolishness. (If you stay around him, he
will
feed your mind with foolishness.)
C. You should not keep company with him.
VIII.
Be watchful of yourself, V. 8
A. It is just a matter of wisdom to know
yourself as best you can.
1. Seek to know your motives.
2. Seek to know your limitations.
3. Seek to know your capabilities.
B. The foolish not only deceive others, but they
actually deceive themselves.
IX.
Be disapproving toward sin, V. 9
A. The foolish take sin very lightly.
1. They laugh and make sport of sin; they do not
take sin very seriously.
2. Their approval of sin will lead them into
trouble.
B. But the righteous abhor sin.
1. They abhor it in their own lives, Rom. 7:15.
2. They abhor it in the lives of others, II
Peter 2:8.
Lesson #25
GETTING AN INSIGHT INTO LIFE
Proverbs 14:10-18
Introduction:
A
careful study of these proverbs will give one an insight into life the way it
really
is.
It helps him to understand what life is really all about.
I.
The privacy of the heart, V. 10
A. Nobody knows the inward private
troubles. (One can put on a smile and
have a cheery
voice and nobody knows.)
B. Nobody knows the personal private joys which
one experiences. (We may share some of
our troubles and joys, but not all.)
C. Lessons:
1. Do not be overly critical of others; they may
bear some heavy a load of which
you know nothing.
2. Do not try to pry too deeply into the other
fellow's personal affairs.
II.
The well-being of the home, V. 11
A. There is no way that a home can be firmly
established by wickedness.
1. Indeed, the wicked may prosper temporarily,
even gaining a house with all of
its fineries. (The house here is symbolic of riches.)
2. But the house of the wicked shall be
overthrown.
B. The upright may not prosper as much
materially.
1. They may be forced to dwell in a tabernacle
or tent. (The tent contrasted
with the house is symbolic of
poverty.)
2. But the home of the upright is far better
established even in poverty than
the home of the wicked which is
in riches. (Not that all of the upright
are
in poverty, but even if they are,
they are better off than the wicked.)
III.
A deceptive lifestyle, V. 12
A. Just because a way seems right to man does
not mean that God will approve.
1. It may meet the approval of society.
2. It may meet the approval of the family.
3. It may meet the approval of religion.
4. It may be within the bounds of the law.
B. But if God disapproves, then it will bring
destruction.
C. The sole question about one's attitude,
actions, or beliefs is: "Does it
have the
approval of God.?"
IV.
The shallowness of laughter and pleasure, V. 13
A. Even while one is laughing, there can be much
hidden sorrow in the heart.
B. When laughter is over, the reality of the
sorrow must be faced.
C. That is why our goal in life should not be
outward superficial temporary pleasure,
but real joy within which lasts forever.
V. A
backslider in heart, V. 14
A. This person is not yet in outward open
rebellion to God.
1. He is not a heretic in belief nor a
transgressor in actions.
2. But he secretly harbors sinful desires. (Maybe lust, covetousness, malice,
etc.)
B. But whatever his secret sin may be, he will
get his fill of those sins to his own
regret.
C. In contrast, the good man will also be filled
by his own inward godly desires much
to his own satisfaction.
VI.
The naive, V. 15
A. The simple (naive) are gullible and will
believe just about anything anybody will
tell them. (They believe the
lying gossip, the deceitful super-salesman, the slick
politician, the smooth tongue false religionist)
B. The prudent person is cautious about whom he
believes and what he believes.
VII.
A fear of evil, V. 16
A. The wise fear to get involved in evil. (He wisely departs; literally, he turns
aside and avoids getting involved.)
B. The foolish person goes blundering on,
unaware of the danger involved.
VIII.
A quick temper, V. 17a
A. A person with a fiery temper can get into
more trouble in a minute than he can get
out of in many years.
B. It, therefore, pays to learn to control the
temper.
IX.
A shrewd conniver. V, 17b
A. In contrast to the quick tempered man, this is
one who takes his time and works
out a shrewd deliberate plan of evil.
B. He is soon recognized as being evil and is
despised and hated by all who know him.
X.
An increase of either folly or wisdom, V. 18
A. Nobody stays just as he is; he
increases either in folly or in wisdom.
B. The simple inherit (acquire) folly. (They increase in folly.)
C. The wise are crowned with knowledge. (They are surrounded by wisdom as it
increases.)
Conclusion:
1.
Recognize that when you see another person there is an inner person whom
you do not see.
He has both joy and sorrow which you do not know about. Be patient and understanding.
2.
Establish your home in righteousness.
3.
Pattern your life after the teachings of God.
4.
Seek not merely temporal pleasure and laughter, but seek the deeper joys
that come
through the Lord.
5.
Watch out for those secret desires of the heart to sin. That can be like the fellow who
fed the cub lion until it became fully grown and killed him.
6.
Do not be gullible. Measure what
you hear by the standard of truth.
7.
Fear to get involved with evil.
Avoid it like you would a poisonous snake.
8.
Guard your temper. Count to ten,
and pray while you count.
9.
Do not be a conniver. A conniver
is despised by both men and God.
10. You are going to increase in either
wisdom or folly. Make it wisdom.
Lesson #26
THE PEOPLE WITH ALL THE ADVANTAGE
Proverbs 14:19-27
Introduction:
Sometimes
we may get the impression that the rich and the powerful have all of the
advantage in life. It is true that certain people have all the
advantage, but it is not
necessarily the rich and the powerful. It is the ones who sit in Wisdom's class and
who
follow her instructions.
I.
The advantage of the righteous over the wicked, V. 19
A.
There are times when the wicked seem to take advantage of the righteous
in this
life.
B. But the time will come when the wicked will
bow to the righteous.
1. Joseph's brothers eventually bowed before
Joseph.
2. Haman had to bow before Mordecai.
3. The wicked will one day bow to the Lord and
admit that we were right about
the Lord.
II.
The advantage of the merciful over the unmerciful, V. 20-22
A. The poor are hated and abused because of
their poverty and their ability to defend
themselves and seemingly are at a great disadvantage, V. 20a.
B. The rich have many friends because of their
riches and seemingly have the advantage,
V. 20b. (But these are only
fair-weather friends and, therefore, offer no real
advantage at all. The Lord is a
true Friend who sticks closer than a brother.)
C.
Those who hate and despise the poor and abuse them sin against God, V.
21a. (This
in reality puts the abuser at a disadvantage.)
D. Those who show mercy to the poor please the
Lord and, thus, bring happiness to
themselves, V. 21b.
E. Those who plot and scheme to take advantage
of others meet with the disapproval of
God. (God sees their evil deeds
and will call for a reckoning, V. 22a.)
F. Those who show mercy and contend for truth
meet with the approval of God. (They
will obtain mercy, V. 22b).
III.
The advantage of the workers over the talkers, v. 23
A. This verse in not to be understood as
speaking out against wise counsel nor against
the giving of wise instruction.
1. Some talk is an aid to work.
2. But it does speak out against those who want
to substitute talk for work.
B. In the final analysis, it is not the talkers
who will get the work done, but the
workers.
IV.
The advantage of the wise over the foolish, V. 24
A. The wise seek the will of God, they apply
themselves to learn, they apply themselves
to labor and they trust God to add His blessings.
B. They will be crowned with the fruit of their
labors. (They will have something to
show for their labors.)
C. On the other hand, all the foolish will have in
the long run will be their folly.
V.
The advantatge of the true witness over the
deceitful witness, V. 25
A. The illustration given in the proverb is a
court trial.
1. When one is falsely accused before the court
a faithful witness can deliver
him by telling the truth.
2. But a deceitful witness would only speak more
lies and, thus, do him harm.
B. The implication is that in due time the
truthful witness would be rewarded for his
deed and the deceitful liar would be repaid.
C. This principle applies not only to court
trials, but has many applications to life.
VI.
The advantage of one who fears the Lord, V. 26-27
A. The idea of fearing the Lord is to fear His
disapproval, to fear His disfavor. (It
is a desire to please Him and a
fear of doing that which might lose his disfavor.)
B. The fear of the Lord brings strong
confidence, V. 26a.
1. By refraining from that which displeases the
Lord and seeking to do that
which pleases Him one gains
great confidence and security.
2. The Lord's children (worshippers) have a
refuge in every time of trial, V. 26b.
C. The fear of the Lord is a fountain of life,
V. 27a.
1. It is a fountain from which to drink and be
satisfied.
2. It is a source of many blessings.
D. To fear the Lord is to avoid dangerous traps
that Satan sets for us, V. 27b.
E. This is an advantage that those who do not
fear the Lord do not have.
1. They do not build confidence, but they build
up a fear and dread of calamity.
2. They do not have a place of refuge in time of
trouble.
3. They fall into Satan's snares.
Lesson #27
MATTERS OF REAL CONCERN
Proverbs 14:28-35
Introduction:
These
proverbs set forth some matters about which the individual should be concerned.
I.
Concern about one's subjects, V. 28
A. The proverb speaks about a king being
concerned about his subjects.
1. When the King looks out for the well being of
his subjects and builds a strong
prosperous kingdom, then he
himself benefits by it.
2. When the king is a selfish despot and, thus,
scatters and weakens the kingdom,
the king himself is brought to
a downfall.
B. This is a principle that applies whenever one
has people under his jurisdiction. (It
applies in a home, a school, a job, a church, a political office, in the
military,
etc.)
II.
Concern about the temper, V. 29
A. It pays to be patient and long-suffering.
1. It shows a spirit of love for others; a
spirit of forgiveness, etc.
2. Anything will work out better where patience
is exercised.
3. One demonstrates great wisdom by being
patient.
B. One with a quick temper exalts folly.
1.
He behaves in a most foolish way.
2. Anything is made difficult with very little
chance of success.
3. He calls sharp attention to his folly.
III.
Concern about te heart, V. 30
A.
The heart, as used here, means the inner thinking, the inner feelings, the
inner
desires.
1. A sound heart is one that is motivated by a
righteous spirit. (A second-born
spirit)
2. An unsaved heart is one that is motivated by
the depraved flesh nature. (Even
a saved person can have such
motives.)
B. When one's conduct is guided by a sound
heart, even the fleshly part of man benefits.
(The word, life, literally means, health, well-being; thus, happiness,
contentment,
etc.)
C. When one's conduct is guided by envy,
selfishness and other fleshly motivations,
even the flesh is hurt by it.
(Unhappiness, sickness, pain, etc.)
IV.
Concern about the poor, V. 31
A. God made all mankind.
1. He made man in His own image.
2. It is true that in the fall of man the image
is somewhat marred, but it is
still there to some degree in
all.
B. One who takes advantage of the poor gives
evidence by his actions that he disregards
God.
1. He shows no regard for his fellow man who is
made in the image of God.
2. He disregards God's instructions about
dealing with others.
3. He disregards the threat of punishment from
God.
C. But one should do more than refrain from oppressing
the poor; he should aid the poor.
1. If he honors God as he should, he will show
mercy to the poor.
2. He will render aid with gifts or with low or
no-interest loans.
V.
Concern about death, V. 32
A. Nobody really wants to die, not even the
wicked.
1. It is as though the wicked were driven away
to another world against their
will.
2. The proverb implies that there is no hope for
them where they are carried.
B. But for the righteous there is no reason to
fear death.
1. He has hope even in death.
2. In fact, he has much more to look forward to
in death than he does here in this
life.
VI.
Concern about the kind of wisdom one has, V. 33
A. There are two kinds of wisdom.
1. One is a worldly wisdom. (Patterned after the world; it has Satan as
its
source.)
2. The other is true wisdom. (It is patterned after divine laws and has
God as
it source.)
B. True wisdom quietly rests in the heart. (It is not boastful, but is content quietly
going about doing the will of God.
It is humble.)
C. Worldly wisdom seeks to applaud self, to lift
self up and, thus, demonstrates its
pride and self-ignorance.
VII.
Concern about the nation, V. 34
A. One's life is very much affected by the
nation in which he lives.
1. If his nation is strong economically and
socially and has peace within and
without, one's life is blessed
thereby.
2. If his nation is in poverty, has social
inequities, is torn with turmoil
within or war with its
neighbors, then one's life will suffer as a consequence.
B.
Righteousness exalts a nation.
(It helps to build a strong stable nation.)
C. But sin will cause any nation to deteriorate.
1. Mighty empires have crumbled because of
corruption within. (The Greeks and
the Romans)
2. Our own nation is, thus, in the process of
deterioration.
D. Thus, we should:
1. Pray for our nation.
2. Pray for our leaders in particular.
3. Seek to promote truth and righteousness in
our own land.
4. Live a righteous life and set a good example
for others.
VIII.
Concern about the msster, V. 35
A. The king shows his favor toward a good
faithful servant. (Provides for him;
honors
him; promotes him)
B. A similar thing is true with any employee by
his boss.
C. We all ought to be aware that we must give
account to the Master.
Lesson #28
DEALING WITH DIFFICULT SITUATIONS
Proverbs 15:1-7
Introduction:
These
lessons, like many others in the Proverbs, are taught by contrasting the wise
and
the unwise, the righteous and the
unrighteous. Yet each one teaches how to
deal with a
difficult situation in life.
I.
When you are verbally attacked, V. 1
A. We all face this at one time or another. (Without warning we are bombarded with
accusations.)
B. The natural temptation is to retaliate in
like manner.
1. This results in full scale war.
2. It is now a matter of the most skilled or
most vicious opponent winning the
battle.
C. But this does not make us any better than our
attacker and leaves little or no
chance for reconciliation.
D. The best response is a very quiet mild
mannered approach.
1. Be careful to keep the voice down.
2. Be logical, sensible and humble in your
reply.
3. If there is any chance at all to win your
attacker, this is it.
4. If it does not win him it will, at least,
disarm him. (It takes the wind out
of his sails.)
II.
When it is your time to speak, V. 2
A. This proverb does not deal necessarily with a
time of conflict, but rather with a
time when you have opportunity to be the spokesman.
1. It may be in a conference or in a casual
conversation.
2. But it offers you an opportunity to have all
attention focused on you and what
you have to say.
B. The wise man will seek to present something
constructive in an acceptable way.
1. Literally, he will use knowledge
"good."
2. He will use it with a good motive and for a
good cause.
3. He will present it in a good way that might
be well received.
C. But the unwise will use the opportunity to
use knowledge for some ulterior motive
or he may pour words forth endlessly in hope of impressing someone.
III.
When you could do wrong and keep it secret, V. 3
A. This proverb actually serves many useful purposes.
1. It should encourage the righteous not to be
intimidated by the unrighteous.
(The Lord see and will help.)
2. It should encourage the righteous to
persevere in doing good. (The Lord will
reward.)
B. But the main point in this lesson is that it
should discourage the righteous from
doing wrong when he is tempted to do wrong and has reason to think that
nobody will
know. (The Lord will know and the
Lord will punish; don't do it.)
IV.
When you are tempted to speak sharply toward others, V. 4
A. The word translated "wholesome"
here literally means "healing" or "cure."
1. Thus, the idea would be a tongue that
promoted healing is a kind gentle tongue.
2. It would be a tongue that does not
deliberately jab and inflict pain on others.
3. This kind of tongue is a tree of life; it is
a tree that makes life fruitful.
B. In sharp contrast, the sharp tongue which
deliberately inflicts pain wounds the
spirit and causes deep distress.
V.
When you are corrected, V. 5
A. The word "instruction" here means
"chastisement or discipline."
(It is to be
presumed that the father disciplines for the purpose of correcting and
helping.)
B. But a foolish child despises and rejects his
father's corrective discipline.
1. Thus, he rejects the corrective authority
that God has placed over him.
2. And, thus, he rejects God's authority over
him.
3. Since he will not be corrected, he will make
many very costly mistakes.
C. The wise receive reproof, make a correction
to their ways and are spared the costly
mistakes. (This is true whether
the correction comes from the father or someone
else.)
VI.
When there is opportunity to make money through wrong doing, V. 6
A. In the house of the righteous there is much
treasure.
1. This treasure may not be in money or in
property.
2. Never-the-less, it is a treasure that is
worth more than gold.
B. Whatever ill gotten gain one receives will
bring ill to his life. (It will bring
trouble.)
C. The idea is:
Do not get money dishonestly.
VII.
When you have opportunity of influencing others, V. 7
A. The word "disperse" means "to
winnow, to scatter, to sow."
1. As you have opportunity to plant the seed of
knowledge and wisdom in others,
then do so.
2. Sow good seed and pray for an abundant
harvest.
B. But the heart and, thus the lips also of the
wicked, does not sow good seeds of
wisdom. (He sows seed of discord,
corruption, crime, adultery, murder, war,
destruction, etc.)
Conclusion:
1.
Give a soft answer.
2.
Choose your words carefully and speak wisely.
3.
Do right even if nobody else in the world knows.
4.
Speak kindly to others.
5.
When you are corrected, do not immediately try to justify yourself. First think it over.
You might be wrong.
6.
Do not take one thin dime dishonestly ---- nor $10,000. (The dime might
be easier to
resist than the $10,000.)
7.
Speak out for truth and influence others toward truth; you just might
develop into a real
teacher for God.
Lesson #29
HOW GOD SEES AND DEALS WITH THE WISE AND
UNWISE
Proverbs 15:8-15
Introduction:
Man
lives his life in the presence of Almighty God.
He can have either the approval
or disapproval of God.
I.
God sees a man for what he really is; not what he appears to be before
others, V. 8
A. One may go through the formal activity of a
religious service and appear acceptable
to man, but before God his
sacrifice may be an abomination.
1. Whatsoever is not of faith is sin.
2. Cain's offering before God was not accepted.
B. In contrast, God is much more pleased to have
the righteous ask things from Him than
to have the unrighteous give
things to Him.
C. This proverb does two things:
1. It encourages the sinner to get right with
God.
2. It encourages the righteous to pray.
II.
God sees basically two kinds of lifestyles, V. 9
A. One is wicked and the other is righteous.
B. The wicked man has a lifestyle that is an
abomination to the Lord.
1. It is a life that is not lived in keeping
with God's righteous principles
and, therefore, is abominable
to Him.
2. Some may live wild and woolly and others
quietly in obscurity, but they are
all evil.
C. The righteous lives his life diligently
seeking the will of the Lord.
1. The word "follow" is Piel and intensive in the Hebrew language.
2. It means that he diligently follows after
righteousness.
3. God loves the man who does that.
III.
God severly punishes those who turn away from
the right way, V. 10
A. God presents the right way to man and then it
is up to man to choose to follow that
way.
1. The unsaved may choose never to follow that
way.
2. The saved may follow for a while, then
backslide and forsake the way.
B. It is a sad mistake for either the saved or
unsaved to forsake the Lord's way.
1. God sends chastisements for the
transgressors.
2. When they fail to correct their ways, then
God sends more severe chastisements.
3. Finally God allows death to take the
incorrigible rebel.
C. One may wonder: Does not death finally claim both the
obedient and the disobedient?
(The answer is: Yes, because of the Adamic
sin, but death may come sooner as a
result of rebellion against God.)
IV.
God sees the total life of man, even the heart, V. 11
A. God sees even the spirit world, the place of
departed spirits. (Heb.--Sheol)
B. Just that easily He looks into the heart of
man and sees his innermost thoughts.
1. A man may hide his thoughts from others.
2. But he cannot hide them from God.
V.
God sees that some men will not change, V. 12
A. Reproof is offered that he might change.
B. But some will not turn and change.
VI.
God sees what a cheerful heart can do for a man, V. 13
A. A cheerful, happy, optimistic heart can make
for a smiling face under the most sever
hardships of life. (This is one
who trusts the Lord.)
B. A doubting, fearful heart can be sad under
the very best of circumstances. (One
that does not trust the Lord.)
VII.
God offers to continually increase one's wisdom, V. 13
A. The righteous continually seeks
knowledge. (It is food for his soul.)
B. The foolish feeds his face with folly. (That is his delight.
VIII.
Faith makes the difference between happiness or unhappiness, V. 15
A. Some live a miserable existence without God
to the end of their days.
B. Some, because of their faith in the Lord.
know a happy life in spite of their
miserable circumstances.
Lesson #30
A BETTER WAY OF LIVING
Proverbs 15:16-21
Introduction:
Not
all of these proverbs use the word "better," but they do all show a
better way.
I. A
little with a fear of the Lord is better than a lot, V. 16
A. This verse does not teach that one is to
always have only a little bit.
B. It does teach that a little, with fear of the
Lord is better than a lot without
fear of the Lord.
1. The widow of Zarephath
had but a little meal and a little oil, I Kings 17.
2. Even after Elijah came that was all she had,
but it was enough.
C. There is always the temptation to do wrong to
get more --- even to use violence.
D. But one who fears the Lord trusts the Lord to
provide and is, therefore, content
with less.
II.
A plain meal can be better than a feast, V. 17
A. A meal of vegetables where there is love is
better than a feast where there is
hatred.
B. Under ordinary circumstances, which would you
prefer, a meal of stewed cabbage or
a good beef roast with all the trimmings?
1. The beef roast, of course.
2. But the absence of love and the presence of
hatred would make it better to
have stewed cabbage with love.
C. The better life does not consist of luxuries,
Luke 12:15.
III.
A controlled temper is better than a hot-head, V. 18
A. A quick temper is sure to stir up strife.
B. A cool head is usually able to pacify the
anger of others.
C. But how is one able to maintain a cool
head? (He works at it and prays.)
IV. Righeousness is better than laziness, V. 19
A. It may come as s surprise that laziness is
contrasted with unrighteousness.
1. The idea is that laziness is unrighteousness.
2. It does not necessarily follow, however, that
industriousness is
righteousness.
3. It does follow that righteousness will
produce industriousness and work.
B. Being slothful is like walking a pathway
which is grown up with briars. (The
vines
tangle and hinder the feet; the thorns injure and are painful.)
C. By comparison the hard worker travels a
smooth highway.
V.
It is better to be wise than foolish, V. 20
A. A wise son makes his father proud of
him. (Likewise his mother)
B. A foolish son breaks the heart of
mother. (And dad)
C. Which kind of son would you want to be?
VI.
Walking in uprightness is better tban walking
in folly, V. 21
A. The foolish have no better judgment than to
endanger their own well being and that
of others.
1. They may drive dangerously and recklessly or
do something else that may bring
physical harm.
2. They may use alcohol or drugs.
3. They may get involved in trouble that is
almost sure to bring punishment,
prison or death.
4. They do this just for the thrill of it.
B. One of understanding avoids such folly and
walks uprightly.
Conclusion:
The
better way is to live in the will of God.
Lesson #31
INTERACTING WITH GOD AND MEN
Proverbs 15:22-33
Introduction:
As
one lives in this world, he lives with both God and men. He will interact with
both.
I.
Wise counselors V. 22
A. For one to assume that he knows all the
answers and, therefore, is in no need of
counsel is the height of egotism.
B. To look to others seeking their counsel is
humility.
C. There is benefit in hearing several
counselors.
1. Bad counsel received from one may be offset
by good counsel from another.
2. If one does not know, perhaps another might.
3. Perhaps no one person has the answer, but a
combination of advice from several
may provide the answer.
D. Success is more apt to be realized with a
multitude of counselors. (Reading is a
good way to get counsel.)
II.
Choice words in due season, V. 23
A. When one speaks in error or unrighteousness
it is a cause of sorrow to this own
heart, but if he speaks in truth and righteousness it is a cause of joy
to his own
heart.
B. Timing is important.
1. Snow is beautiful, but not in the summer when
the crop is in the field.
2. There is a time to speak and a time to keep
silent.
III.
The upward way and the downward way, V. 24
A. Jesus, in Matthew 7:13-14, speaks of the two
ways of life.
1. The narrow way leads to life eternal.
2. The broad way leads to destruction.
B. The wise travel the narrow way that leads
higher and higher until it reaches
heaven.
C. The unwise travel the broad way that leads
lower and lower until it reaches the
pits of hell.
IV.
The humble and the proud, V. 25
A. The Lord resists the proud.
1. He puts down the proud and his household.
2. Hence, the proud hurts not only himself, but
his family.
B. The humble are aided by the Lord.
1. He does not have to rely on his own strength,
but on the strength of the
Lord.
2. The widow, who cannot help herself, is an
illustration.
V.
Thoughts and words, V. 26
A. Even the very thought is open to the Lord.
1. He is pleased by the thoughts of the
righteous, Phil. 4:8.
2. He sternly disapproves of evil thoughts,
Pro.24:9.
B. The words of the pure of heart are pleasant
(gracious) toward others.
1. They are loving, kind and forgiving.
2. These have received grace from God and extend
grace toward others.
VI.
Greed and gain, V. 27
A. Anyone would desire gain, but greed will
cause one to do wrong in order to get gain.
B. To illustrate, the unjust judge takes a bribe
which influences his decision in the
case.
C. One who refuses to do wrong to get gain gets
the greater gain; He gets the favor
of God.
VII.
Thoughtful and thoughtless words, V. 28
A. The righteous should very carefully think
before he speaks.
1. He does not wish to speak that which is
untrue or harmful to other.
2. This should be a natural result of his being
righteous.
B. In contrast, the unrighteous pour out evil,
unclean, untrue, blasphemous words.
(This is a result of his unrighteous heart.)
VIII.
The Lord far or near, V. 29
A. The Lord is far from the wicked.
1. This does not mean that he cannot reach God
at all.
2. But it does mean that he does not have the
close fellowship with God that
the righteous enjoy.
3. The unrighteous should come to God in
repentance and faith.
B. In contrast to this, the righteous have a
very close fellowship with God. (God is
constantly listening for their requests.)
IX.
A cheerful look and a cheerful word, V. 30
A. A sad look and a despondent word can be very
depressing. (It can take meat off the
bones.)
B. But a cheerful look (literally "bright
eyes") and a cheerful word can be uplifting.
(It can put meat on the bones.)
X.
Receiving or rejecting reproof, V. 31-32
A. One who will listen to and heed reproof and
instruction is wise.
1. He is already wise or he would not listen.
2. He will become even wiser by listening.
B. One who refuses reproof and instruction hurts
himself.
XI.
Reverence and humility, V. 33
A. One's reverence toward God should be the
guiding force in all his actions toward
God and men. (It will guide
right.)
B. Humility before God brings honor in this life
and in the next.
Lesson #32
THE SUPREMACY OF THE LORD
Proverbs 16:1-9
Introduction:
These
proverbs focus attention upon Jehovah.
All men are viewed in these proverbs only
in their relationship to Jehovah.
I.
Jehovah supreme over the actions of men, V 1
A. There is a difficulty in translating this
verse. The New International Version
reads, "To man belongs the plans of the heart, but from the Lord
comes the reply
of the tongue."
B. The idea seems to be that man in his heart
may devise plans, but the final decision
of what will be done rests with the Lord.
II.
Jehovah, the Supreme Judge of man's actions, V. 2
A. All the ways of a man are clean in his own
eyes.
B. But the Lord judges with a just pair of
scales. (Not fixed in favor of man nor
against him, but weighing accurately)
III.
Jehovah, available to man as a personal manager, V. 3
A. One's ways should be committed to Jehovah.
1. They should be surrendered to His will.
2. All of one's activities should thus be
surrendered to His direction.
B. By this means one's plans will succeed.
IV.
Jehovah, the Mster-Planner, V. 4
A. Jehovah has a master plan and in that plan
all things will eventually bring honor
and glory to Himself. (One will
either submit to Him and to His will or will be
judged worthy of punishment.)
B. Even the wicked will bring glory to God in
their judgment and punishment.
V.
Jehovah, the punisher of the proud in heart, V. 5
A. The proud in heart are an abomination to the
Lord who is Holy.
B. Although they join forces together against
the Lord, they will not go unpunished.
(Literally the Hebrew word is "innocent." But the conclusion is the same. If they
are not innocent, then they will not be unpunished.)
VI.
Jehovah turning men from evil to righteousness, V. 6
A. By means of mercy and truth the Lord purges
out iniquity of men. (By the truth of
His gospel and by His amazing grace.)
B. When men turn in reverential fear of God,
they depart from evil.
1. Unsaved men are brought to Christ for
salvation by a reverential fear.
2. The saved are brought to a more sanctified
life by a reverential fear of the
Lord.
VII.
Jehovah Supreme even over one's enemies, V. 7
A. This does not mean that the godly will have
no enemies.
B. It does mean that his enemies cannot harm him
unless God chooses to permit it.
(Jacob and Esau are a classic example.)
VIII.
Jehovah better than material riches, V. 8
A. It is better for one to have a little with
righteousness than great riches
without righteousness.
B. The man who has the good favor of the Lord is
far richer than one who has only
material wealth.
Conclusion:
Proverbs
16:9. This is a repetition of the
thought in verse 1. Man may make his own
plans and make his own@choices,
but it is the Lord who will have the final say about the
outcome.
Lesson #33
THE KING RULING UNDER THE SUPREMACY OF GOD
Proverbs 16:10-15
Introduction:
Verses
1-9 deal with the supremacy of God. Our
text shows that this supremacy extends
even over earthly kings. The kings are instruments in the hand of the
Lord to administer law,
order and justice in the land.
It
had not been God's desire for Israel to have a king at that time, but after
getting
one, He wanted them to recognize that the
king himself serves is under the supremacy of God.
I.
The standard which God has set for the king, V. 10-13
A. As the Supreme Being, God sets the standard
for all. (These verses do not indicate
that all kings live up to these standards, but that they all ought to
and they will
answer to God when they do not do so.)
B. God's will for the people is to be expressed to
them through the lips of the king,
V. 10 a.
1. The words "divine sentence" in
Hebrew mean "divination" or "oracle."
2. The idea is that it expresses the will of God
in the form of wise decrees,
wise laws and good government
in general.
C. Specifically God's will is done in the
administration of justice, V. 10 b.
1. As in the case in which two women both
claimed the same baby.
2. God gave Solomon the wisdom to determine the
real mother.
D. The King is to be God's administrator in
honesty and fairness with one another,
V. 11.
1. The verse does not mention the king, but
rather God.
2. A just weight and balance are the Lord's.
a. God loves honesty and fair dealing.
b. Bod deals honestly
and fairly with all.
c. God requires all to deal honestly and fairly
with others.
3. Since this verse is in the middle of a
passage that speaks about kings, this
implies that the verse carries
a lesson for kings.
a. Since God loves honesty and fairness and
since the king is His servant,
then the king should be
honest and fair with all.
b. He should see that his officials do likewise.
c. The king should see that his people deal
honestly and fairly with one
another. (How would you like that job?)
E. The text admonishes the king to live
righteously, V. 12.
1. God requires even kings to refrain from
wickedness and to live righteously.
2. If a king will do so then his throne will be
established. (Strengthened and
his reign lengthened.)
3. If a king will not do so then his throne will
not be established. (It will be
weakened and his reign
shortened.)
F. The king should delight in righteous lips, V.
12.
1. The king would not delight in servants nor
subjects who deliberately lie to
him and try to deceive him.
2. He would delight in those servants and
subjects whom he could trust. (These
would be subject to his
choicest favors.)
3. The implication is that so it is with the
Lord. (The Lord is displeased with
people of lying lips and
punishes them; He is pleased with people of truthful
lips and He blesses them.)
II.
The awesome power of kings, V. 14-15
A. He holds the power of life and death, V. 14.
1. Those who anger him are apt to be put to
death, V. 14a. (No man can stop
him.)
2. A man is foolish to deliberately anger the
king.
3. The wise will seek rather to please the king
and to quickly pacify any
displeasure of the king.
B. The implication is that the same thing is
true with the power that is above the
king.
1. He, too, holds the power of life and
death. (None can stop Him.)
2. One is foolish to deliberately stir the anger
of God.
3. The wise will seek to please Him and will
seek to quickly pacify Him through
repentance.
C. The favor of the king is greatly to be
desired, V. 15.
1. One's whole life can be changed for the
better.
2. It is like thirst quenching rain on a dry
field. (It ensures a good
harvest.)
3. So it is with God. (It can change one's whole life for the better
and
can bring refreshing
showers of blessings from above.
Conclusion:
Whatever
position of authority one has, he serves under the supreme power and authority
of God.
Lesson #34
THE CHALLENGE OF GETTING WISDOM
Proverbs 16:16-26
Introduction:
These
verses go together. For the most part
they relate to the getting of wisdom.
The writer again seeks to encourage us to
seek wisdom.
I.
The challenge, V. 16
A. Wisdom is to be gained by seeking after it.
B. It is better to seek after wisdom than after
silver and gold.
C. One must deliberately choose to seek it. (If one fails to gain wisdom, it is
because he has failed to choose it and to seek it through the proper
channel.)
II.
The channel, V, 17
A. The
way to become wise is to become upright.
(In seeking to be upright, one
is seeking wisdom.)
B. The highway (the normal course of life) of
the upright is to avoid evil.
1. He stops that evil in which he has already
engaged.
2. He seeks to avoid doing the evil which he
might do.
C. By avoiding evil, he avoids chastisement and
troubles and, hence, he is wise.
III.
A thing to avoid: Pride, V. 18
A. To be lifted up in pride would be a sure way
to destruction. (The Lord hates
pride.)
B. Pride was the original sin of Satan and is,
therefore, Satanic.
IV.
A better way: Humility, V. 19
A. It is better to be of an humble spirit with
the lowly. (With those of less
material affluence and with more lowly positions in life.)
B. This is better than to share in the material
abundance with those who are proud.
1. The humble seek to be with the humble and the
proud seek to be with the
proud.
2. Whenever one constantly seeks to be with the
proud, it is because he himself
is proud.
V. A
great combination: wise handling and
faith, v. 20
A. The first part of the combination is the wise
handling of matters, V. 20a.
1. Unwise handling can mess up a good thing.
2. Wise handling can often work out of a very
bad situation.
3. It is great to be able to solve problems.
B. The second part of the combination is trust
in the Lord, V. 20b.
1. Trust in the Lord is important even in those
instances when you think you
know the solution to the
problem.
2. It is even more important when you know that
you do not know the solution
to the problem.
3. It can solve problems when there is no way
humanly possible to solve them.
VI.
Wisdom and the use of words, V. 21-24
A. The wise in heart will get a reputation for
being prudent, V. 21a. (This is
because of their wise conduct and their wise words.)
B. The skilled use of words not only increases
the learning of others around, but
increases one's own wisdom, V. 21b.
C. Understanding is a wellspring of life, V.
22a.
1. It is a well of blessing to one's self.
2. It is a well from which others may drink by
hearing one's teachings and
seeing his example.
3. In sharp contrast, the instruction (teaching,
counsel) one would receive
from fools would be folly, V.
22b.
D.
A wise heart and a wise mouth go together, V. 23.
1. The wellspring spoken of in verse 22 overflows
through the mouth.
2. The wise heart disciplines the mouth that it
may speak wisely.
E. Wise lips put forth pleasant words, V. 24.
1. The main idea here is that they are kind
words; they extend grace, mercy,
and kindness to others.
2. They are not grievous words that stir up
anger and strife.
3. There is no idea of flattery in the verse.
VII.
Wisdom to discern, V. 25
(This verse is the same as Pro. 14:12.)
A. There is a way that seems right to men, but which
is not right after all. (The
end result of it would be death and destruction.)
B. The unwise are deceived and go the way of
death.
C. The wise can discern and avoid this dangerous
way.
VIII.
Wisdom and work, V. 26
A. God has built into man a system that works to
his good.
1. His natural hunger encourages him to work.
2. When he works, that results in his good. (Not only is his hunger relieved,
but his other needs are met.)
B. The wise will observe this and learn that it
pays to work.
C. The unwise will suffer in two ways:
1. They will suffer hunger.
2. They will suffer lack in other ways.
Lesson #35
DANGEROUS MEN AND DESIRABLE MEN
Proverbs 16:27-33
Introduction:
Our
text does not specifically say, "This is a dangerous man. Do not be like him."
But the implication is there. Neither does it say, "This is a
dangerous man. Do not seek
him as a personal friend. Seek the good man as a personal
friend." But the implication is
there.
I. Damgerous men, V. 27-30
A. The ungodly are dangerous because they dig up
trouble, V. 27a.
1. The word, ungodly, here is literally "A
man of Belial" or "An unworthy man."
(No values, no morals, no
worthwhile goal, no-good)
2. The word, evil, here means "Trouble,
harm, injury."
3. He digs a pit or trap for others; he falls in
it himself.
4. His friends get hurt with him.
5. He is a dangerous person to have as a friend.
B. The lips of an ungodly man are as a burning
fire, V. 27b; James 3:6.
C. A froward man sows
(sends forth the seed) strife, V. 28a.
1. A froward man is
one who "turns" and, hence, is unstable.
a. The noun comes from a word meaning "To
turn, overturn, destroy."
b. Hence, it means a man who us unstable. (He will tutn on
you, ruin you
and destroy you.)
2. He spreads strife wherever he goes, even
among his friends.
3. He is a dangerous man to have as a friend.
D. A whisperer separates friends, V. 28b.
1. He backbites, spreads rumors &
half-truths and maybe even spreads some
truths that are calculated to
do harm.
2. He is a dangerous man to have for a friend.
E. A man of violence leads his neighbor into
trouble, V. 29.
1. He entices his neighbor to do the same kind
of violence that he does.
(Robbery, riot, brutality,
hatred, murder)
2.
This is a way of life the neighbor would not otherwise do.
3. It is a way that is not good. (Moral goodness is not the point in this
verse.
The point is that it is a way
that is injurious to the neighbor and to the
man himself.)
4. This kind of man is dangerous to have as a
friend.
F. A violent, froward,
ungodly man deliberately devises evil, V. 30a.
1. He shuts his eyes so that he can better
concentrate on making his evil
plans.
2. He is not pressured into evil; he chooses it
premeditatedly.
3. He is a dangerous man to have as a friend.
G. He puts forth great effort to perform the
evil that he has planned, V. 30b.
1. The expression "moving the lips" is
translated by some as "pressing the lips
together."
2. He exerts himself, he strains hard to do
evil.
3. He is a dangerous man to have as a friend.
II.
The desirable man, V. 31-33
A. Elderly people who are righteous are a people
to be desired, V. 31.
1. The hoary head is a head of silvery
hair. (Age)
2. The silvery head is not undesirable.
3. If the silvery head has a long history of
godly living, then it is like a
silver crown upon the
head. (But only if he has lived a
righteous life; it is
like a stolen crown if his life
is not a righteous life.)
4. This might be a good man to have for a
friend.
B. One who controls his temper is a desirable
person, V. 32.
1. This verse pictures one who seldom loses his
temper.
2. He has probably had to fight a battle within
himself in order to be this
self-controlled.
3. He is more deserving of honor than the mighty
war hero.
4. It is better to conquer self than cities.
5. This may be a good friend to have.
C. One who depends on God for aid in making his decisions
is desirable, V. 33.
1. Long before man had a Bible to guide him, he
often sought the aid of a higher
power in making decisions. (He cast stones or drew straws, etc.)
2. Kings, military men and people of all walks
of life used these methods.
3. Even religious decisions were made this way.
a. Canaan was divided among the 12 tribes in
this fashion, Num. 26:55.
b. The scapegoat on the Day of Atonement was
selected this way.
4.
This eliminated selfishness and prejudice and left the decision to God.
5. Caution:
This method would be a poor substitute today for the word of God
which is available to us.
6. But we can take a lesson form this and make
all decisions according to the
word of God. (According to the direct command of God
or according to the
examples and principles set
forth in the word of God.)
7. This kind of person would make a good friend.
Lesson #36
THE DEVELOPMENT OF CHARACTER
Proverbs 17:1-9
Introduction:
These
proverbs may seem to have no connection, but they do. They all have to do with
the development of character. There is a secondary theme in many of
them. They show that
contentment is gained as the character
develops.
I. Developing
the right attitude toward material prosperity and toward people, V. 1
A. Many think that contentment comes with
prosperity.
1. The fallacy of this is seen in the strife
that comes in some luxurious
banqueting. (The word, sacrifice, here means "Slain
animals" and in this
context refers to a feast.)
2. The strife at such feasts are often
engendered by alcohol.
3. Sometimes it is prompted by greed. (Over control of the wealth.)
B. The poor who live in a peaceable atmosphere
are better off.
1. The dry morsel is often a blessing in
disguise.
2. As one learns to be content with what he has,
he gains both in character
and contentment.
3. As one learns to peacefully co-exist with
others, he develops in character
and contentment.
II.
Developing in the assumption of responsibility, V. 2
A. Every person has responsibility. (The family is under consideration in the
parable. The parents, the
children, and the servants all have responsibilities.)
B. Even a son may be disinherited because he is
irresponsible. (He may be wasteful,
be a poor manager, lazy, a drunkard, riotous, or a criminal.)
C. Yet a slave, although not in the family, may
be exalted because he is faithful to
his responsibilities.
1. Joseph in Potiphar's
house is an example.
2. A slave may even be given authority over the
son.
3. He might even share in the family inheritance
with the children.
III. Developing the right attitude toward
trials, V. 3
A. Nobody enjoys hardships, difficulties or
trials.
1. One can moan and groan and feel sorry for
himself.
2. Or he can grow and develop as a result of the
trial.
B. Trials are to a person what the hearth and
furnace is to silver and gold ore.
1. The heat and furnace are to purify the metal.
2. The trial is to purify the heart of man.
a. The unsaved person is to repent, trust
Christ, and get saved.
b. The saved is to surrender his will to God.
C. As the heart is made pure, the life is also
made pure.
IV.
Developing character by controling the ear and
the tongue, V. 4
A. Gossip is a wicked deed.
B. One who delights in listening to gossip is as
evil as the one who gossips.
1. His desire to do evil is what causes him to
delight in hearing gossip.
2. He delights in it whether it is true of
false. (Truth is of no concern to
him.)
3. Usually he can hardly wait to get to tell
some other person who loves to hear
the "naughty
tongue." (Worthless tongue.)
V. Developing character by having a
sympathetic heart, V. 5
A. To mock (scorn) others because of their
poverty is to reproach (scorn) God,
the Maker.
1. Even the poor man is made in the image of
God.
2. To scorn him is to scorn the God in whose
image he is made.
B. To mock or scorn is not God-like.
1. God is merciful and kind.
2. He instructs us to be merciful and kind.
3. To fail to be merciful is to be rebellious
toward God.
C. The same principle is involved when one
delights in the calamity and hardship of
another.
1. He despises one who is made in the image of
God.
2. He fails to be like God who is merciful.
3. He is rebellious toward the command of God.
VI.
The development of character reflected in the offspring, V. 6
A. The proverb says merely that the
grandchildren are a crown.
1. But the mere having of grandchildren is not a
crown.
2.
According to Proverb 10:1 a child that
has no character can be a heartbreak
to his parents.
3. The same is true with his grandparents.
B. It is only when one has grandchildren with
good character that they are a crown to
him. (They are a joy; they make
him proud.)
1. Thus the man is to develop character first in
himself.
2. Secondly, he is to teach and train his
children to have character.
3. He is to aid his children in training the
grandchildren to develop their
character.
VII.
The development of character reflected in one's speech, V. 7
A. If one's character has failed to develop, his
lack of character will be displayed
in his speech. (It will be
exposed whether he is selfish, egotistical, unclean,
dishonest, etc.)
B. It is not in keeping with a prince (A man of
high position) to have a lying
tongue, V. 7b.
1. A man of position and rank should develop his
character to a higher plane
than to lie. (Any man should, but especially a man of
rank. He has been
entrusted with a higher
position and should prove himself to be worthy of
that trust.
2. But no matter what his position may be, what
he is in character will be
reflected in his speech.
VIII.
The development of character reflected in the use of gifts, V. 8
A. This proverb merely sets forth a fact about
gifts.
1. It is not the value of the gift that is
important; it is the thought behind
the gift that counts. (This can make a small gift seem like a
precious
jewel.)
2. When the gift is received with gratitude,
both the recipient and the donor
are helped. ("it prospereth"
....that is, it helps.)
B. The application of the proverb is not given
in the verse, but the reader is left
to make the application and to get the lesson.
1. God would have each to be generous to others.
2. Yet God would have no man to resort to the
use of bribery. (Neither to give
nor to take a bribe.)
IX.
The development of character reflected in the treatment of wrong doers,
V. 9
A. One can become hard and cruel toward the
wrongdoer. ("Hey! Look everybody! He
did wrong and I want you all to know that he did wrong. He must be rebuked and
punished.")
B. One can be merciful and not make an issue out
of minor wrongs and occasional
mistakes.
1. Instead of calling it to the attention of
all, he seeks to keep the issue
in the background. (He covers it over.)
2. He helps the brother not to do the same thing
again rather than kicking him
down because he did it one
time.
C. To repeat a matter --- even though it be true --- can sometimes do immeasurable
harm.
1. It can separate dear friends --- or even
family.
2. It is a sign of development in character to
be able to keep quiet on some
things you know.
Conclusion:
You
cannot build a contended life without first building your own character. You
cannot build your character without
building a contended life.
Lesson #37
AN ADMONITION TO PEACEABLENESS
Proverbs 17:10-20
Introduction:
Remember
that the Proverbs is a book on successful living. The basic principle
throughout the book is "Do what is
right in the sight of God." Doing
right brings successful
living.
The
theme in these eleven verses is to live peaceably with others.
I. Be
peaceable even when rebuked, V. 10
A. Many react negatively and strongly when
rebuked. (They never correct their
wrong
and there is strife toward the one who rebuked them.)
B. A wise man (one who wants to do right) will
correct his way and profit by the
rebuke.
II.
Be peaceable and, thus avoid punishment, V. 11
A. The evil person seeks only rebellion. (More evil)
B. Therefore, a cruel messenger or official will
be sent to deal with him and to bring
about his punishment.
C. One who is not rebellious may avoid that
punishment.
III.
Be peaceable and beware of those who are not peaceble,
V. 12
A. If you are in contact with those who do evil
they are apt to do you harm.
B. An evil man can be more vicious than a wild
animal. (Than a bear robbed of her
cubs.)
IV.
Be peaceable and, thus, refrain from repaying good with evil, V. 13
A. To deliberately do harm to those who help you
is like "biting the hand that feeds
you."
B. God promises that punishment will not depart
from the house of such a person.
1. Even a saved person can be guilty.
2. David was guilty in his sin against Uriah and God sent Nathan to tell him,
"The sword shall not
depart from thy house."
V.
Be peaceable and do not start trouble with others, V. 14
A. The picture in the proverb is that of a dam
of water being broken. (Once the dam
is broken there is no way to hold back the water.)
B. Even so once strife is started it is very
hard to stop it.
C. The best thing to do is to never start
it. ("... leave off contention
before it
be meddled with.")
VI.
Be peaceable even in times of official injustice, V. 15
A. Often one responsible for administering
justice will abuse his power.
1. The wicked may be acquitted and the innocent
punished.
2. The implication is that deliberate dishonesty
is involved on the part of the
official. (Probably bribery.)
B. But never fear; there is a Higher Judge.
1. He will vindicate the innocent.
2. He will punish the guilty.
3. He will also punish the unjust official.
VII.
Be peaceable, but do not be dumb; Do not reject wisdom that is readily
available, V. 16
A. The question is: Why will the fool have the price for wisdom
for good counsel in
his hand, when it is not in his heart to heed the counsel?
1. A student will pay a large fee for education
and then idle away his time
while in school.
2. An ill person will pay a large doctor bill
and drug bill and then not take
the treatment.
3. A client will pay a large fee to the lawyer
and then reject his counsel.
B.
Even so many who have great opportunity to be saved neglect that
opportunity.
C. Even some who are saved will neglect their
opportunity to live in keeping with
God's will. (We all do to some
extent.)
VIII.
Be peaceable and be a friend, V. 17
A. A true friend is not a fair-weather friend;
he "loves at all times."
B. Brothers should help one another in times of
adversity. (And sisters)
IX.
Be peaceable, but beware about standing good for the indebtedness of
others, V. 18
A. This verse evidently does not forbid one to
help a friend when he is able and
willing.
B. But it is intended to keep one from being
unnecessarily hurt by a friend.
1. Even a friend with good intentions may be
unable to pay, and his debt will
be your responsibility.
2. Some so-called friends will deliberately beat
you.
C. Unnecessary strife can be avoided.
X.
Be peaceable and be humble, V. 19
A. It is sinful to deliberately stir up strife.
B. It is sinful to exalt one's self above
others. (The picture is that of one
building his gate or door to outclass everybody else.)
C. Do not try to outclass others.
XI.
Be peaceable and honest, V. 20
A. The word, froward,
means "Perverse" or "False."
1. The idea is that a man with a dishonest heart
or mind will come to no good.
2. He will bring the judgment of men and God
upon himself.
B. The one with a perverse or false tongue will
have the same result. (His tongue
is dishonest because his heart or mind is dishonest.)
Lesson #38
THE VALUE OF CERTAIN QUALITIES
Proverbs 17:21-28
Introduction:
Remember
that the proverbs are given to show one how to have a successful life.
I.
The value of certain qualities, V. 21
A. Remember that the fear of the Lord is the
beginning of wisdom.
B. Parents of a foolish child are made sad.
C. The first part of the verse speaks of one who
is a dullard, stupid.
1. He is so called whether he is incapable of
learning or is unwilling to learn.
2. He will make foolish blunders which will hurt
himself and others.
3. He will often refuse to listen to counsel and
correction.
D. The second part of the verse speaks of one
who is morally or spiritually corrupt.
1. He, too, will make terrible blunders and will
actually do more harm to himself
and others than the dullard.
2. He, too, will seldom listen to counsel or
correction.
II.
The value of cheerfulness, lV. 22
A. A merry heart literally has a medicinal
effect on the human body. (It helps to
prevent illness and helps to cure illness. That is why doctors want their patients
to be kept in a good mood.)
B. A broken spirit can actually cause illness
and death.
III.
The value of honesty, V. 23
A.
It is a wicked man who bribes the judge.
1. By this he seeks to avoid punishment for his
guilt.
2. Or, he seeks to bring punishment on the
innocent.
B. It is also a wicked judge who takes a bribe
and perverts justice.
IV.
The value of seeking wisdom by concentrating, V. 24
A. The picture is that wisdom is immediately
before the one who seeks understanding.
(The idea is that he concentrates upon the matter at hand.)
B. The eyes of the fool roam to the ends of the
earth. (He does not concentrate, but
his mind roams from one thing to another.)
V. The value of teaching children right, V.
25
A. This proverb is a repeat of verse 21.
B. It is repeated for emphasis.
C. It would bring sadness to the parents in any
case.
D. It would especially be sad when the
foolishness of the child is brought on by the
neglect of the parents.
(Neglecting to pray, tend, teach, discipline or to set a
good example)
VI.
The value of fairness, V. 26
A. Governmental power was established by the
Lord to maintain law, order and justice.
B. It is bad when the governmental official is
the one who abuses his power.
1. It is not good when the official fines or punishes
the innocent.
2. It is worse when he physically abuses the
innocent.
3. The English in this verse uses the word
"prince," whereas, the Hebrew is
literally "the
noble." (Probably in the sense of
morally or spiritually
noble.)
4. It is a shame that those who are righteous
will be deliberately oppressed by
men in authority because of
their equity and righteousness.
C. Where can the righteous turn for help in such
a case? (To God)
VII.
The value of keeping one's cool, V. 27
A. This verse actually gives the marks of an
excellent person.
B. The first part of the verse shows that it is
the mark of a knowledgeable man to be
able to speak with few words.
(He can and does get to the point.)
C. The second part of the verse shows that it is
the mark of a man of excellence to
be able to keep his cool. (To
hold his temper.)
VIII.
The value of keeping quiet, V. 28
A. Even a fool may be looked upon as being wise
if he keeps quiet.
B. Even an ignorant man may be looked upon as
being knowledgeable if he keeps quiet.
C. We might be wise to remember this proverb the
next time we are tempted to hog the
conversation in a group.
Conclusion:
1. Parents,
teach and train your children right.
2.
Children, learn well from your parents.
3.
Be cheerful. You will live longer
and be healthier and happier. (And
easier to
tolerate.)
4.
Do not be scatterbrain.
Concentrate on important matters.
5.
Be honest and fair to others.
6.
Be prepared to suffer for doing right.
Then if abused by someone of higher power, take
the matter to a still higher power --- God.
7.
Keep your cool. Count to 10 ---
and pray while you count.
8.
Learn to keep quieter and listen more.
Lesson #39
FOOLISH BEHAVIOR
Proverbs 18:1-8
Introduction:
These
verses speak of various kinds of foolish behavior.
I.
It iz foolish to be unfriendly and isolate
one's self from others, V. 1.
A. While it is wise to separate one's self from
the sinfulness of the world, it is not
wise to separate one's self from the people of the world.
1. Such practice is Phariseeism.
2. It is a spirit of unfriendliness.
B. Such a one quarrels with all sound judgment.
1. Others need his friendship and by his
isolation he deprives them of it.
2. He needs their friendship and by his
isolation he deprives himself of their
friendship.
II.
It is foolish to be an egotistical know-it-all, V. 2
A. An egotistical person is not seeking to know
truth.
B. Rather he delights only in voicing his own
opinion. (Which may or may not be
right.)
III.
It is foolish to live a life of wickedness, V. 3
A. Wickedness brings contempt.
B. Dishonorable conduct brings reproach and
disgrace.
IV.
It is foolish to speak without knowledge, V. 4
A. The words of a wise man run deep like deep
waters.
B.
They are refreshing like a bubbling, flowing stream.
C. The opposite is true of the unwise, whose
words are shallow and meaningless.
V.
It is foolish to pervert judgment, V. 5
A. It is not good for the judge to highly regard
the wicked. (Because of his wealth,
position or power)
B. Nor is it good to overthrow the righteous in
judgment.
VI.
It is foolish to be contentious, V. 6
A. The foolish eagerly joins in where there is
contention and strife. (He wants in the
fight or argument.)
B. By his foolish contentions he brings hurt to
himself.
VII.
It is foolish to have an uncontrolled mouth, V. 7
A. The uncontrolled mouth brings punishment on
its owner.
B. Its lips are like a trap for self to fall
into.
VIII.
If iz foolish to be a talebearer, V. 8
A. The
talebearer inflicts wounds on others.
B. He strikes deep into their vital organs.
IX.
It is foolish to be lazy, V. 9
A. It would be foolish for a man to throw away
or destroy his own possessions. (Can you
imagine setting fire to your own possessions?)
B. It is equally foolish to be lazy.
1. One who is lazy is a brother to one who
wastes or destroys his possessions.
2. Either way, one is deprived of possessions.
Lesson #40
WISE OR UNWISE CHOICES
Proverbs 18:10-16
Introduction:
These
proverbs contrast a wise course of action with an unwise course of action. It
implies that the choice is made by the
individual.
I. A
choice of refuge, V. 10-11
A. All men are besieged with problems.
1. Man's life is full of trouble, Job 14:1.
2. It is as though a powerful and viscous army
invaded.
B. The name of the Lord is a strong tower.
1. It is a bulwark of defense.
2. One is safe from the arrows of the enemy.
3. The name is merely representative of the Lord
Himself.
a. There is no power in the name itself, whether
written or pronounced.
b. The power is in the Lord who bears the name.
c. But by calling on the name of the Lord, we
call on the Lord Himself,
who is Almighty.
d. Calling on Him is like fleeing to a strong
tower.
C. It is the righteous (the wise) who take
advantage of this refuge.
1. That is how they became righteous in the
first place: They fled to Him for
deliverance from their own
sins.
2. They return to this refuge again and again as
troubles besiege.
D. The unrighteous (the unwise) neglect to take
advantage of the refuge which is
offered.
1. This refuge is offered to all.
2. The most unworthy sinner would find welcome.
3. But by his own choice the unrighteous neglect
to flee to the Lord.
E. Instead, some seek refuge elsewhere, V. 11.
1. For example, the rich man trusts in his
riches.
2. In his own conceit (his own imagination) he
thinks he will find refuge.
F. The choice is our's
to make.
II.
A choice between pride and humility, V. 12
A. This proverb has already been given in Pro.
15:33; 16:18.
1. It is repeated for emphasis; we need to learn
the lesson.
2. It is repeated to induce
self-examination. (We have more pride
than we
think.)
B. The higher one walks in the mountain, the
greater the danger of falling off a ledge.
(Egotism is filled with self and will self destruct.)
C. When one walks in the low valley, the only
way to go is up. (But one cannot go up
by himself; he needs the Lord.)
D. The choice is our's
to make.
III.
A choice between a hasty answer and one well thought out, V. 13
A. Perhaps we have all at one time answered too
soon.
1. Perhaps because we were preoccupied with our
own thoughts.
2. Perhaps because we were anxious to show our
learning and quick thinking.
3. Perhaps because we were impatient with our
questioner.
B. But this is a practice that can only bring
embarrassment.
C. It is better to hear the question well and to
think out the answer, Pro. 15:28.
D. The choice is our's
to make.
IV.
A choice between a brave spirit and a wounded spirit, V. 14
A. A person with a strong spirit can overcome great
physical handicaps. (One
high-school boy with artificial legs played tackle on the football
team.)
B. But self-pity can render the strongest of
body helpless.
C. The better way is to trust the Lord to help
us.
D. The choice is our's
to make.
V. A
choice between learning and staying ignorant, V. 15
A. It is not a shame to not know; it is a shame
to stay that way.
B. The desire for knowledge must come from
within the heart.
C. The faculties are then called upon to help
learn. (The ears, eyes, touch, etc.)
D. The only alternative is to remain ignorant.
VI.
A choice between being generous and being stingy, V. 16
A. The gift in this verse in not a bribe, but is
generosity. (It may be to express
love, gratitude, admiration, friendship or honor.)
B. One's generosity toward others helps one's
self.
1. Eleazer's gifts
gained him a room in the house of Rebekah.
2. Jacob's gifts gained him a reception with
Esau.
C. The choice is our's
to make.
Lesson #41
THE WISE AND UNWISE USE OF WORDS
Proverbs 18:17-24
Introduction:
Either
directly or indirectly, these proverbs relate to the use of words.
I. A
hasty judgment of what is said, V. 17
A. The situation: Two men are in contention and each man speaks
for his own cause.
1. The first man speaks and he seems to be
right.
2. The second man speaks and shows the fallacy
of the first man's speech.
B. The suggestions made by the proverb:
1. We need to be careful not to make too hasty a
decision without hearing all of
the facts.
2. Where there is an opposing view, we need to
be willing to hear it.
3. We need to be careful not to justify
ourselves with untenable arguments.
II.
Man's inability to rightly judge in some cases, V. 18
A. The situation: two men are in contention and are unable to
settle their differences
by means of discussion, arbitration or judge.
1. Therefore, by agreement the matter may be
settled by casting lots.
2. This was an old time way of turning the
matter over to a higher power.
B. The suggestion made by this proverb:
1. God can be trusted to deal fairly with all
men.
2. All contentions between men are subject to
appeal to the higher power of God.
3. Some matters will never be settled fairly
until the Lord, Himself, judges in
the hereafter.
III.
An offended brother, V. 19
A. The situation: When a brother is offended, it is very hard
to make reconciliation.
I. It is easier to conquer a strong city than to
regain the brother.
2. He puts up barriers between himself and the
offender like bars in the gate of
a palace.
B. The suggestions made by this proverb:
1. Be careful not to offend a brother.
2. An offended brother is worth the effort it
takes to regain him.
3. It will be very difficult and, thus, an all
out effort should be made.
4. When you succeed, thank God. (You had His help.)
5. Face the facts: In some cases all of your efforts will meet
with failure.
IV.
Good and bad fruitage of the tongue, V. 20-21
A. The situation: Whether a man's tongue is wise or unwise, it
will produce some
fruitage and the man must eat of the fruit.
1. By wise fruitage of the mouth, he will
provide sustenance for himself.
(Not by labor only)
2. The implication is that by unwise words of
his mouth he will be hindered.
3. The tongue actually has the power of life or
death.
a. It is true that it can pronounce life or
death to others.
b. It is equally true that it can bring life or
death for self.
B. The suggestions by the proverb:
1. Be careful not to harm others by your words.
2. Be careful that your words will not have
repercussions that will harm
yourself.
V.
Finding a good wife, V. 22
A. The situation: (The use of words are only implied.) A man finds a wife, a good
wife.
1. By finding a good wife, he finds a good
thing.
a. She will do him good.
b. God has said that it is not good for a man to
dwell alone. (There are
some exceptions.)
c. A wife is called a "help-meet" for
man.
2. A help-meet is a blessing from God.
a. It was God who made woman for man.
b. It was God who instituted marriage.
c. It is God who helps a man to find a good
woman to be his wife. (Not all
are good.)
B. The proverb suggests:
1. If you have a good wife, thank God for her.
2. Love her and cherish her.
3. Be a good mate to her.
4. Make the marriage what God would have it to
be.
5. If you are looking for a wife, seek the help
of God.
VI.
The manner of speech, V. 27
A. The situation: This proverb contrasts the speech of the poor
and the speech of the
rich. (A generalization to which
there may be exceptions.)
1. The poor speak with entreaties.
a. He asks for favors. (Grace)
b. He is accustomed to needing a favor.
c. He is not in position to demand; he asks.
d. He is humbled by his need.
2. The rich speak roughly.
a. He is hard and harsh in speech.
b. He demands this and that.
c. He shows little grace.
d. He is lifted up with pride by his abundance.
B. The suggestion made by this proverb:
1. If
one needs a favor, let him humble himself and ask.
2. If one is asked a favor, let him show grace.
3. Before God we all stand in need of grace.
VII.
A real Friend, V. 24
A. A translation difficulty:
1. The King James translation reads, "A man
that hath friends must show himself
friendly..."
2. The New International Version reads, "A
man of many companions may come to
ruin..."
3. Most translations have something similar to
that which the NIV has.
4. The Hebrew verb in this section of the verse
means "to be broken in pieces,
to be destroyed."
B. Thus, the situation seems to be: Even a man with many friends may come to ruin
in
spite of the many friends who might try to help him. But there is one Friend who
sticks closer than all other friends, even closer than a brother. He is always able
to help. That Friend is the Lord.
C. The suggestions made by this proverb:
1. It is good to make friends; they can help in many situations.
2. The way to make friends is, of course, to be
a friend to others.
3. The best friend to have is the Lord.
4. Be sure to make friends with Him who is the
best Friend of all.
5. Do not wait until catastrophe strikes to make
friends with Him.
Lesson #42
VARIOUS VIRTUES AND VICES
Proverbvs
19:1-7
Introduction:
In
each of these cases there is an opposite.
The virtue has a contrasting vice.
Likewise, each vice has a contrasting
virtue.
I.
The virtue of honesty, V. 1
A. The proverb does not say that it is desirable
to be poor. (There are obvious
disadvantages.)
B. But it is better to be poor than to use
"crooked lips" to gain wealth.
1. One who uses lies and deceit to get gain is
at a greater disadvantage than
being poor.
2. He is being foolish. (The verse calls him a fool.)
3. Thus, dishonesty is a huge vice.
II.
The vice of ignorance, V. 2
A. It is not good to be ignorant.
1. By being ignorant one is without guidance in
life.
2. He is also without guidance in making
preparation for the next life.
B. Likewise it is a disadvantage to be too hasty
to act.
1. This, too, is to act without knowledge.
2. It is ruinous.
3. It is a sin.
C. The contrasting virtue is to seek knowledge.
1. Seek not just worldly knowledge, but seek
truth from God.
2. Then act on the basis of the knowledge of
truth.
3. But do not act on impulse; look before you
leap.
III.
The vice of foolishness, V. 3
(The folly of foolishness)
A. This is a natural result of acting without
knowledge; it brings one to self ruin.
B. But instead of seeing one's own error and
repenting the foolish blames God for his
calamity. (Becomes angry at God)
C. The contrasting virtue would be repentance of
sin and walking in the ways of God.
IV.
The vice of depending on wealth and fickle friendship, V. 9
A. Wealth may be desirable for many reasons.
1. For one thing, it brings many friends.
2. These are friends that one would not have if
he were poor.
3. Therefore, it is foolish to depend on the
wealth and the friends which wealth
brings for they are not true
friends.
B. A contrasting virtue would be to depend on
God rather than money or men.
V.
The vice of untruthfulness, V. 5
A. Remember God's law: "Thou shalt not bear false witness
against thy neighbor,"
Exodus 20:16.
B. It is a sin to break that law and the offender
will not go unpunished.
C. The contrasting virtue is truthfulness.
1. One avoids punishment.
2. He receives the favor and blessings of God.
VI.
The virtue of generosity, V. 6
A. People seek the favor of men of wealth and
power.
1. They especially seek the favor of the
generous.
2. It is a virtue to use position and wealth to
aid others.
B. There are contrasting vices:
1. It is a vice to use one's power and wealth to
hurt others and seek gain for
self.
2. It is a sin to be able to help others and to
fail to do so.
3. It is also a sin to court the favor of the
mighty out of selfish reasons.
VII.
The vice of deserting the poor, V. 7
A. Even close relatives may desert a poor family
member.
1. They will not even go around them unless it
is necessary.
2. They are cold and indifferent when they do go
around them.
B. Likewise so-called friends will turn
away. (When he loses his money, he loses
his
friends.)
C. The poor fellow speaks words of friendship to
no avail. (Literally: "...he
pursueth
words..."
D. The opposing virtue is to be a true friend to
both relatives and acquaintances.
Lesson #43
LOOKING OUT FOR NUMBER ONE
Proverbs 19:8-17
Introduction:
One
who is interested in his own well being will seek wisdom, knowledge and reason,
V. 8.
By doing so he enriches his life. One should seek wisdom in the following ways.
I.
By being truthful, V. 9
A. The liar hurts himself.
1. He certainly does not intend to hurt himself.
2. He may actually intend to hurt others.
3. Maybe he does not intend to hurt anybody.
4. He may think that he is being smart and is
helping himself.
B. The implication is that if one helps himself
by being truthful.
II.
By being humble, V. 10
A. Unrestrained pleasure and unlimited wealth
can become a great temptation to a
foolish person.
1. He will use no self-restraint.
2. He becomes even more foolish.
3. Few men can handle sudden wealth or unrestrained
pleasure.
B. In like manner few servants can handle
exaltation without abusing their power.
C. It is better to retain a lowly position than
to succumb to the temptations of
pleasure and abuse of power.
III.
By controlling temper and by showing mercy, V. 11
A. Wisdom will cause one to control his temper.
1. A sudden burst of temper can undo years of
planning and labor.
2. One cannot prevent things from happening
which irritate him, but he can and must
learn to control his temper.
B. When someone else does wrong and deserves to
be punished, it is best, if possible,
to be merciful. (It is Godlike to
be merciful, Micah 7:18.)
IV.
By seeking to please the higher powers, V. 12
A. It is foolish to stir up the anger of a king.
(He holds the power of life and
death.)
B. On the other hand, it can be a great blessing
to have his favor.
C. The lessons:
1. Please those who are in authority over you.
2. Above all, please God, who is over you and
over all.
V.
By seeking a good family, V. 13-14\
A. A foolish son (or daughter) is multiplied
trouble for the father. (and mother)
1. This is not to mention the trouble that the
wayward child brings on himself.
2. The implication is that the parents are to do
all in their power to train
their child to be wise. (To reverence God and to follow God's will.)
B. A contentious wife is like the continual
falling of raindrops in a long slow rain.
1. It seem that she will never hush.
2. She can be a source of much distress.
C. On the other hand, a good wife is a gift from
God, V. 14; 18:22.
1. If you have a good wife, thank God for her.
2. Love her and be a good husband to her.
3. If you do not have a good wife, be good to
her anyway and pray for her that
she may become a good
wife. (Do not even consider swapping her
off.)
VI.
By being a hard worker, V. 15
A. Laziness can lull one to sleep. (Inactivity promotes sleep.)
B. Likewise it promotes poverty and hunger.
C. God approves and blesses hard work.
VII.
By being obedient to God, V. 16
A. God will bless one who obeys His will. (But not necessarily by giving you worldly
riches)
B. God will punish one who disobeys Him.
C. Not all of the blessing and not all of the
punishments are for the next life, but
a goodly portion are for this life.
1. The saved will be rewarded in the next life
and the unsaved will be punished.
2. But both receive blessings and punishment in
this life.
VIII.
By being generous to the poor, V. 17
A. To be generous to the poor is like lending to
the Lord.
1. The Lord will repay the kindness.
2. The implication is that He will repay
generously.
B. The implication also is that if one will not
be generous to the poor, the Lord will
withhold blessings from him.
Lesson #44
THE WISE USE OF DISCIPLINE AND INSTRUCTION
Proverbs 19:18-21
Introduction:
I.
Chastisement while there is hope, V. 18
A. This proverb teaches that chastisement is
profitable to a child.
1. Chastisement is not for the purpose of
inflicting pain, but to teach and to
correct.
2. God, Himself, uses this means of correcting
His children.
3. Earthly parents would do well to do the same.
4. The immediate effect is pain, but the end
result is beneficial.
B. The proverb teaches that the parents are to
begin early to discipline.
1. Begin while there is hope of sparing him from
a greater crime and greater
punishment. (Whipping him for stealing a piece of candy
may prevent him from
stealing a car.)
2. While there is hope of building a good
life. (The sooner he learns, the more
he will benefit from the
lesson.)
II.
Punishment for men of great wrath, V. 19
A. This proverb speaks not of a child, but of an
adult.
1. He has grown into adulthood with a violent
temper.
2. If he was chastened for his temper while he was
a child he failed to take
the lesson.
3. It is probable that the parent either did not
try at all or gave up too soon.
B. It is now too late to prevent this man from
suffering because of his violence.
1. Parents, friends, lawyers, etc, may intervene
and may, for a while, get him
out of trouble.
2. But he will soon be back in trouble again.
3. Unless he changes his ways, he will
eventually be in such trouble that none
can help him.
C. The time to have started helping this man was
when he was a child. (And that, not
by not sparing the punishment, but rather by inflicting it.)
III.
Counsel and instruction, V. 20
A. The child should heed wise counsel and
instruction.
1. Presumably, the parents gave him wise
teaching and training.
2. There may be other such wise instructors,
such as teachers in Sunday school
or public school.
B. A child may be forced to hear such wise
teaching, but he is the one who must make
the choice to heed it.
1. If he does, then he will benefit all the
remaining days of his life. (And
perhaps throughout eternity.)
2. If he does not, then he will suffer the
consequences all the remainder of his
life. (And perhaps throughout eternity)
IV.
The best counsel: The counsel of
God, V. 21
A. A man cannot safely follow the counsel of his
own heart.
1. There are many devices in his heart. (Motives, desires, plans, schemes,
etc.)
2. These are often conflicting, and hence, they
could not all be right.
B. The counsel that can be counted on to lead in
the best possible course of action
is the counsel of God.
1. God knows the end of each pathway.
2. He can be counted on to tell you the truth.
C. Therefore, God's word is a reliable
Guidebook.
1. It should be studied.
2. It should be believed.
3. It should be followed.
Lesson #45
A MORE SATISFYING LIFE
Proverbs 19:22-29
Introduction:
These
proverbs show the way to a more satisfying life. Some do so by direct statement.
Some do so indirectly by pointing out the
things to avoid. One can live the more satisfied
life:
I.
Through being kind and generous, V. 22
A. One of the greatest satisfactions of life is
to be had through dealing kindly and
generously with others. ("It
is more blessed to give than to receive," Acts 20:35.)
B. In contrast to this it is not desirable nor
satisfying to be stingy.
1. The stingy withhold their gifts of aid
pretending to be too poor to give. ("I
would if I could.")
2. It would actually be better for them to be
too poor to give than to lie about
it.
3. God would bless in their poverty, but He will
not bless their lies.
II.
Through fear of the Lord, V. 23
A. The fear of he Lord leads to a more
satisfying life.
B. Thereby one is able to lie down at night and
sleep safely through the night.
III.
Through work, V. 24
A.
Some versions say that the slothful man dips his hand into the dish and is too
lazy to
bring it to his mouth again. (Or
something to that effect.)
B. Thus, it is said that the lazy man is too
lazy to eat.
1. This is a hyperbole, an exaggeration, designed
to emphaslize a point.
2. It is like saying, "He is too lazy to
hit a lick at a snake."
C. The point is that it does not pay to be lazy;
it pays to work.
IV.
By receiving correction, V. 25
A. Where is the man that does not need correction
at one time or another?
B. Yet the scorner (the hard-head) will not
profit by correction, not even though the
correction is severe, Pro. 13:1.
C. But he should be corrected (even severely if
need be) for the purpose of correcting
others who see his punishment
and profit by it.
1. The simple see and learn not to do the same
thing.
2. He may be spared from becoming a scorner.
D. On the other hand, it should not be necessary
to severely punish a wiser person.
(A verbal rebuke should be sufficient.)
V.
Through honoring father and mother, V. 26
A. It is a shame for a son to deal violently
with his father. (He brings shame on his
father and shame on himself.)
B. It is also a shame for a son to drive out his
mother by his violent abuse.
C. God blesses those who honor father and
mother.
VI.
Through heeding wise instruction, V. 27
A. This verse has been translated and
interpreted three ways:
1. "Stop hearing instruction only to
disregard it and mock it."
2. "Stop hearing instruction that would
lead you astray."
3. "Stop hearing instructions and you will
go astray."
B. It may be impossible to know for sure about
the translation, but we can be sure
about the point of the proverb. "The point is: Hear and heed wise
instruction and you
will profit by it."
VII.
Through avoiding the false witness, V. 28a
A. A false witness makes a mockery of a court
trial. (By his lie he perverts justice.)
B. The point of the proverb is twofold:
1. Do not become a false witness.
2. As much as possible avoid those whom you know
to be liars.
VIII.
Through avoiding evil trouble-makers, V. 28b
A. The false witness lies with his mouth; the
evil troublemaker devours wickedness with
his mouth. (This is a figure of
speech showing that he thrives on doing harm to
others. "He eats it
up."
B. Thus, the point is:
1. Avoid contact with such a one lest you become
his victim.
2. Above all, do not become that kind of person.
IX.
By avoiding deeds that bring punishment, V. 29
A. One cannot avoid all punishment, but he can
avoid a great deal of it.
B. God will bring punishment on transgressors.
1. .....on the saved in this life.
2. .....on the unsaved both in this life and in
the next.
C. It pays to seek the will of the Lord; God does not punish one for seeking His will.
Lesson #46
CONTRASTING WAYS OF LIFE
Proverbs 20:1-5
Introduction:
Each
proverb teaches a lesson concerning some personal trait and then suggests an
opposite trait. Thus these 5 proverbs give 5 good traits and
5 bad traits.
I.
About alcoholic drink, V. 1
A. The Hebrew word for wine, which is used here,
is derived from a Hebrew verb which
means, "To heat or to ferment." (It commonly referred to fermented grape
wine.)
B. The Hebrew word which here is translated
"strong drink" is from a Hebrew verb which
means "To drink to hilarity."
(It was commonly a fermented drink, but the drink may
have been made from one of several different products.)
C. Wine here is personified. (It is pictured as mocking the person who
drinks it.)
D. Strong drink is also personified.
1. It is pictured as a loud boisterous person.
2. Thus. it actually pictures the loud
boisterous person who is intoxicated by
it.
E. Both wine and strong drink are deceivers.
1. They promise fun and happiness.
2. But they bring disgrace, sorrows and shame.
3. They lead people astray. (That is, their lives stagger and reel as
they,
themselves, do.)
II.
About men in authority, V. 2
A. The king is a man of authority.
1. It is dangerous and foolish to deliberately
anger the king.
2. His wrath can be like a roaring lion. (Terrifying)
3. It can cost one his possessions, his freedom
or his life.
B. It is actually foolish to deliberately anger
anyone who is in authority above
you.
C. It is especially foolish to anger God.
D. It is wise to respect authority, especially
the authority of God.
III.
About strife, V. 3
A. It is an honor for a man to avoid
strife. (Some think otherwise; they
think that
they must get into strife to protect their honor.)
B. This proverb suggests two things:
1. If you are already in a strife, cease!
Stop! (If you are wrong,
apologize!
If not, forgive and forget!)
2. If you are not already in a strife, stay away
from it. (And stay away from
places and people that would
lead you into strife.)
C. The foolish are always into some kind of
strife.
1. Their foolish mistakes cause much strife.
2. But they deliberately seek strife because
they enjoy it.
IV.
About work, V. 4
A. The breaking of the field for planting in
Palestine is done in November and
Decdember.
B. The sluggard uses the cold as an excuse not
to plow. (He probably will use the
heat in the summer as an excuse.)
C. Thus, in the harvest he goes lacking.
D. The wise ignore the discomforts and goes to
work. (Thus, he profits in the harvest.)
V.
About advice, ?V. 5
A. It is not always easy to get the successful
to share with you his secret of
success.
("How do you get your pies to taste so good?")
B. But by patient and tactful inquiry one can
usually learn the other person's
techniques and profit by them.
C. In contrast, there are some who neither seek
advice nor take it when it is
volunteered.
Conclusion:
Put
the good traits of these proverbs all in one person and all the bad traits in
another person and see the contrasting good
and bad ways of life.
The Good:
1.
Does not drink alcoholic beverage
2. Respects
all in authority, especially God
3.
Tries to live peaceably with all
4.
Is not afraid of work; Ignores
personal discomforts in his work
5.
Heeds wise counsel when offered; If it is not offered, he seeks it
The Bad:
1.
Drinks himself into a stupor; thinks he is having fun
2.
Defies his bosses, government officials and God
3.
Is always in some kind of strife; thrives on it
4.
Will not work except under the most favorable conditions
5.
Never seeks advice; usually resents and ignores it when it is offered
Lesson #47
THE SINFULNESS OF THE HUMAN RACE
Proverbs 20:6-11
Introduction:
These
proverbs reflect the sinfulness of mankind as a whole.
I.
The scarity of trustworthy men, V. 6
A. Most men will proclaim their own goodness.
1. That is, each one will proclaim his own
goodness.
2. The word, goodness, in this verse does not
mean righteousness, but means
"kindness, mercy,
generosity, liberality."
3. He readily makes big promises. (Many are all
talk and little action.)
4. He is boastful and proud.
B. But in contrast, there are a few who are
faithful, dependable and trustworthy.
1. Consider Jehu whose goodness could be seen,
("Come with me and see my zeal for
the Lord." II Kings 10:16.
2. In contrast consider Abasalom
who stole the hearts of the people from David
by making vain promises to do
great things for them, II Samuel 15:4.
3. Consider the Pharisees who sounded the
trumpet in the streets to summon the
poor beggars and to make a
great show of generosity.
C. There are actually few who are dependable and
trustworthy.
1. There are few rich men on whom the poor can
depend for help.
2. There are few laborers who can be depended on
to do a good job.
3. There are few politicians who remember their
campaign promises after they are
elected.
4. There are relatively few on whom God can
depend to do His will and His work.
II. The
blessedness of the few who are trustworthy, V. 7
A. The just man (the righteous man) walks in his
uprightness.
1. He is not so much concerned about what he
will get or the upkeep of
appearances, but he is
concerned about doing right.
2. In contrast to the untrustworthy, he will do
right without boasting.
B. Not only is this man blessed of the Lord, but
his children are blessed after them.
(They are blessed by his teachings and by his example.)
III.
The king, the Lord's representative in judgment, V. 8
A. It is God who placed the king on the throne.
B. It is the king's responsibility to God to
maintain law and order and to bring
justice to the land.
1. He is to search out evil that is done in his
land.
2. He is to punish the evil doer.
3. He is to punish the average citizen and the
hardened criminal.
C. This says a lot about the sinfulness of
mankind that such law enforcement is
necessary.
D. The implication is, wherein the civil
government may fail to punish the wrong doer,
God will not fail.
IV.
The question of a cheansed heart, V. 9
A. The obvious implication is that the
unregenerate heart is not clean.
1. Who can say, "I have cleansed my
heart"?
2. The question is not, "Who can say, `I
have kept my heart clean'?"
3. Rather, "Who can say, `My heart has been
cleaned and I am the one who cleansed
it'?"
B. The implied answer is: "None."
1. No man has cleansed his own heart.
2. No man ever could.
3. Only God can cleanse from sin and that
through the shed blood of Jesus
Christ.
V. A
double standard of weights, an example of man's sinfulness, V. 10
A. Buying and selling presents an opportunity to
be honest or dishonest.
1. The dishonest would purchase by one weight
which would give him more than
he paid for.
2., He would then sell by another stone (weight)
which would give the customer
less than he paid for.
B. God hates all such dishonesty.
C. Before we conclude that we are not guilty,
consider that a similar sin is to judge
the other man by a very strict standard and then judge self by a loose
standard.
VI.
Sin in the youth, V. 11
A. Sin does not make a sudden appearance in the
life of an adult.
1. It was born within him in the nature he
inherited from Adam.
2. The actual deeds of sin are very soon
transpired.
3. Pretty soon a pattern of conduct for a
lifetime is formed.
C. That is why it is important to instruct even
the saved very early in life.
D. That is also why it is important that he be
disciplined early in life.
Lesson #48
VALUABLE LESSONS OF LIFE
Proverbs 20:12-19
Introduction:
The
Book of Proverbs is a handbook on how to live a successful life. The proverbs of
this chapter give 9 valuable lessons about
achieving that goal.
I.
Lessons about the ear and the eye, V. 12
A. The ear and the eye perform marvelous and
useful feats.
1. The ear enables us to hear sound.
2. The eye enables us to see.
3. Without either of these we would suffer a
tremendous loss and be at a great
disadvantage.
4. It is God who designed and made both the ear
and the eye.
B. Since God has made us to hear and to see,
this suggests that God, Himself, is able
to hear and to see. (He sees all
and He hears all.)
C. It further suggests that we will give account
to Him for what we say and do.
D. It is also God who enables us to have
spiritual insight into the things of God.
(Revelation 2:7 reads, "He that hath an ear, let him hear what the
Spirit saith...")
II.
Lessons about labor, V. 13
A. Have you noticed how frequently the proverbs speak
against laziness?
B. This proverb does not suggest that there is
something wrong with sleeping.
1. God designed us to sleep and it serves a
useful purpose when rightly used.
2. But God did not design us to sleep around the
clock.
3. Nor did God intend that we waste away the
hours that should we should be
asleep and sleep the hours that
we should be awake and working.
C. It is a law of life that man must work to
eat, Gen. 3:19.
1. While the law specifically applies to the
male, it has a general application
to all mankind.
2. One cannot disregard that law without drastic
results.
III.
Lessons about honesty, V. 14
A. This proverb deals with buying and selling.
1. The buyer calls attention to every little
flaw. (The word "naught" here
carries the idea of
"bad."
2. He seeks to buy as cheaply as possible.
B. But in his heart he knows he is getting a
good product.
1. When he leaves, he brags about getting such a
good deal.
2. If he re-sells, he will sell at a much higher
price.
C. The lesson is so obvious that it is not even
stated.
IV.
Lessons about knowledge. V. 15
A. There are many precious treasures in
life. (Gold, rubies, etc.)
B. But lips which teach knowledge are a more
precious jewel than gold or rubies. (The
American Standard Version reads, "a more precious")
1. Therefore, we should earnestly seek to hear
such instruction.
2. Hopefully, we will become able to impart such
knowledge to others.
3. The knowledge that is most profitable is the
knowledge about God and His will
for man.
V.
Lessons about making loans, V. 16
A. Earlier proverbs caution about becoming
surety for either a stranger or a friend.
B. This proverb speaks about a friend or
acquaintance coming to you and asking that
you make a loan to someone who is a stranger to you who is not able or
not willing
to put up collateral.
1. The term "strange woman" is masculine
plural in the Hebrew and would be better
translated
"strangers." (Whether male or female.)
2. If you accept your friend's word and lend to
the stranger, your friend should
put up the collateral.
3. If he is not willing to put up the
collateral, he should not expect you to
make the loan.
VI.
More lessons about honesty, lV. 17
A. Bread or anything gotten by dishonest means
may bring pleasure at first. (One
enjoys the material things he gets and he takes pride in his skilful
maneuvering.)
B. But the end result is tragic. (It is not like eating sweet bread; rather it
is
like eating gravel.)
C. God has a hand in the affairs of life. (You cannot do wrong and get by with it.)
VII.
Lessons about advice and counsel, V. 18
A. Any purpose is better accomplished with good
counsel (good advice).
B. Nobody should be ashamed to seek counsel.
1. Everybody needs it from the lowest to the
highest.
2. In every walk of life people need counsel,
whether in business, sports, war
or whatever.
C. In some areas of life it is more urgent to
seek good counsel than in others.
1. For instance in war. (We should not desire war, but if we get in
it, we
should seek to get the best
counsel possible.
2. It could be tragic not to seek counsel.
3. Even so, there are many such areas of life
where it is vital to seek good
counsel
IX.
Lessons about talebearing, V. 19
A. A talebearer gives away secrets and betrays
confidences.
1. First, he (or she) seeks to learn things
which are none of his business.
2. He has an uncanny way of worming information
out those he meets. (The text
says that he
"flatters" with his lips.
Literally he "entices.)
3. Then he cannot wait to tell what he has
learned.
4. He does much harm with his gossip.
B. It is best to have little to do with the
gossip.
1. This way you do not feed him with information.
2. There is less chance of being hurt by him.
Conclusion:
When
these lessons are followed it should help you in several ways:
1.
It will help you to have a better relationship with God. You will have
His help and
blessings more readily.
2.
It will help you materially and financially. That is not the most important part of our
lives, but is an important one.
3.
It will help us to have a better relationship with others. (We will have less trouble
from
others and we will make less trouble for others.)
4.
It will help us to feel better about ourselves. When we do wrong our conscience bothers
us. When we do right we are
better satisfied within our own hearts.
Lesson #49
GOD, PUNISHING AND DELIVERING
Proverbs 20:20-24
Introduction:
This
proverb reflects the idea that God is directly involved in the life of each
person.
Man may neglect God, disrespect God,
disbelieve God, and even reject God. But
he cannot avoid
God.
God is directly involved in his life, whether he likes it or not. God warns, informs,
instructs, blesses and punishes each
individual.
I.
God punishes those who disrespect parental authority, V. 20
A. God has commanded that a man should honor his
father and his mother, Exodus 20:12.
B. Along with that command went a promise of
blessings to those who obey.
C. God will punish the person who does not obey
this command.
II.
God punishes those who are greedy for family inheritance, V. 21
A. God has said in the law that man is not to be
greedy, Exodus 20:17.
1. Specifically the law said not to covet what
belongs to the neighbor.
2. But the same principle would be true
concerning the family.
B. Rightly, a son has no claim to his inheritance
as long as his father lives.
1. It belongs to his father.
2. This not only breaks the law which forbids
covetousness, but it breaks the
law which requires that one
honor his father.
C. A son who out of greed takes advantage of the
weakness of his aged father and takes
his father's property while the fater yet
lives will be puunished by the Lord for his
greed.
III.
God delivers those who trust Him for help, V. 22
A. Specifically, he is instructed not to plan
vengeance on those who wrong him.
1. God has said, "Vengeance is mine."
2. Yet often man prefers to avenge himself.
3. In the proverb, he is instructed not only not
to take vengeance for himself,
but he is not even to consider
doing so.
B. When one is wronged by another, what he is to
do is to trust the Lord.
1. That is, he is to trust the Lord to help him
in his oppression.
2. He is not instructed to trust the Lord to
avenge him, but rather to help
him.
3. The Lord has promised to help.
4. The implication is that whatever vengeance is
due, the Lord will take care
of that, too.
IV.
God punishes those who cheat, V. 23
A. The proverb declares that the Lord abhors
dishonesty.
1. Specifically the proverb speaks about
dishonesty in business dealings.
(Dishonest weights and
measures)
2. Actually, the idea is that He hates
dishonesty in all activity.
3. The child who cheats to win in a game is well
on the road to becoming a
cheat in the business world.
B. Since God hates that kind of activity, God
will punish the offender.
C. This makes it rather foolish to engage in
such activity. (By cheating others,
he ends up cheating himself.)
V.
The Lord blesses those who follow His leadership, V. 24
A. The proverb says that a man's goings are of
the Lord.
1. This does not mean that the Lord has taken
away his privilege of making his
own decisions for himself.
2. Rather, it means that a man does not know the
end result of his decisions.
3. It is the Lord who has control of the end
results in any given course of
action.
B. How can a man then, by his own intelligence,
be capable of choosing what is best
for him?
1. He is not.
2. Therefore, he should let the Lord direct him
in the path that he should
go.
3. Wherein God has given instructions in His
word, man should follow those
instructions. (He will be wise
to do so.)
4. Wherein God leads with His Holy Spirit, man
should follow. (He will be wise
to do so.)
Lesson #50
DEVELOPING INTO A WISE LEADER
Proverbvs
20:25-30
Introduction:
These
proverbs are profitable whether one is to be a leader or a follower. They are
especially helpful to one who is a leader
or who will develop into a leader. The
lessons are
valuable in whatever position of leadership
one might be in from low level to the highest.
These are true marks of good leadership.
I.
Do not make rash promises, V. 25
A. This verse is very poorly translated in the
King James Version. (It should read,
"It
is a snare to the man who hastily utters a vow and after he vows he
makes inquiry
whether he can keep it.")
B. The vow spoken of in the text is a vow of
consecration to the Lord under the Old
Testament law.
C. But the lesson is much broader than just a
religious vow.
1. It certainly carries the idea that one ought
to be true to his commitments
to God. (He ought not to make rash promises to
God; the promises he does
make he should keep.)
2. The lessons also includes other
situations. (One ought not to make debts
unless he can see his way clear
to pay them; He ought not to make
promises
to employees, customers or to
anyone unless he can see his way clear to keep
those promises.)
II. Be
aware that evil must be punished, V. 26
A. The "wheel" is "the threshing
wheel."
B. The sense of the verse is that a wise king
seeks out and punishes evil doers who
are in his kingdom.
C. There are three primary lessons to learn from
this:
1. God is a wise king and He will punish evil
doers; therefore, we should not
do evil lest God seek us out
and punish us severely.
2. We cannot work for a company, belong to a
lodge or club, play on a team,
etc., and ignore the
rules. (If we break the rules we will
suffer the
consequences.)
3. If we would be a wise ruler, we must learn to
discipline those who are under
us. (We cannot allow wrong doers to get by
without corrective measures.)
4. These lessons apply to the home, the school,
the church, etc.
III.
Be true to your own conscience before God, V. 27
A.
God has placed a conscience in man.
1. The spirit of man is like a lamp of God
within him.
2. It searches the innermost thoughts and
motives.
B. The
conscience is not a sure guide to right and wrong.
1. One may possibly do wrong and not be bothered
by his conscience.
2. This may be because he is uninformed in light
of the Scripture about what is
right and what is wrong.
3. It may be because his conscience is seared
over by many wrong doings.
C. But generally a man cannot do that which he
knows to be wrong or suspects might be
wrong without it bothering his conscience.
D. Thus, do not do that which you know to be
wrong or which you believe might be wrong.
(You have to live with your own conscience.)
IV.
Show mercy and truth, V. 28
A. A king is not established on the throne merely
by brute strength and power; nor by
his skill and intellect.
1. A wise king becomes established on the throne
as he shows mercy to his
subjects and even to his
enemies. (He may punish evil doers, but
his
punishment is tempered with
mercy.)
2. He is further established by his efforts in
behalf of truth. (He seeks to
uphold truth in his judgments,
his trials, his laws, his officers and in his
dealings with others.)
B. Even so, every wise leader will seek to show
mercy and truth.
1. He will not condemn even the guilty without
pity.
2. He will prefer mercy to punishment. (Yet he will punish if necessary.)
3. He will be truthful to others and expect his
followers (employees, etc.) to
be truthful.
4. The Christian leader should be especially
interested in learning and
promoting doctrinal truth.
C. One who will not show mercy nor stand for
truth will be opposed by the Lord and
eventually by those under his authority.
V.
Developing strength and wisdom, V. 29
A. This proverb borrows two illustrations from
real life:
1. The glory of the young man is his
strength. (He is stronger and quicker
than at any time in his life.)
2. The beauty of the old man is his grey
hair. (His strength is gone or waning;
but his greying
hair is some compensation to him. It
makes him feel good
to have people say, "I
like your grey hair. I think it is
pretty.")
B. But the lessons go beyond the literal
strength of youth or the attractiveness of
grey hair.
1. As the young man develops physical strength,
so the individual is to develop
strength of character ---
spiritual strength.
2. As the old man gradually turns grey, so the
individual is to develop wisdom.
(The grey hair symbolizes
wisdom.)
3. Spiritual strength and wisdom from God are
the real glory of a man whether
he is young or old.
VI.
Know the benefit of suffering, V. 30
A. This proverb also uses an illustration from
real life:
1. It involves blueness of a wound or bruise.
2. It is the blueness of a bruise that helps to
promote its healing. (It is an
accumulation of blood cells
which seals off the area to prevent the spread
of infection and to repair the
damage.)
B. The proverb says, even so stripes cleanse the
inward parts of a man.
1. Stripes indicate blows of chastisement.
2. Chastisement, when properly received, will
cleanse even the innermost parts
of a man. (It will make him submissive to God and get
even his motives right
with God.)
3. Yet stripes may not necessarily be
chastisement, but may be blows of testing
and trial.
4. The result is the same: It results in a cleansing and strengthening
of the
inner man.
C. Someone has said that one of the most valuable
assets that a child of God has is
his suffering.
1. He will profit from this more than almost any
other experiences of life.
2. Since this is so, how submissively we ought
to suffer.
3. And let parents and other leaders know that the
suffering and trials of
their children and their people
are not all bad. (God can use it for
their
good.)
Lesson #51
GOD AMD THE HEARTS AND ACTIONS OF MEN
Proverbs 21:1-3
Introduction:
The
thought of God's supremacy over man is discussed in these proverbs. Particularly
they view God as being Supreme over the
hearts and lives of men. Verse 1 has to
do with the
heart of the king. Verse 2 has to do with the hearts and motives
of all men. Verse 3 singles
out the individual person.
I.
God influencing the heart of the king, V. 1
A. If there is anybody in the land who does his
own will without pressure from anybody
and without hindrance from anybody, it is
the king.
1. None can make him do anything; none can stop him from doing anything.
2. Never-the-less, he is subject to the
influence of Supreme God.
B. The illustration is that of a river
(Literally a canal) dug for the purpose of
irrigation.
1. The direction of the canal is determined by
the farmer.
2. The water of the canal is used for the
benefit of the plants.
C. This proverb does not teach that God
exercises absolute control of the hearts and
lives of kings, taking away their free choice.
1. Being Supreme, He could do that if He chose
to do so.
2. But if it did, He could not hold them
responsible for their choices.
3. Rather, the proverb means that God brings to
bear upon them many influences
to help direct their decisions.
D. Normally God would use this influence to get
the king to make decisions which would
benefit the people of the land.
E. He has been known to use it to punish the
people over whom the king rules.
F. Illustrations:
1. God certainly used influences to affect the
decisions of Pharaoh.
2. God used Nebuchadnezar,
King of Babylon, to punish the nation of Judah.
3. God used King Cyrus, a wicked man, to issue
the decision that the Jews could
return to their homeland. (A blessing.)
4. God uses governments of all kinds to be a
blessing to the people, Rom. 13:1-4.
II.
God: The Judge of man's heart, V.
2
A. This proverb declares that every way of man
is right in his own eyes.
1. This is almost identical to Proverbs 16:2.
2. It is similar to Proverbs 14:12 and 16:25.
B. This proverb points out how easy it is for
one to deceive himself.
1. It is hard for one to see himself as being wrong.
2. It is a lot easier to see the wrong of
someone else.
3. Man can find a way of justifying anything he
does in his own sight.
C. The proverb does not imply that a man is
wrong in all things.
D. Rather, it declares that the Judge of our
deeds is the Lord.
1. It is not enough to satisfy self.
2. It is God whom we should satisfy.
3. Whatever God says will stand.
III.
God preferring submission to sacrifice, V. 3
A. This proverb calls to memory the statement of
Samuel to King Saul, I Sam. 15:22.
1. God had instructed Saul not to take spoil of war
in a certain battle.
2. Yet Saul took much cattle.
3. The prophet Samuel questioned him about his
disobedience.
4. Saul sought to excuse himself by declaring
that he intended to use the cattle
to make a great sacrifice to
God.
5. But what God wanted of Saul was obedinence rather than sacrifice.
B. God always prefers obedience to sacrifice.
1. Not that He considers sacrifices
unimportant. (Used properly the Old
Testament sacrifices pointed to
the redemptive work of Christ.)
2. But sacrifices without a submissive heart to
God are mere hypocrisy.
3. Even today men are called upon to render
outward acts of religious service
to God. (And when done out of heart of love and
submission to God, these
acts are well pleasing to God.)
4. But when they are done without submission in
the heart, they are nothing but
acts of hypocrisy.
Conclusion:
1.
Since God is the judge of all hearts and lives, we should search our own
hearts and seek
to yield our hearts and lives to Him.
2.
Let us remember that our first responsibility as citizens is to live our
own lives in
keeping with godly and righteous principles.
3.
Then let us pray for support those godly men in office who seek to
govern according to
godly principles. No course of
action is best for our nation unless is a godly action.
4.
Let us look to God for His leadership and protection.
5.
Let us trust God with all our hearts.
Lesson #52
THE RESULTS OF CERTAIN LIFE-STYLES
Proverbs 21:4-9
Introduction:
Certain
human behavior has a predictable result.
The wise will consider the results
beforehand and choose the better way of
life.
I.
The results of pride, V. 4
A. Pride is an attitude of the heart.
B. It is often manifested by a proud look. (A haughty look with the eyes.)
C. It is further the tillage or harvest of a
wicked, self-centered egotist who behaves
selfishly.
D. It is also evidenced by the things that bring
him joy.
1. The word which is translated
"plowing" can be translated "light."
2. The idea is that the things which light up
his life are those things which
feed his selfish spirit.
E. But pride is a sin and will be punished. (Both in this life and, for the unsaved,
in the life to come. The saved
who live in this manner will have less rewards in
the life to come.)
II.
The results of diligence contrasted with haste, V. 5
A. Diligence pays off with prosperity.
1. The thoughts of the diligent form his plans.
2. Then he patiently and persistently works his
plans.
3. Patient persistent diligence will finally pay
off with plenty.
B. But in contrast, haste pays off with poverty.
1. By being too hasty and acting without
forethought.
2. By being too hasty in the work and doing a
sloppy job. (Haste makes waste.)
3. By being too hasty to get riches and using
the wrong means to get them.
4. Either way, haste will finally bring want.
III.
The results of getting treasure by deceit, V. 6
A. Lying in order to get gain is a common
practice among men. (It includes false
advertisements, false promises, misrepresentation of products or
services, con games
and all manner of fraud.)
B. All such gain by deceit is vanity.
1. Literally, the verse says that it is a
"fleeting breath" and, hence, is like
a vapor tossed to and fro by
the wind.
2. Possessions so gained do not bring
contentment and are soon gone.
3. Purusing such a way
of life is like chasing a mirage, pursuing a futile dream.
4. It can bring prison or an untimely death.
IV.
The results of violence, V. 7
A. The word translated "robbery"
carries the idea of violence.
1. It can be robbery by violet means.
2. But its main usage is simply violence.
B. The violence which men deal out to others
will eventually return. (They will reap
what they have sown; the chickens will come home to roost.)
C. They will eventually be ruined because they
refuse to deal justly with others.
V.
The results of the impure contrasted with the pure, V. 8
A. "Man" as spoken here is the impure
man, the guilty man, the sinful man contrasted
with the pure man.
1. His way is froward
and strange. (Literally winding and
crooked.)
2. He follows no guides, no rules and wanders in
aimless uncertainty and self
delusion.
B. In contrast, the pure live by God's rules and
regulations and walk a straight path
toward a certain goal.
VI.
The results of marrying a brawling woman, V, 9
A. Since marriage was ordained of God this
proverb should not be understood as being
against marriage.
B. But too many leap into marriage without
considering the character of the person
they are marrying. (They look
only for physical beauty and not for spiritual
beauty.)
1. Many a man will wind up with a nagging,
quarreling, brawling woman.
2. He would be better off living alone in a
corner of a roof top (flat roof, of
course) exposed to the weather.
3. The storms up there would not be as bad as
the storms inside the house with
a brawling woman.
C. The same is true of a woman who is married to
a jealous, violent, hot-headed man.
D. The point is that one should first seek God's
help in choosing a mate and then seek
God's will in making a good home.
Lesson #53
WARNINGS!!!
Proverbs 21:10-18
Introduction:
In
this series of proverbs we see a series of warnings.
I. A
warning about evil desires, V. 10
A. A wicked person thrives upon evil.
1. It is his constant strong desire.
2. His greatest joy is that which is evil.
B. The result is a merciless, cruel person.
1. The idea in the Hebrew is: "Thus, his neighbor finds no favor in
his eyes."
2. The word, neighbor, means "friend,
companion."
3. Thus, one whose life is dominated and
controlled by constant desire for evil
becomes hard, cruel and
merciless even to his closest friends or companions.
4. One criminal was once heard to say, "I
had a friend who didn't think I would
kill him, but I did."
II.
A warning about chastisement or punishment, V. 11
A. The scorner spoken of here is one who mocks
and ridicules religious truth and religious devotion.
1. He brings God's wrath and punishment upon
himself.
2. Usually he is too hardened to benefit from
his punishment by repenting of
his sins.
3. But his punishment will come some observers
to repent, who otherwise would
not have done so.
B. How much better it is to be like the wise.
1. It does not take chastisement to correct him,
but only instruction.
2. He is already wise and he becomes even more
wise by receiving instruction.
III.
A warning about destruction from the Righteous One, V. 12
A. Note the verse that some words are in italics
and, thus, were not in the original.
(Man, but God, their)
B. The Righteous One wisely considers (marks)
the house of the wicked.
C. The idea is that God has marked them for
destruction because of their wickedness.
IV.
A warning about stinginess, V. 13
A. A selfish, greedy, stingy person will stop
his ears at the cry of the needy.
B. He will reap what he sows; he, too, will be
in need and not be heard.
V. A
warning about pacifying the wrath of others, V. 14
A. There are two main views of this verse:
1. Some consider the gift in this verse to be a
legitimate result of generosity.
2. Others consider the gift to be an evil act of
bribery.
B. This writer understands it to be an act of
generosity.
1. The gift is, thus, given secretly or quietly,
not to cover up any guilt, but
out of modesty, so as to not be
boastful.
2. The result is that it not only strengthens
friendship, but actually pacifies
anger. (Anger that might even be unknown to the
giver.)
C. It is not always that an angry brother can be
regained, but it is well worth the
effort to do so.
VI.
Another warning about judgment for the wicked, V. 15
A. Verse 12 has already warned about judgment
for the wicked, but this proverb issues
another warning.
B. The just find great joy in doing justly. (It brings them joy because of their
inward nature that loves justice and right living.)
C. But in contrast the workers of iniquity
equally love injustice and iniquity. See
verse 10.
D. By his wicked heart and wicked deeds, he
brings destruction upon himself.
VII.
A warning about wandering from the path of understanding, V. 16
A. This proverb speaks not of worldly wisdom
which seeks to scheme, deceive and cheat,
but rather of godly wisdom which seeks God's will.
B. The unsaved may come across this path and
have an opportunity to walk down it, but
refuse to do so.
C. The saved person may actually walk in this
path and yet wander from it. (He does
not lose his salvation, but he does lose a great deal; he may lose even
his life.)
VIII.
A warning about wasteful pleasures, V. 17
A. The word, pleasure, as used in this verse
does not mean "satisfaction,
contentment, enjoyment"; rather it means "sport,
entertainment, frolic, play,
revelry."
B. The verse especially emphasizes rich, costly
banqueting.
1. The word, wine, would suggest banqueting.
2. The word, oil, speaks of perfumed oils or
ointments, the kind used to
perfume the place and the
people at rich banquets.
C. Any kind of rich costly pleasures can lead to
poverty.
1. The entertainment itself can waste needed
funds.
2. It can also waste valuable time and energy
that could be well spent more
productively.
Lesson #54
THINGS THAT VITALLY AFFECT LIFE
Proverbs 21:19-26
Introduction:
These
things affect one's life either for the good or for the bad.
I. A
contentious and angry homelife, V. 19
A. Back in verse 9 it was said that it is better
to live in the corner of a housetop
than to live in a big house with a brawling woman.
B. This proverb says that it is better to live
in the wilderness than with a
quarrelsome woman.
1. It can be lonely in the wilderness. (More isolated than a housetop)
2. It can be dangerous in the wilderness. (But the roaring lion is better than
a roaring woman.)
C. The implication is that it would be equally as
bad for a woman to live with a
jealous, quarrelsome, abusive man.
D. The obvious lessons are:
1. If you are unmarried, seek God's will and a
good companion in marriage.
2. If married, seek to be a good companion.
3. If you have a quarrelsome companion, seek
God's help for your home. (You will
need it and His help is
available to you.)
4. If you are quarrelsome, stop
it! Seek God's help and stop it ---
now!
II.
The use or abuse of goods, V. 20
A. It is wise to learn to live within your
means. (Whether you have little or much)
1. It should not be one's objective to hoard
riches.
2. Yet one should conserve so as to make his
supply take care of his needs and,
if possible, to acquire a
reserve supply.
3. He should teach all of his household to do
the same.
4. The result:
a. A sufficiency
b. A reserve
c. Being able to have some extras.
B. In contrast, the unwise lives beyond his
means. (Whether he has little or much)
1. He spends as fast as he gets.
2. What he does not use, he wastes.
3. He does not store up for emergency.
4. Soon he is in want.
III.
Righteousness, a real key to a successful life, V. 21
A. The righteous man is one who seeks the Lord.
1. He seeks the Lord that his sins might be
forgiven.
2. He seeks the Lord for guidance.
3. He seeks the Lord for strength.
4. He seeks to avoid the ways of life which the
Lord forbids.
5. He seeks to do the things which the Lord has
commanded.
B. He finds mercy, life, righteousness and
honor.
1. He finds them from the Lord.
2. He finds them from men. (Not all men will show him mercy; one who
lives
godly in Christ Jesus will
suffer persecution; but God will see to it that
someone will show him mercy.)
3. He will find those things in this life and in
the life to come.
IV.
The wisdom to overcome obstacles, V. 22,
A. In warfare, the wall of a city was a
formidable obstacle. (The city would not
be
easy to capture.)
B. Yet the wise man might find the weakest place
in the defense and lead his army to
scale the wall and take the city.
C. On the opposite view, a wise man might save a
city from an overwhelming army,
Ecc. 9:13-16.
D.
This kind of wisdom comes from God:
1. Through God's word.
2. Through instruction and training.
3. Through counsel.
4. Through direct leadership of the Holy Spirit.
E. Even so, wisdom learns to cope with many
seemingly insurmountable problems.
V.
Guarding the mouth, V. 23
A. The unguarded mouth can cause much trouble.
1. It can embarrass. (You get your foot in your mouth.)
2. It can be harmful. (To self and to others; by gossip especially)
3. It can be filthy and unclean. (Thus,
displeasing to God)
4. It can be deceitful and untruthful.
5. It can set traps for others. (They often backfire.)
6. It can speak religious untruth. (Heresy)
B. Hence, one who guards his mouth spares
himself lots of trouble.
C. The best use of the mouth is to serve and
glorify the Lord.
VI.
Arrogant pride, V. 24
A. Repeatedly the proverbs warn against
pride. (Pride goes before destruction.)
B. This proverb points out that one filled with
pride soon gets a name for himself.
1. God knows him already for what he is.
2. Others will soon learn him for what he is.
C. Thus, he will soon cut himself off from
friendship with God and man.
VII.
Laziness, V. 25
A. The proverbs also repeatedly warn against
laziness.
B. Being lazy does not stop one from having
needs and desires.
C. But it can stop one from being supplied his
needs and desires.
D. It can kill him. (He may starve to death of grieve himself to
death because of
what he does not have.)
E. The sad thing about it is: he could provide
if he would.
VIII.
Diligence, V. 26
A. The
slothful are still being considered in the first part of this verse.
1. He is not generous, but greedy.
2. He wants everything coming in and nothing
going out to others.
B. But the industrious man not only provides for
himself, but he wisely shares with
others.
Lesson #55
MAN IN GOD'S WORLD
Proverbs 21:27-31
Introduction:
Every
man lives his life in a world that does not belong to him. It belongs to God who
created it.
His life, therefore, is in full view of God and will be examined by Him
in the
fullest detail. These proverbs deal with just a few aspects
of man's life and show how it
must meet with God's approval.
I. A
man's religion, V. 27
A. This proverb speaks of false religion.
1. It is not a false religion in the sense of
being an idolatrous religion.
2. It is not false in the sense of being
heretical. (There is no hint of any
false teaching.)
3. The form and doctrines are apparently those
of an orthodox religion. (Being
written in Old Testament times
it would speak of the Old Testament law
sacrifices.)
B. This man's religion is false because it is a
false pretense.
1. Outwardly he is religious. (There is no apparent difference between this
man
and a man who is devoted to
God.)
2. But inwardly his heart is full of wickedness.
C. All such religion is an abomination to God.
1. It is hypocrisy and the man is a hypocrite.
2. There is no real righteousness in his life.
D. It is even more abominable to the Lord when
it is done with wicked intent.
1. Some, like the Pharisees, seek to cover up a
covetous and self-righteous life.
2. Some seek to cover up a life of immorality or
crime.
3. Some even seek God's help in coping with the
problems of life.
4. Some actually seek God's help in achieving
evil purposes.
II.
A good man's word, V. 28
A. A
false witness shall perish.
1. He speaks falsely to get gain, to get
attention, to gain popularity, or
perhaps, because he is a
habitual liar.
2. The Hebrew word which is translated, perish,
carries the idea of wandering
or straying. (Often a man or animal which does stray will
perish. Thus,
the translators use the word,
perish, in this verse.)
3. The an early result of such false witness is
that others would loose
confidence in the individual.
4. The continued practice could lead to a ruined
life.
5. If he lies in a legal trial, he could be
severely punished.
6. If he is brought to trial for lying, he may be
punished.
7. The proverb implies that there are also
eternal repercussions.
B. In contrast to this is the man who carefully
listens so as to make certain to get
the straight of the story.
1. Then he just as carefully gives a true witness.
2. Pretty soon he is noted for telling the truth
and he gains the confidence
of others
III.
A man's attitude, V. 29
A. The wicked man boldly transgresses with a
straight face. (There is no shame nor
regret.)
B. But the upright man very carefully directs
his steps into the right way. (He wants
to make sure that he pleases God.)
C. This is a man whom God will bless with
spiritual blessings. (He may not be any
better off materially than the unrighteous, but he is rich in spiritual
blessings.)
IV.
No victory over God, V. 30
A. Ungodly men constantly pit their puny
strength and their worldly wisdom against
God, but all to no avail; there is no strength nor wisdom that can prevail
over
God.
B. Pharaoh, king of Egypt, thought he could
outwit God and keep the children of Israel
as his slaves.
C. Sennacherib, King of Assyria, thought God
could not deliver Judah out of his hand,
II Kings 18:35.
D. The Anti-Christ will think that he can outwit
God and overcome the Christ, Rev.
19:19-20.
E. Even now there are many who, in their folly,
wage war against God.
1. The atheists wage war against the very idea
of God.
2. Many false teachers wage war against the
truths of God.
3. Many false religionists wage war against the
people of God.
V.
No victory without God, V. 31
A. The standard procedure for waging war is by
military might.
1. The horse was a vital part of old time
warfare.
2. Those who went to the battle trained and
prepared their horses.
B. But the victory is not to be obtained through
military might; rather, victory
is through the Lord.
1. This is true of nations today.
2. This is true of the individual in his
personal struggles of life.
3. This is true concerning one's eternal
destiny; Salvation (victory) is of the
Lord.
Lesson #56
INSIGHTS INTO WISE LIVING
Proverbs 22:1-5
Introduction:
These
five proverbs help to give an insight into some of the real secrets of
life.
"Anyone who will gain these insights
and follow the principles set forth will have a better
life.
I.
Seeing the value of a good name, V. 1
A. A good name is better than riches.
1.
With most people riches is the objective, but that should not be the
objective.
2. A good name is far better. (Not merely a name, but a good name.)
3. This is the kind of name that one can gain
only by living a good life.
4.
It is the kind of life that gains the
respect of others by righteous living
and by kindness to others.
B. The same idea is expressed in the latter part
of the verse.
1. The idea is "favor" or
"esteem."
2. It is better to earn the esteem of others
than to earn silver and gold.
C. Our effectiveness in influencing others
depends upon their respect for us and
their confidence in us.
II.
Seeing the common bond in all mankind, V. 2
A. A common error in dealing with mankind is to
view the rich and the poor as being
different. (Generally the rich
are considered to be superior to the poor.)
B. In their nature and in their needs they are
not different; they are the same.
1. All are the work of God's creation.
2. They have basically the same physical makeup
and the same physical needs.
3. They all have minds and emotions and they
have basically the same mental and
emotional needs. (All need to be loved; all need to be
wanted.)
4. All have the same basic spiritual needs. (All have sinned and come short of
the glory of God, Rom. 3:23.)
C. The rich and the poor need each other.
1. The rich need the poor for labor.
2. The poor need the rich to furnish jobs.
3. Thus, there should not be social strife
between them, but cooperation.
4. The rich, especially, should see a warning in
this proverb not to oppress the
poor.
III.
Seeing oncoming trouble and avoiding it, V. 3
A. Certain ways of life very obviously pose
certain dangers.
1. For example, to imbibe alcoholic drink poses
the danger of becoming an
alcoholic.
2. To rob and steal poses the danger of being
caught, captured and punished.
B. The prudent man will foresee such dangers and
avoid the hurt by abstaining from
such conduct.
C. The foolish person will go right ahead and do
what he wants to do ignoring the
danger.
1. He thinks only of the immediate pleasure or
the immediate gain.
2. He will eventually suffer the consequences.
IV.
Seeing self as small but God as great, V. 4
A. The first "and" was not in the
original text.
1. The verse thus reads: "By humility, the fear of the Lord are
riches, honor
and life."
2. Humility and the fear of the Lord are
appositives; they are the same in
essence; they are equal.
3. To humble self is to exalt the Lord.
4. The more humble one becomes, the more exalted
the Lord is to him.
B. Hence, to dethrone self and to put the Lord
on the throne (let the Lord have His
way) is the way to the real riches, honor and life. (Not necessarily maretial
riches)
C. God does not promise in the Bible to make all
Christians rich in material goods,
but He does make every submissive child of God rich in ways that are
better than
material wealth. (Compare with
verse 1.)
D. But even in the material things, the Lord
takes care of those who trust Him and
obey Him, Mat. 6:33.
E. Furthermore, by His teachings the Lord helps
His people to provide materially for
themselves.
1. He teaches them to work and provide.
2. He teaches them not to be wasteful.
3. He teaches them not to become overly
indebted.
4. He teaches them to be saving.
F. One need not seek after honor and
praise. (He should concentrate on
pleasing the
Lord and the Lord will see that he is honored.)
G. One need not seek to make life good for
himself. (He should concentrate on doing
the will of God and God will see to it that he has a good life.)
V. Seening the hidden snares and avoiding them, V. 5
A. Just as one should avoid the obvious dangers
of life (verse 3), even so he
should learn to avoid those dangers which are not obvious.
1. Did you ever walk along in the woods and
while you were watching out for
the big things like logs, tree
limbs and holes you hung your foot on a
thorny vine and tripped?
2.
That can be a painful experience. Even so, there are many little
not-so-obvious things on which
an individual can trip and cause his
downfall. (The little white
lie, the social drink, taking the little thing
that does not belong to you,
reading porno magazines or engaging in a
little bit of gossip.
B. As men set traps to ensnare and catch
animals, likewise, Satan deliberately sets
traps to ensnare men. (Dope, adultery,
covetousness, etc.)
C. One who cares about his spiritual well-being
carefully watches for such traps and
avoids them.
Lesson #57
PARENTAL RESPONSIBILITY IN TRAINING
CHILDREN
Proverbs 22:6
Introduction:
Proverbs
1:8 sets forth the principle of parental authority. The child should heed the
parent's instructions. This text sets forth the principle of
parental responsibility. They
are responsible for training the child.
I.
The need of training,
A. A child is an everlasting being.
1. He lives first as a baby, then as a child,
youth and adult.
2. He will eventually go into his eternal home,
either heaven or hell.
3. His eternal destiny depends on whether or not
he repents of his sin and
trusts Jesus for salvation,
Acts 20:21.
B. A child does not usually know what is best or
right.
1. His depraved flesh nature inclines him toward
wrong choices. (Until he is
saved, his spirit nature is
also depraved.)
2. His environment influences him to wrong
choices.
3. Satanic forces influence him to wrong
choices.
4. He does not know what food is best; he does
not know how to be saved; he
does not know how to live.
C. Bad habits are easily formed, but hard to
break.
II.
The time to begin training
A. The Hebrew in our text says literally,
"Train up a child in the mouth of his ways."
1. The idea is, "...in the opening or
beginning of his ways."
2. The implication is: Begin early and keep at
it.
B. Start the training as soon as possible.
1. While he is a babe he will learn many
things. (About his parents, about his
own body and about his
environment)
2. As his body grows, he grows in his
learning. (He learns to communicate; he
learns the meaning of
"No;" he learns about his home, his friends and he can
learn even about his God.)
3. Even before he knows that he is responsible
to God many seed thoughts can
be planted. (About God's love, God's punishment, God's
plan and God's Son)
4. As soon as possible the need of salvation and
God's plan of salvation should
be stressed.
5. Children should be given small
responsibilities. (These should be
gradually
increased.)
III.
The method of training
A. The parents should make decisions for the
child until he (or she) can responsibly
make decisions for himself.
(Teaching him to make his own decisions should be a
gradual process.)
B. Teach him by informing him. (Especially inform him about God's will
through the
Scriptures.)
C. Teach him by showing him. (Set the example; lead the way in doing God's
will.)
D. Teach him by rules. (Rules from parents help to prepare the way
for rules from
employers, governments and God.)
E. When necessary teach him by
chastisement. (Wisely used, chastisement
can be a
very effective teaching method.)
F. Teach him by commendations and praise.
IV.
The desired result,
A. Hopefully he will respond to the gospel early
and will be saved long before his
adult years.
B. Thus, he will learn early that he can trust
the Lord to guide him and help him
when he faces problems in life.
C. He will already have convictions about truth,
morality and righteousness.
D. He will already have good habits formed.
E. He will know that the real purpose in life is
not to get, but to serve God in a
way that God approves.
Lesson #58
THE END RESULTS
Proverbs 22:7-12
Introduction:
These
proverbs show that generally a given pattern of action will produce a given
result.
I.
The result of riches is rulership, V. 7
A. Those who control wealth control society.
1. This is true in government, business,
science, etc.
2. Thus, there is a responsibility that goes
with wealth. (To provide
leadership, jobs, protection,
law and order, etc.)
3. Those who have wealth should rule wisely for
the good of all, but all too
often it is done only for the
good of self.
B. To be poor puts one in a position of
submission to others.
C. Unnecessary borrowing robs one of his
freedom.
II.
The results of iniquity is calamity, V. 8
A. Sowing seeds of iniquity will bring a sure
harvest of calamity.
1. That is not the kind of harvest the evil doer
is hoping for. (He expects
power, possessions, pleasures,
etc.
2. Calamity may not come swiftly, but it comes
surely.
3. Evil seed sown in this life can produce a
harvest of calamity throughout
eternity.
B. Specifically one who vents his anger on
others (Becomes overbearing, despotic) will
have his power broken.
1. This is true of rulers such as Hitler, Stalin
and Castro.
2. It is true on a local level. (In the home, in the neighborhood, on the
job,
etc.)
III.
The result of generosity is blessings, V. 9
A. The "bountiful eye" in the Hebrew
language is literally "the good eye."
(The
idea is generosity.)
B. Jesus said that it is more blessed to give
than to receive, Acts 20:35.
1. That is, the greater blessings are obtained
through giving.
2. The more you give to others the more is given
to you.
3. The more you do for others the more is done
for you.
4. Someone has said, "You cannot outgive God."
5. This is true with individuals and it is true
with churches.
IV.
The result of casting out the trouble-maker is peace, V. 10
A. Often a whole group will find it impossible
to have peace and harmony because of
one trouble-maker who always keeps something stirred up.
B. When the group gets fed up and casts the
trouble-maker out, the result is peace
and harmony.
C. Thus, such disciplinary action is often
essential.
1. This is true with society in general. (The law-breakers must be imprisoned
or otherwise expelled.)
2. This is true on the job. (The trouble-maker must be fired.)
3. This is true with clubs, teams, etc.
4. This is true with churches. (The trouble-maker must be expelled from the
membership.)
V.
The result of loving a pure heart is friendship with the king, V. 11
A. This proverb speaks not of loving others with
a pure heart, but of loving to have
a pure heart within. (This is an
inward hungering and thirsting after
righteousness.)
B. This is an inward pureness that is expressed by
outward pureness of conduct.
(Righteous conduct, honesty, fairness, kindness, truthfulness, etc. This
is the
kind of pureness that is produced by a new birth.)
C. It is the kind of conduct that may bring a
special reward from a king.
(Presidential award; Congressional medal of Honor, etc.)
D. The implication is that this kind of pureness
of heart and outstanding conduct
will bring special awards from the King of kings.
VI.
The result of truth and right is the protection of God, V. 12
A. "The eyes of the Lord (Jehovah)
preserves (guards, protects) knowledge (truth,
right)."
B. The implication is that Jehovah also guards
those who preach and teach truth.
1. He guards His men whom He calls to present
truth. (Old Testament prophets;
New Testament preachers)
2. He guards His organizations that represent
truth. (Old Testament Israel;
New Testament churches)
3. He guards His word that teaches truth. (The Bible)
C. The very fact that He needs to guard them
shows that there is opposition and
persecution.
D. God thwarts the words (plans, teachings,
etc.) of the transgressors (the opponents
of truth.)
1. Even in this life He thwarts many evil plans.
2. Eventually He will thwart all evil plans.
Conclusion:
Knowing
what course of action brings the desired results should enable one to choose
the right course of action. Therefore, it should also help him to produce
the desired
results.
Lesson #59
WARNINGS AND MORE WARNINGS
Proverbs 22:13-16
Introduction:
Most
of these warnings have been given before in other proverbs, but they are now
sounded out again. This points up the wisdom of repeated
warnings by parents, teachers,
preachers, law officials, doctors and
others.
I. A
warning about slothfulness, V. 13
A. The specific danger of slothfulness is not
repeated in this proverb. (The danger
has already been pointed out, Pro. 6:1-11; 20:13)
B. Rather, this proverb points out the absurd
excuses that the lazy person will come
up with to excuse his laziness.
(One young man was asked if he went job hunting.
He replied, "I was going to, but Star Wars came on TV.")
C. But be reminded that such slothfulness is a
sin and God punishes sin.
II.
A warning about wayward women, V. 14
A. This warning has also been previously sounded
in the Proverbs, Pro. 2:16-18; 5:3-11;
7:4-23.
B. This proverb compares the mouth of a wayward
woman to a deep pit, a snare, a trap.
1. With flattery and perhaps kisses she traps a
her victim.
2. It is as though he were a prey in a hunter's
snare.
3. It is easy to get caught in the trap and almost
impossible to get out safely.
C. One who refuses to heed the warning and stay
out of the trap is in for great misery.
1. Probably both physically and emotionally.
2. It is as though he were under the curse of
God.
III.
A warning about correcting children, V. 15
A. There is an inbred foolishness deep in the
nature of a child.
1. This is not harmless childishness, but a
wicked craving for sin and a
stubborn rebelliousness against
right.
2. It is the natural result of being born of a
sinful father.
3. The child will not outgrow his tendency
toward rebellion and disobedience.
4. His tendency will only grow worse unless
corrected by loving parents.
B. The proverb says that the rod of correction
shall drive the rebelliousness out of
the child.
1. First, he should be corrected by word of
mouth.
2. Then he should be mildly chastened to impress
upon him that he has done
wrong and that he brought
punishment upon himself.
3. If he does not correct his ways then a more
severe chastisement should be
given.
4. By this he can come to understand that he
will be better off if he changes
his ways.
C. This same process will be need to be repeated
to correct the child in many
different acts of disobedience.
D. The parent who fails to so correct his child
does him wrong, because the child
which does not receive correction is apt to get into more serious
trouble and
more severe consequences later in life.
IV.
A warning about dealing with the rich and the poor, V. 16
A. It
is dangerous to oppress the poor.
1. One who does so usually does so in order to
get gain for himself. (And he
may get gain temporarily.)
2. Actually God instructs us to give to the poor
--- not take from them.
3. God watches over the poor to protect them and
He will severely deal with
those who oppress the
poor. ("...he shall come to
want.")
B. It is equally dangerous to favor the rich.
1. One may give to the rich expecting favors
from them in return.
2. He may or may not get their favors, but by
his wrong doing sacrifices the
favor of God.
3. Thus, he, too, will come to want.
Conclusion:
1.
Be willing to work hard for long hours and under difficult conditions.
2.
Keep yourself morally clean.
(Commit no adultery. Stay away
from the trap of the
adulterous woman or man.)
3.
As a child, accept parental discipline and training.
4.
As a parent, discipline your children for their own good.
5.
Train up your children in the ways of the Lord.
6.
Deal fairly with both the rich and the poor. (Do not try to cheat either.)
7.
Be kind and generous to the poor.
Lesson #60
ANOTHER APPEAL TO LEARN WISDOM
Proverbs 22:17-21
Introduction:
A
new division is found here. Back in
Proverbs 1:1 the nspired title of the whole book
is said to be "The Proverbs of
Solomon, the son of David, king of Israel." Then there follows
a strong appeal to the students to hear
wisdom, Proverbs 1:20; 2:1. All of
chapters 1-9 are
introductory to the proverbs
themselves. The proverbs of Solomon
actually begin in chapter 10.
Proverbs
22:17 begins a new section, an addition, an appendage. There are three other
appendages to follow. The second appendage begins with chapter 25:1
and is a collection of
proverbs of Solomon but appended by the men
of Hezekiah. The third appendage begins
in chapter
30:1 and is by Agur. The fourth appendage begins in chapter 31:1
and is by Lemuel.
Some
believe the appendages were written by Solomon, but just written in a different
style.
They are longer and contain no parallels. Others believe that the writings belong to a
later period and that someone other than
Solomon gathered some of the many proverbs of Solomon
and appended them to this book which had
been written by Solomon.
I.
The appeal to listen, V. 17
A. The appeal is to bow down the ear and listen
to the words of instruction which were
to follow.
1. To bow down the ear is to give very close
attention so as not to miss one
thing.
2. It is also suggestive of humbling one's self,
acknowledging one's lack of
knowledge and, hence, being in
need of instruction.
3. It is suggestive also of becoming submissive
to a voice of higher authority.
B. The words are said to be words of the wise.
1. The implication is that they are from Him who
is all wise.
2. The instructor, the writer of the
proverbs, is said to be wise in that he
has received these words from
the All Wise God.
C. The appeal is to not only listen but also to
apply the heart to the instructor and
his instruction.
II.
The appeal to belileve, V. 18
A. It is suggested that these instructions
should be taken on the inside of the
individual.
1. Hence the listener or reader is to digest
them and to understand them.
2. He is to make them a part of himself; he is
to keep them perpetually within
himself; he is to believe them
with deep conviction.
B. Believing them earnestly they should them be
"fitted" in the student's lips.
1. That is, they should be established there.
2. So that what he speaks is in harmony with the
truth that he has learned.
3. He will speak words of praise about the truth
which he has learned.
4. He will then teach these truths to others.
C. It is a pleasant thing to be as established
in the truths of God. (It brings the
special favor of God.)
III.
The objective of the instructor, V. 19
A. The objective of the teacher here is that the
student's trust in the Lord may be
strong.
1. First come saving trust at the point of salvation.
2. After salvation the trust should grow even
stronger.
3. The believer should grow to depend on God in
all things.
B. This trust or faith comes by hearing and
believing God's truths, Rom. 10:17.
C. The instruction is very personal, "...even
to thee."
1. This is, it is to you personally.
2. The godly instructor teaches with a personal
concern for his students.
3. Even so, God sends the instruction with His
own personal concern for each
individual.
IV.
The value of the instruiction, V. 20
A. The proverbs herein written contain very
valuable information to mankind; they
contain excellent counsels and knowledge.
B. The Hebrew word which is translated
"excellent" means "threefold, weighty,
excellent."
1. Hence, these word of wisdom from God are
threefold better than any worldly
wisdom.
2. So is all instruction from God.
C. These words are filled with excellent
counsel. (Advice, counsel, purpose)
1. The very best advice available to man is
contained therein.
2. This advice gives purpose to the individual's
life.
D. These words are filled with excellent
knowledge. (Information, perception,
awareness, acquaintance)
1. They fill one's head with important
information.
2. They give him perception of what goes on
about him.
3. They give him an awareness of the true values
of life.
4. They make him knowledgeable about life.
Lesson #61
TIMELY WARNINGS ABOUT DEALING WITH OTHERS
Proverbs 22:22-29
Introduction:
The
law of Moses is based on two principles:
(1) Dealing right with God and
(2)
Dealing right with others. These proverbs give warning to treat others
right and not to
mistreat anyone. One of them also warns against being taken
advantage of by others,
especially in money matters.
I. A
warning against abusing ghe poor, V. 22-23
A. Robbery of any kind is sin.
B. To rob the weak and defenseless is both cruel
and cowardly.
C. To rob them "...at the gate..." was
especially wicked.
1. In Israel the gate of the city was where
legal transactions were made, court
decisions were reached and
often laws were formulated.
2. It was there that the rich and powerful often
robbed the poor through crooked
business deals, bribery of the
judges and the passing of laws which were
favorable to the rich and to
the disadvantage of the poor.
3. Similar abuse of the poor is often seen today
in government.
4. This was an abuse of the power which God has
set up for the good of the
people.
D. The reason for the warning is given: God will plead the cause of the poor.
1. The poor may be weak, but they are not
defenseless; they have a Strong One
to be their defense.
2. God threatens to "...spoil the
soul..." of those who spoil the poor.
II.
A warning against dealing with angry hot-head, V. 249-25
A. Earlier proverbs warn us not to be a
hot-head, but challenge us to learn to control
our temper.
B. This proverb goes beyond learning not to be a
hot-head, but warns us not to make
friendship with a hot-head. (Do
not have things in common with him in one's circle
of friends, business, etc.)
C. The reason for the warning is simple:
1. That hot-head is going to get the man in
trouble who has close friendship
with him.
2. Anger in him is apt to stir up anger in those
who are around him. (Fire
kindles fire.)
3. You will soon take up some of his ways and
they will be a snare to you.
(They will bring you trouble.)
III.
A warning not to stand for the other man's debts, V. 26-27
A. This proverb is not intended to dampen the
spirit of helpfulness and generosity.
1. It is intended to urge a business-like
approach to business deals.
2. It is also intended to keep us from becoming
a victim to our own
soft-heartedness in dealing
with those who are down and out.
B. Do not strike the hand in pledge to stand
good for the other man's debt nor be a
surety for his debt. (Especially
when you are unwilling or unable to pay the debt
yourself. That is dishonesty on
your part.)
C. The reason for the warning is self
protection. (Why should you lose your
few
possessions for a man who will not pay his own debts?
IV.
A warning not to remove the old landmarks, V. 28
A. The old landmark was set to marhe property lines.
1. Greedy, selfish, dishonest men would secretly
move the landmarks to gain a few
feet inches or few feet of
land.
2. The proverb warns the individual not to move
the landmarks and, thus, get
dishonest gain.
B. No specific threat is given in the proverb,
but it is inferred that God will not
allow the deed, although done in secret, to go unpunished.
C. While the proverb speaks about physical
property, it carries other lessons. We
are not to move the well established landmarks or principles in moral
standards nor
doctrinal teachings.
V. A
warning to be diligent in work, V. 29
A. The word, diligent, here not only speaks of
being energetic, but also of using
skill and intellect in doing a good job.
B. The skilled and industrious will soon have
his services in demand by kings and
other prominent men.
C. He will not be forced to work only for the
mean.
1. The word "mean" is used here not in
the sense of cruel or wicked, but in
the sense of common or obscure.
2. Hence, the idea is that his services will be
in demand by those who can
bestow both honor and financial
rewards upon him.
D. The implied warning is that those who will
not seek to improve their skill and do
a better job will soon find little or no demand for their services.
Lesson #62
RHE DANGER OF RICHES
Proverbs 23:1-8
Introduction:
Our
text sets forth the danger of riches in three different ways: (1)
Verses 1-3: The
danger of being exposed to riches; (2)
verses 4-5: The danger of seeking
riches; (3)
Verses 6-8:
The danger of being abused by the rich.
I.
The danger of being exposed to riches, V. 1-3
A. The warning here involves an invitation to
banquet with the rich, V. 1.
1. The text speaks of having an invitation from
a ruler. (The lesson could
apply to an invitation from any
rich person.)
2. The danger here is not the ruler, but his
riches.
3. We are told "...consider diligently what
is before thee." (That is, we are
to consider the danger of the
temptation and guard against it.)
B. There is the danger of gluttony, V. 2.
1. The King James Version reads, "Put a
knife to thy throat if thou be a man
given to appetite."
2. Some have interpreted this as a means of
threatening to cut one's own throat
if he over-eats.
3. Some have interpreted it to mean that to
over-eat is as if one puts a knife
to his own throat
4. Some have translated it to mean that one has
already put a knife to his throat
by accepting the invitation and
by subjecting himself to the temptation to
over-eat.
5. At any rate, it does mean that it is
dangerous to one's self if he over-eats.
C. The whole occasion is
deceitful.
1. The appearance is that of a generous host and
friendly congenial guests. (The
occasion promises to bless all.)
2. Yet many of the participants are there to
seek to gain an advantage over
others.
3. This is a cut-throat business.
D. The proverb seems to imply:
1. Be slow to accept such an invitation.
2. Be sure not to over indulge if you go.
3. Be watchful of those who would deceive you.
4. Do not get to liking this kind of
lifestyle. (We spoil easily.)
II.
The danger of seeking riches, V. 4-5
A. The admonition is: "Labor not to be rich...," V. 4.
1. Note:
The admonition is not: "Be not rich."
a. If God should bless you and entrust you with
riches it would not be
wrong for you to have
them. (He so blessed Abraham, Solomon and others.)
b. You would, however, need to make sure that
you use your riches in a way
that would please God.
2. Note also:
The admonition is not "Labor not." (The proverbs have abounded
in warnings against laziness.)
3. The admonition is: Labor not, seek not, strive not to be
rich. (Do not make
the gaining of riches your
objective.)
B. The second admonition is: "Cease from thine own wisdom."
1. Stop trying to scheme and figure out ways to
get wealth. (That kind of
wisdom is worldly wisdom.)
2. The implication is that when you cease your
own worldly wisdom you will find
a higher and more noble wisdom
from God.
3. Another implication is that you are to learn to
trust God to supply your
needs.
C. One reason for this warning is because of the
evasiveness and brevity of riches,
V. 5.
1. One may labor long and hard, scheme,
sacrifice and abuse others in order
to get wealth and seem to have
success within his grasp when suddenly he meets
with dismal failure. (This can be a crushing experience for those
who value
nothing else but riches.)
2. One may actually gain great wealth only to
have a depression to take it away,
a thief to steal it, or he may
spend it all trying to regain his broken
health.
3. At least when he dies, his wealth will be
left behind.
4. Eventually all these things will melt with
fervent heat.
III.
The danger of being taken advantage of by the rich, V. 6-8
A. This danger was hinted at back in verse 3.
1. The invitation is not always what it appears;
there may be a catch to it somewhere.
2. The money grabbing business is a cut-throat
business.
B. Beware of the man who has an evil eye and
decline the invitation to eat his
dainty meats, V. 6.
1. The evil eye in this text speaks not
exclusively about the man who has a
hardness in the expression of
his eyes. (Although hatred, bitterness
or
anger can express themselves in
his eyes and should serve as a warning not
to accept his invitation.)
2. Primarily the evil eye spoken of here is the
eye that craves evil things.
3. This kind of person is simply not to be
trusted.
4. His party may sound like fun and his food may
be delicious, but it does not
pay to have dealings with him.
C. As a man thinks in his heart so is he, V. 7
1. It is not what may appears to be on the
outside that counts; it is what he
is in his thinking and in his
heart.
2. This man would appear to be nice enough in
his looks and conversation.
("...Eat and drink, saith
he to thee; but his heart is not with thee.")
3. But by his appetite for evil he has already
betrayed the kind of man that
he is.
4. His heart is toward you in the sense of some
evil purpose, but his heart does
not seek to do you good.
D. A close friendship with that man can only
bring disappointment, V. 8.
Conclusion:
1.
Be careful when you are exposed to riches not to be tempted by them.
2.
Do not set your heart on the riches of this world, but rather on spiritual
things, which
are far more valuable.
3.
Be careful in your dealings with evil, greedy, money-hungry men lest
they take advantage
of you.
Lesson #63
THE TIMLELINESS OF CERTAIN THINGS
Proverbs 23:9-16
Introduction:
These
proverbs show the timeliness or untimeliness of
certain things
I.
The timeliness of silence before the foolish, V. 9
A. In Ecclesiastes 3:7 Solomon said that there
is a time to speak and a time to keep
silent.
B. This proverb declares that one time for
silence is when you have a fool for an
audience, V. 9a.
1. He hates knowledge, Pro. 1:22.
2. He finds no joy in words of understanding,
Pro.18:2.
3. It is his pleasure to do wickedly, Pro. 10:23.
4. With his heart he thinks foolish things,
Pro.12:23.
5. With his mouth he pours them forth, Pro.
15:2.
6. He thrives on foolishness, Pro. 15:14.
C. This kind of person simply will not listen to
any wisdom.
D. If you seek to enlighten him you will only
arouse his displeasure, V. 9b.
II. A timely warning not to afflict the
fatherless V. 10-11
A. Verse 10a repeats a warning not to remove the
landmarks and not to encroach upon
the property of others.
B. The proverb particularly warns against
encroaching upon the property of the
fatherless. (Orphans)
C. The warning is very timely in that the
temptation may be extra strong because it
is so easy to do and so difficult for anyone to prove that you did it.
D. The temptation can also be extra strong
because there is no man of the house to
defend the poor orphans.
E. But the poor orphans are not nearly as
defenseless as it may appear, because God
will defend them, V. 11.
III.
The timeliness of learning, V. 12
A. Whenever you have opportunity of learning,
that is the time to take advantage of it.
B. Do not take the attitude that you know it
all, but listen to words of instruction
from others.
C. Carefully weigh the things you hear or
read. (Think the matter through.)
IV.
The timeliness of disciplining a child, V. 13-16
A. Withholding correction can bring suffering
upon the child which is far more
severe than corrective chastisement would have been, but corrective
chastisement
can spare him of the more severe suffering, V. 13-14.
1. The word "hell," as used here
speaks not only of eternal suffering, but also
of sufferings in this life
which he would bring upon himself if left
unchastised.
2. Chastisement is generally looked upon as
being for the purpose of punishment,
but its purpose should be for
correction so as to spare the child of the more
severe suffering if he is not
corrected.
3. God is merciful in allowing the parent to
administer chastisement to a
rebellious child, but if that
does not correct the child then God Himself
will deal with him for his
rebellion and God's punishment will be more severe
than that of the parent.
B. If the child profits by the chastisement and
learns wisdom then both he and his
parents will rejoice, V. 15-16.
1. The child rejoices because he avoids the more
severe punishment.
2. The parents rejoice because they love the
child.
3. The word "reins" in verse 16 is
synonymous with the word "heart" in verse 15.
(It is taken from the
expression "reins of the heart.")
4. It temporarily saddens a parent to have to
punish his child, but it will
make that parent glad in the
long run.
Lesson #64
ATTITUDES AND LIFESTYLES
Proverbs 23:17-25
Introduction:
These
proverbs will help one to develop the right attitudes and the right lifestyles.
I.
One's attitude toward the ungodly, V. 17-18
A. One should not be envious of anyone, but
especially not of those who are ungodly,
V. 17a.
1. Because some of the ungodly are rich it would
be easy to become envious of
their possessions.
2. Thus, it would be tempting to pattern one's
lifestyle after them.
B.
This one should not do; rather, he should cultivate an attitude of
reverence toward
God, V. 17 b. (Because of his
reverence toward the Lord, he will seek to please
the Lord.)
C. One reason for this counsel is to point out
the end result of our actions.
1. Every lifestyle and every deed has a result,
V. 18.
2. The end result of envy and ungodliness is
suffering.
3. The end result of godliness is that one will
not be disappointed, but will
receive blessings and rewards.
(Some in this life, but the greater ones in
the next life.)
II.
One's attitude toward wisdom, V. 19
A. Be willing to listen and learn, V. 19a (Hear)
1. Do not take the attitude that you know it
all.
2. By listening to others you can gain
information that will be valuable to
you.
B. Guide your heart in seeking after wisdom, V.
19b.
1. Literally:
Guide thine heart forward in the way.
2. Do not be influenced to the right nor to the
left.
3. Do not let anything hinder you. (Not long hours, tiresome effort nor, nor
the allurements of the
world)
4. Set your heart on learning wisdom and get it.
III.
One's attitude toward parties, V. 20-21
A. The winebibber in this text is one who
habitually drinks alcohol, V. 20a.
1. Any kind of alcoholic drink is warned
against.
2. The counsel is: Do not join the winebibber in his drinking
party.
B. The "riotous eaters" in this text
are those who are gluttonous eaters, V. 20b.
1. The word "riotous" here means
gluttony.
2. The counsel is: Do not join him in his drinking and
gluttonous partying.
C. The reason is simple: If you party with them you will begin to
pattern your life
after them. (You will learn to
drink and you will become gluttonous.)
IV.
One's attitude toward parents, V. 22
A. The Mosaic law instructs the child to honor
his parents.
1. Therefore, it is wise for the child to
hearken to the words of his father.
2. After all, the father, who begat him, will
have his best interest at heart.
B. The same principle applies to his mother.
C. The principle applies even when the child is
an adult and the parent is old. (The
child is no longer required to obey, but he should listen because his
mother and
dad still have his best interest at heart.)
V. On's attitude toward truth, V. 23
A. He is to buy it at any cost.
1. It may cost him his egotism. (Somebody knows more than he does.)
2. it may cost him in time and effort. (Time in which he could enjoy some other
activity.)
3.
It may cost him in prejudices.
4. It may cost him in friends. (So-called friends)
5. It may cost in actual money. (Books, instructor's fees, etc.)
6. But whatever the cost --- buy it!
B. One is to sell the truth not, V. 23b.
1. Judas sold out truth for 30 pieces of silver.
2. Some sell it out for popularity.
3. Some sell it out for the pleasures of the
world.
VI.
One's attitude toward righteousness and wisdom, V. 24-25
A. A lifestyle of righteousness in the child
makes a proud and happy father, V. 24a.
B. A lifestyle of wisdom in a child also makes a
proud and happy father, V. 24b.
C. Both parents will rejoice, V. 25.
D. The implication is that one should seek both
righteousness and wisdom. (If he seeks
righteousness he is seeking wisdom.)
Lesson #65
WILD WOMEN AND WINE
Proverbs 23:26-35
Introduction:
The
proverbs of these ten verses appeal to the individual to turn to wisdom and
learn.
They also warn against two dangers: The danger of adultery and the danger of
booze.
I.
The appeal to wisdom, V. 26
A. The speaker addresses the listener or student
as "my son."
1. This is a term of most intense interest and
affection.
2. This is a relationship which God graciously
offers to all.
B. The speaker appeals to the listener or
student to "...give me thine heart."
(This is an appeal which God makes to all.)
C. The speaker appeals to the listener or
student to "...observe my ways."
1. This appeal is made to each person by wisdom
personified.
2. Hence, the appeal is from God, for true
wisdom is of God.
II.
A warning about the immoral woman, V. 27-28
A. She is compared to a deep ditch and a narrow
pit, V. 27.
1. The ditch or pit may or may not be dug for malicious
reasons, but there is
danger there never-the-less.
2. It is easily fallen into and difficult to get
out.
B. The
immoral woman is compared to a mugger or bandit, V. 28.
1. The mugger or bandit waits in the streets for
a victim to come along.
2. The prostitute does the same. (Known as "Street Walker")
C. She multiplies the number of unfaithful men.
1. Because her men become unfaithful to their
wives and their families.
2. Because her men become unfaithful to God.
III.
A warning about liquor, V. 29-30
A. Timely questions, V. 29:
1. Who hath woe?
(grief, misery)
2. Who hath sorrow? (poverty, misery)
3. Who hath contentions? (strife, arguments)
4. Who hath babbling? (unintelligible, meaningless speech)
5. Who hath wounds without cause? (Needless, unnecessary, avoidable wounds)
6. Who hath redness of eyes? (Outward sign of inward distress)
B. An accurate answer:
1. They that tarry long at the wine (Alcoholic
drink)
2. They that do to seek mixed drink (Mixed to
dilute with spices to add flavor
or with drugs to add potency)
3. Verses 29-30 have been called "The
mirror of the drunkard." (He can
see
himself in these verses.)
C. The appeal is "Look not upon the
wine...," V. 31.
1. Its color, its sparkle, its movement is
enticing.
2. They seem to promise nothing but pleasure.
D. But the result is not pleasure, V. 32.
1. Its bite is poisonous like a serpent.
2. Its sting (pain) is like that caused by an
adder.
E. Alcohol will produce weird and sometimes
harmful behavior patterns, V. 33.
1. The King James Version reads, "strange
women" whereas most modern
translations read,
"strange things."
2. One sees strange things. (Things that are not real.)
3. One says strange things.
4. One does strange things.
F. It leads to a downfall, V. 34.
1. Like a drowning man.
2. Like one lying on the top of a ship's mast.
G. But in spite of the harm liquor causes the
drunk gets hooked and cannot easily get
loose, V. 35.
Lesson #66
THE WISDOM OF THE WORLD VERSUS THE WISDOM
OF GOD
Proverbsd
24:1-6
Introduction:
This
text sounds a warning about having a desire for the wisdom of the world and
urges
instead a strong desire for the wisdom of
God.
I.
The wisdom of the world, V. 1-2
A. Be not envious of evil men, V. 1a.
1. This is a warning that has been sounded twice
already in the Proverbs and
will be sounded again,
Pro. 3:31; 23:17; 24:19)
2. Solomon's father, David himself, had sounded
out the same warning, Psalm
37:1.
3. In Psalm 73:2-3 the writer said that he had
been guilty and it had almost
ruined his life.
4. The problem is that saved people often see
the material wealth that some
wicked people have and it makes
them envious.
5. They would like to have the kind of wisdom
that would bring such material
possessions and this kind of
wisdom can be ruinous.
B. Do not desire even to be with evil men, 1b.
1. The problem is the same; the saved covet the
kind of possessions that some
evil men have and desire to be
with those men. (They want to share in
their
possessions and perhaps learn
the secret of gaining such possessions for
themselves.)
2. The proverb warns against such desire to be
with men who are evil.
3. The danger is that by being with them one will
tend to become like them.
(He will take up some of their
evil thoughts and their evil ways.)
C. More reasons why the righteous should not
envy the wicked nor desire to be with
them is given in the second verse.
1. Because these men are not enviable
people. (Not once the glamor of their
riches is removed.)
2. Because they plot and plan evil. (Burglaries, theft, swindling, extortion,
embezzlement, armed robbery,
murder, armed revolution, racketeering, etc.
3. Because they are surely headed for trouble.
D. Such is all the wisdom of the world.
II.
The appeal to desire the wisdom of God, V. 3-6
A. Through true wisdom a house (or household) is
built up and established, V. 3.
(It will be able to stand.)
1. It was said earlier in the Proverbs that a
wise woman builds her house,
Pro. 14:1.
2. A wise man does the same thing.
3. A man is wise if when he seeks a wife he will
seek a wise woman who will
help him to build a house
rather than tear it down.
4. Thus, a stable home is built on righteous
principles and not on the wisdom
of the world, even though an
unwise home may have riches of the world.
B. Yet true wisdom does not neglect financial
stability, V. 4.
1. It promotes work and frugality and it
discourages waste and heavy
indebtedness.
2. Hence, it provides even the material things.
3. But it also brings riches that are far more
valuable than material wealth.
C. True wisdom brings strength, V. 5. (It has been said, "Knowledge is
strength."
D. True wisdom invites counsel, V. 6.
1. Even a wise general invites counsel.
2. This speaks of seeking counsel from wise
people.
3.
A man who is truly wise invites the
counsel of God.
Lesson #67
THE DANGERS OF DISREGARDING GOD'S
PRINCIPLES OF RIGHTEOUSNESS
Proverbs 24:7-10
Introduction:
The
words, foolishness and folly, in Scripture generally do not imply one's lack of
intelligence. Rather, they speak, for the most part, about
a failure to use knowledge
rightly.
On the part of the foolish person it is a deliberate act of disregarding
the
principles of righteousness as set forth in
God's word. God gave man the privilege
of
yielding to His counsel or rejecting
it. Our text lists four reasons why it
is not best to
reject God's righteous principles.
I.
Rejecting God's righteous principles renders one incapable of true
wisdom, V. 7
A. The foolish person cannot attain wisdom, V.
7a.
1. Wisdom is too high for him.
2. It is not too high for his intellect, but for
his morals.
3. This is not because God has made wisdom
unavailable to him, James 1:5.
4. But it is because he will not heed the
counsel of God.
B. One result is that the foolish person remains
silent in the gate of the city,
V. 7b.
1. The gate of the city, in olden days, was
where the city fathers deliberated
problems and sought solutions.
2. The foolish man is silent because he has no
solutions to offer.
3. Even if he should speak up he has no wise
counsel to give.
II.
Rejecting God's principles of righteousness betrays the sinner for what
he really is, V. 8
A. Often sinner likes to portray himself as a
godly person.
B. But the person who devises (plans, plots,
schemes) evil deeds shall be called an
evil person.
1. This does not mean that everybody will
recognize him as such, but many will.
(Especially the righteous should
be able to recognize him for what he is.)
2. The word, mischievous, in the text does not
refer to harmless pranks, but rather
to outright wickedness.
III.
Rejecing God's principles of righteousness
will eventually make one to be repulsive
to others, V. 9
A. Again the idea is set forth that it is a sin
to think on foolish or evil things.
1. The idea is not so much the fleeting
thought. (Although it is a sin and
reveals sinfulness of our
depraved nature.)
2. The idea is to meditate on evil, to entertain
the idea of pursuing the deed.
(It would include scheming how
to bring the evil deed to pass and how to get
by with it.)
B. Such evil thinking, evil scheming and evil
behavior is not only an abomination to
God, but also to men.
1. It is certainly an abomination to righteous
men.
2. It is also an abomination to other evil men.
(Even evil men do not want others
to do evil to toward them,
their family or their friends.)
C. Compare this proverb with Philippians 1:8.
IV.
Rejecting God's principlles of righteousness
will bring failure in the time of testing,
V. 10
A. The word, adversity, here means
"distress, trouble."
1. The wicked may feel smug because of success
in the business world or in
politics.
2. But the time of fortune does not test one's
real strength; it is the time
of misfortune which tests his
strength.
B. The unbeliever may fare well in this life,
but his real strength (or lack of it)
will be revealed when he stands before God in judgment.
C. The saved person who is out of the will of
God may seem to fare well for a while,
but when chastisement comes his weakness will show.
D. The faithful child of God may not seem to be
very strong in the normal activities
of life, but the greatness of his strength is made evident in the time
of his
adversity.)
1. His faith in God is a great source of
strength.
2. His faithfulness to God is also a great
source of strength.
Conclusion:
There
is a hymn which asks the question:
"Will your anchor hold in the storms of
life?"
Lesson #68
RESCUING THE PERISHING
Proverbs 24:11-12
Introduction:
This
text calls for a heart of compassion for someone else in distress and calls for
an
act of courage to result from that
compassion.
I.
The occasion, V. 11
A. The occasion is that you come upon the scene when
some innocent party is about to
be slain.
1. That person is actually being drug away to be
killed.
2. It is obvious that if you do not come to his
rescue he will be killed.
B. What will you do?
1. You can pretend not to be aware of what is
going on.
2. You can rush in to the rescue.
a. Perhaps you will rescue the innocent victim
and become the hero.
b. Or, perhaps you will be seriously injured or
killed in the effort.
II.
The conclusion, V. 12
A. God holds you responsible for attempting to
rescue the intended victim.
B. God sees that you are on the scene, that you
are aware of the need and that you
have opportunity to attempt a rescue.
C. He will hold you responsible to Him for your
conduct and you will answer to Him
in judgment.
III.
The application
A. This proverb very obviously applies to
occasions where you actually witness an
attempted murder.
1. But how many attempted murders have you
happened upon?
2. It is obvious that there are other
applications to the proverb. (God would
not have had this proverb put
in the Bible if there was almost no chance that
it would ever apply to us.)
B. If an innocent party is being tried before the
court and we have information which
would free him, then we are responsible to God for turning in that
information.
1. We can pretend not to know and remain silent.
2. But God watches and He will hold us
responsible.
C. Queen Esther saw Haman's plot to kill many
Jews and had opportunity to prevent it.
1. She had to endanger her own life in order to
rescue them ---- and she did.
2. She learned to rely on God for help in her
attempt to rescue her people.
3. God would have held her accountable if she
had failed to help them. (She
had been exalted to the
position of queen for the very purpose of rescuing
her fellow Jews.
D. The Parable of The Good Samaritan shows an
application of the proverb, Luke
10:30-36.
1. The priest and Levite had no opportunity to
prevent the attack on the
victim, but they did have
opportunity to help after he was attacked and they
failed to do so.
2. The Good Samaritan did the will of God by
stopping to render aid.
E. If we see an accident and we have opportunity
to render aid, it will be our
responsibility to God to do so.
F. If there are those about us who are poor and
needy, we have opportunity to render
aid to at least some of them.
G. If God holds us responsible for attempting to
rescue the helpless victims who are
in some physical danger in this life, how much more does He hold us
responsible
for attempting to rescue those who are lost in sin and in danger of the
fires of
hell!
1. There is no way that we can pretend that we
are not aware of their danger.
2. There is no question about our knowing a way
whereby they can be saved.
3. There is no denying our opportunity to
present the gospel to them.
4. There is little or no danger to us if we do
attempt to rescue them.
5. We can be sure that God will
hold us responsible to Him for making an attempt
to rescue them.
Lesson #69
A TASTE OF HONEY
Proverbs 24:13-14
Introduction:
The
scene in this proverb is an adult man giving a little child his first taste of
honey.
But the man's interest goes far beyond
allowing the child to experience the sweetness of the
honey.
He wants to teach the child the value of true wisdom from God.
I.
An appeal to tase and see that God is good, V.
13
A. A child may be reluctant to taste something
new because of some previous experience
of tasting something which turned out to very bitter.
B. He is reassured that the honey is good.
1. It is good to the taste. (Just one taste will confirm this.)
2. It is good for nourishment. (Not that the child cares about this, but the
parent does.)
3. It is even good for medicine. (Soothing and healing.)
C. He is encouraged to eat right from the
honeycomb.
1. This is just as it comes from the bees.
2. It is the purest form of honey.
II.
An appeal to taste the wisdom of God, V. 14
A. The adult explains that wisdom of God is like
the honey from the honeycomb.
1. This is a lesson that is not only explained
at that time to the child, but
it would need to be repeated
often as the years pass by.
2. This, by the way, is a good object lesson for
your children. (You might
try it with your own children
or grandchildren.)
3. Just as the honey is sweet to the taste, even
so wisdom from God is sweet
to the soul.
B. But like honey, it must first be found.
1. Honey is found in the beehive. (We find it in the store.)
2. True wisdom is found from God and God only,
James 1:5. (We, however, may get
it from Him
through certain channels: God's word, God's teacher, God's
church.)
C. Then when it is found, it must be tasted.
1. That is, it must be believed. (You must believe God.)
2. Also, you must act upon what God has said.
a.
Trust Him to do what He has promised.
b. Do the things that He has instructed.
D. There will be a reward.
1. If you ever taste of honey, you will be glad.
2. If you ever turn to God for His wisdom, you
will be glad that you did.
a. Just as honey is a joy to the taste buds,
even so God's wisdom is a
joy to the soul.
b. It will not only taste good, but it will
energize you.
c. It will act as a medicine. (It will help to cure "what ails
you." It
will help to correct your
ways. It will help to solve many of your
problems.)
E. It will produce a joyful expectation.
1. Once one gets a taste of honey, he looks
forward to the time when he will get
some more.
2. Once one gets a taste of the goodness of God
through the wisdom of God, one
joyfully looks forward to more.
Conclusion:
1.
If you have never tasted God's wisdom, then taste it now by trusting
Jesus Christ and
being saved. (I can assure you
that you will like it.)
2.
If you have already tasted God's wisdom, then you may have some
more. (There is plenty.)
Lesson #70
A PARABLE AGAINST HARMING GOD'S PEOPLE
Proverbs 24:15-16
Introduction:
This
proverb is spoken to a person who is wicked, but the lessons involved are for
both
the righteous and the wicked.
I.
The wicked person is warned not to do harm to the righteous, v. 15
A. He is not to do harm to the righteous man at
all.
1. He is not to harm him physically. (He is not to physically attack the
righteous.)
2. He is not to harm his name. (Reputation)
3. He is not to harm his family.
4. He is not to harm his property. (Nor to take his property from him.)
B. He cannot attack God's man without pitting
himself in direct opposition to God.
1. Saul of Tarsus was persecuting Christians.
2. Jesus asked, "Why persecutest
thou me?"
3. God takes it personal when anyone does harm
to one of His people.
C. There is just no way that the wicked can win
over the righteous.
II.
The righteous person is warned that he is apt to be attacked, V. 15
A. It is the nature of the wicked to attack the
righteous.
1. This has been the way of wicked men ever
since wicked Cain killed righteous
Abel.
2. The wicked man hates the righteous man
because his righteous life points out
the wickedness of his own.
3. Besides, the wicked hate the Lord of the
righteous and, therefore, they
hate the righteous.
4. This tendency to attack the righteous is
increased by the desire of the
wicked to take the possessions
of the righteous. (Jezebel and Ahab had
Naboth killed so they could
take Naboth's vineyard.
B. Being righteous does not prevent one from
being attacked by the wicked.
1. It did not prevent John the Baptist from
being beheaded by Herod.
2. It did not prevent the apostles from being
persecuted.
3. The New Testament warns: "All that will live godly in Christ
Jesus shall
suffer persecution," II Tim.
3:12.
III.
The righteous are encouraged in the time of persecution, V. 16
A. The righteous may suffer attack, but there is
help available.
B. That help is from God, Himself. (This is the implication.)
1. No matter how often the attack comes, help
from God is still available.
(Seven times he may fall, but
seven times he will rise as David was repeatedly
delivered from Saul.)
2. The Lord will never leave nor forsake His
people.
3. Even if they fall in death at the hands of
the enemy, yet they will arise
victorious in the resurrection.
C. There is no way the righteous can loose to the
wicked.
IV.
The righteous are encouraged to leave vengence
to the Lord, V. 16
A. This verse does not directly mention
vengeance.
B. But the implication is that judgment of the
wicked should be left in the hands
of God.
1. It is up to God to deliver His people.
2. It is up to Him to punish the wicked.
V.
The wicked is warned of his downfall, V. 16
A. He may be allowed to carry on his wickedness
for many years, but the time will come
when he will fall.
B. That fall will be sudden and final, Luke
16:22-26.
C. Being warned of this fall, he should repent
now while there is time.
Lesson #71
WATCHING ONE'S ATTITUDE TOWARD THE WICKED
Proverbs 24:17-22
Introduction:
This
text contains three proverbs. In each proverb
the first verse cautions one not to
have the wrong attitude toward the
wicked. In the second verse the reason
for the warning
is given.
I. A
CAUTION NOT TO REJOICE AT THE DOWNFALL OF THE WICKED, V. 17-18
A. The proverb warns specifically not to rejoice
at the downfall of an enemy, V. 17.
B. This proverb should be interpreted in the
light of the general context of Bible
teachings.
1. The Israelites rejoiced when Pharaoh's army
was drowned in the Red Sea.
a. Yet their attitude was not one of vengeance.
b. Rather, they rejoiced in God's power to
deliver.
c. Such rejoicing is God-honoring and not evil.
2. David did not rejoice at the death of King
Saul although Saul was his enemy.
a. He wept that one who was anointed of God had
fallen.
b. Such compassion is god-like and is an example
of the attitude admonished
in this proverb.
c. It is in keeping with the teachings of Jesus
who said, "Love your
enemy."
d.
Jesus further instructed to do good to
an enemy.
C. The reason for the warning is that God may
turn His wrath from the wicked and
direct it toward us if we rejoice at his downfall, V. 18.
1. Such ungodly rejoicing expresses hatred which
is a deadly sin.
2. The proverb implies that such an attitude of
hatred and vengeance may be as bad
in God's sight as whatever the
evil person had done toward us.
3. Therefore, God will surely punish.
II. A
caution to neither be angry nor envious toward the enemy, V. 19-20
A. "Fret not thyself..." in verse 19
is literally, "Be not angry..."
1. Anger toward evil men may be because of their
evil deeds.
2. It can be because of their prosperity.
3.
Such anger is very apt to be one's
reaction toward evil men.
B. The verse also cautions against being envious
of the evil man.
1. When one sees the prosperity of the wicked,
even if he is not angry, he is apt
apt to react with envy.
2. This, in turn, can cause one to imitate the
wicked in hopes of also gaining
prosperity.
C. The reason for the warning is that what lies
ahead for the wicked is not very
desirable, V. 20.
1. There shall be no "reward." (Literally: Future. He has nothing good in his
future.)
2. His candle may or may not burn brightly here,
but it will be put out in the
hereafter.
III.
A caution not to associate with wicked rebels, V. 21-22
A.
The proverb instructs one to revere or
honor both God and the king. (God and
country)
B. Particularly the proverb cautions one not to
meddle (mingle, associate) with those
who are given to change.
1. The warning is to not keep company with those
who are revolutionary in
thought and action.
2. They rebel against the laws of both God and
man. (They want to change God's
laws to agree with their own thinking
and they want to change the earthly ruler
for one who will agree with
their thinking.)
C. The reason for the warning is because sudden
calamity (ruin) will come upon them.
1. Since they oppose both God and the king then
they are subject to punishment
from both God and the king.
(Either could be ruinous.)
2. To be numbered with the rebels is to be in
danger of sharing their punishment.
Lesson #72
A GOOD NEIGHBOR POLICY
Proverbs 24:23-29
Introduction:
The
first 9 chapters of the Book of Proverbs is an introduction to the main
body. The
main collection, the main body, began in
chapter 10:1. A supplemental collection
added to
the main body began in chapter 22:17. A second supplemental collection begins here
in verse
23.
This new addition contains two main thoughts: (1)
The wise person behaves right toward
his neighbor; and (2) The wise works.
I.
Fair treatment in judgment, V. 23b-26
A. "Judgment" here has to do with the
court of justice.
B. Verse 23b is a caption for the next two
proverbs.
1. The caption declares that it is not good to
let prejudices, preconceived ideas
or special bonds of friendship
influence one's actions involving a legal
battle. (Neither in the testimony of the witness nor
in making the decision
as judge or juror.)
2. Such favors to friends or family can pervert
justice and do a great deal of
harm to the innocent.
C. Specifically, the wicked should not be
favored under the pretense that they are
in the right, V. 24.
1. One may win the court case for his friend by
such pretense, but he does
great harm both to others and
to himself by doing so.
2. He certainly does harm to the party who was
in the right by falsely
influencing the case against
him.
3. He does harm to the community and to the
land. (It is a curse to the whole
land when justice cannot be had
in the courts.)
4. He does harm to himself. (People will know of his shameful perversion
of
justice and despise him and he
will reap what he has sown.)
5. The implication, in view of the next proverb,
is that he also forfeits the
favors of God who is aware of
his dishonesty.
D. On the other hand, when one speaks the truth
before the court and, thus, rebukes
the wrong-doer, he shall enable justice to be done in the court, V. 25.
1. Instead of gaining the reproach of men, he
will gain their respect. (Be a
delight to them.)
2. Instead of losing the favor of God, he gains
the rich blessings of God.
E. It is vitally important to tell the truth
regardless of friendship, V. 26.
1. When one gives the right answer (tells the
truth) he is behaving as a true
friend.
2. It is as though he kisses the lips of others
involved.
3. He is a friend to the party who was
wrong. (He forces him to face reality
and to deal right with others.)
4. He is a friend to the party who was wronged.
(He helps to ensure that justice
is done to the person who was
wronged.)
5. He is a friend to society in general. (He improves the community and the
land.)
6. He may feel "But I owe it to my friend
to lie for him and help him, but in
reality he owes it to himself
and to God to tell the truth.
II. PLutting first things first, V. 27
A. Some view this proverb as saying that one
intending to build a house should first
do the necessary planning and gathering of the needed materials.
1. For instance, he must gather timber, rocks,
mortar, etc.
2. After that he can occupy himself with the
task of putting the materials together
to construct the house.
B. Another view is that one should give top
priority to the task of fulfilling his
responsibilities in his field of labor before seeking to gain the
comforts and
luxuries of life for himself.
1. For instance, the planting, cultivating and
harvesting of the crop is more
vital to one's well being than
the mere building of a comfortable place to
live.
2. After one has labored to perform his duties
then he can find time to seek the
comforts of life. (And he can better afford them.)
III.
A caution about speaking against one's neighbor, V. 28
A. Anger and grudges can sometimes prompt one to
speak against his neighbor. (Either
in court of law or in gossip)
1. The idea here in the proverb is a court of
law.
2. In the court one is not to resort to false
witness and in the community one
is not to resort to gossip.
B. But the idea is that one should make sure
that he has just cause before he speaks
against a neighbor either in or out of court.
C. If and when one does speak against his
neighbor, he should make sure that he tells
only the truth. (He is not to use
deceit and lies.)
D. This is especially important in view of God,
Gal.6:7.
IV.
A special warning agaist taking vengence, V. 29
A. Almost everyone can expect to be mistreated
in some way at some point of time.
(Even when he is not mistreated, he is apt to think that he is.)
B. Some are apt to say (either vocally or
silently), "I will get even; I will pay him
back."
C. The Bible repeatedly warns against taking
this attitude.
1. The Bible teaches that vengeance belongs to God.
2. It is our responsibility to forgive.
D. If we start taking vengeance, then God will
have to punish us.
Lesson #73
LESSONS FROM A WEED PATCH
Proverbs 24:30-34
Introduction:
Repeatedly
the proverbs have warned against being lazy.
In our text the warning is
sounded again.
I.
Passing by and observing the neglected field or vineyard, V. 30-31
A. The word, field, speaks of a cultivated
field, or in this case, a field that one
might expect to be cultivated.
B. The word, vineyard, refers to a grape
arbor. (While a vineyard is not
cultivated
in the same way as a grain field, never-the-less it requires a lot of
work to have
a productive vineyard.)
C. The writer of the proverb calls the owner of
the neglected field a sluggard, a lazy
person.
D. He calls the owner of the unkept
vineyard "...a man void of understanding."
1. Some interpreters think that the writer
speaks of one and the same man.
2. He is not actually unintelligent nor
incapable of thinking.
3. But because he is lazy he is no better off
than one who is incapable of
thinking. (He is a man void of understanding.)
4. He is certainly not thinking right and,
therefore, he was in effect --- stupid.
E. Note what the writer observed:
1. Both the field and the vineyard were grown up
with thorns and nettles.
2. The rock wall or fence had fallen down. (The wall had apparently been built
by some more industrious
person, but little or no repair work was being done.)
3. No harvest was being produced on either the
field nor the vineyard.
II.
The lesson which the writer learned, V. 32-34
A. He saw the condition of the field and the
vineyard, V. 32.
1. He saw the foolishness of the lazy owner.
2. He learned a lesson which would be profitable
for himself. (Someone has
said that the only profit from
that field and vineyard was not for the owner,
but for this wise observer.)
B. He could see the danger of this kind of
laziness coming upon anyone, V. 32.
1. A man is not born just naturally lazy; he
gradually becomes that way.
2. Sleep is designed of God and used properly is
a great benefit to man.
3. But if one over-indulges in sleep, it can
ruin him, V. 33.
4. A desire for rest and sleep can cause one to
neglect the very means of his
livelihood.
C. The result is that poverty comes upon the
sluggard, V. 34.
1. Like a traveler who is subject to robbery by
an armed robber, so he is
robbed by his own laziness.
2. The tragedy is heightened by the fact that he
had such great opportunity for
great harvests. (The field and the vineyard offered great
opportunities.)
III.
A lesson also in spiritual matters
A.
God has called upon all men to be saved and to work in His field and in His
vineyard.
B. Some men neglect to be saved and, thus, pass
up the opportunity to work in God's
field.
C. Some of the saved neglect to do the Lord's
work.
1. It takes work to make a New Testament church
productive for the Lord.
2. It takes work even to make one's own personal
life productive for the Lord.
3. To fail to work for the Lord and to produce
the proper spiritual harvest can
be very costly. (It can cost one blessings in this life and
rewards in the
next.)
4. It is more tragic to see one neglect the
spiritual harvest than to see one
neglect the natural harvest.
5. It is also more stupid.
Lesson #74
LESSONS RELATING TO KINGS
Proverbs 25:1-7
Introduction:
In
this chapter we see a new division to the proverbs, a fourth division. The main body
of the proverbs began in Proverbs 10:1. The proverbs of that division were all
written or at
least compiled by Solomon. This new division of the book is entitled,
"The Proverbs of
Solomon," but was not compiled by
him. The first supplemental division
began with Proverbs
22:17 and is entitled, "The Words of
the Wise." The second supplemental division began with
Proverbs 23:23. This fourth division of the book, which is
the third supplement, was written
some 250 to 280 years after Solomon and is
said to contain additional proverbs which were
written by Solomon. King Hezekiah assigned scholars of his day to
do the research, compile
these proverbs written by Solomon and make
them available for public instruction and use by
attaching them to the already existing
book.
These
first seven verses of this division relate to kings in one way or another.
I.
The unsearchable God and the searching king,V. 2
A. In the chain of authority above the common
man, the king is the highest earthly
authority. (Or at least, was in that day when almost all governments
consisted of
a king.)
B. Yet he is never to forget that there is one
authority who is exceedingly higher
than the king.
C. The proverb declares that it is the glory of
God to conceal a thing.
1. God has not, of course, concealed everything.
a. He has given man intelligence and allowed him
to search out and learn
many things.
b. He has already given man much information by
direct revelation.
2. But God's understanding is infinite, Psalm
147:5.
3. It is so vast that man cannot possibly
understand it all, Psalm 145:3;
Rom. 11:33.
4. It is to God's glory that His understanding
is so vast.
D. In contrast, the proverb declares that it is
the honor (glory) of kings to search
out a matter.
1. It is his business as the leader of the
nation to try to know what goes on
in his kingdom and even in the
other nations of the world.
2. It is necessary for him to be as well
informed as possible.
a. This enables him to make wise decisions which
will benefit his kingdom.
b. It enables him to make wise decisions in
judicial cases which are heard
before him.
3. But the point is, that unlike the all-knowing
God, he must constantly seek
to learn.
4. Also, the point is, there is no wisdom like
God's wisdom and, therefore,
even the king is to trust God
and rely on His wisdom.
II.
The unsearchable heart of the king, V. 3
A. Three things are said in the proverb to be unsearchable.
1. The heaven is unsearchable
in its height. (Limitless space.)
2. The earth is unsearchable
in its depth. (Man can dig only so far
and probe
only so far by means of
instruments; but beyond that he can only speculate.)
3. The heart of kings is also unsearchable.
B. The practical lesson is that a man should use
much caution in dealing with a king.
1. He may think that he is in the good graces of
a king and suddenly find himself
being executed by the king.
2. He must make sure that he clearly understands
the king's wishes and orders.
3. He must be careful to carry out those orders.
4. Yet it is even more important to make sure
that one pleases the One who
is higher than even the king.
III.
The importance of a righteous king, V. 4-5
A. In its natural form there is a lot of dross
in the ore of silver.
1. It is the finer's
responsibility to take this dross away.
2. By doing so he is able to produce good metal
for the vessel which he molds.
B. Even so, it is natural for a lot of evil men
in a nation to seek to gain positions
of influence and power.
1. These evil men must be removed from such
position of power and influence if
the kingdom is to be
established in righteousness.
2. It is chiefly the responsibility of the king
to purge out the dross.
3. By doing this he gains the favor of God upon
his reign.
IV.
The danger of self-exaltation, V. 6-7
A. One is not to be pushy and to exalt self
before the king.
1. He is not to stand in the place of great
men. (That is, he is not to presume
that he is one of the great
men.)
2. There is the danger of offending the king,
whose privilege and duty it is to
exalt men.
3. If the king becomes offended, the offender
will be embarrassed before all
and perhaps severely punished.
B. It is better to be content with a place of
lesser honor.
1. When the king gets ready to honor a man, the
king will call that man up to
the position of honor.
2. One should do his best to be deserving of
honor; then if and when the king
does honor him, it will be a
real honor.
C. Even so it is with God.
1. We should not push ourselves up into position
of honor. (Be content with a
lesser position.)
2. It is our responsibility to serve as best we
can in the position which we
are already in.
3. Then if God choses
to honor us, that is good; that is great!
Lesson #75
A WARNING ABOUT QUARRELING
Proverbs 25:8-10
Introduction:
This
proverb gives a timely warning about strife and contention. It sets forth three
rules.
I.
Be slow to get involved in strife, V. 8
A. Be doubly sure that your cause is just.
1. If you take time to re-examine the situation,
you may find that it was a
simple misunderstanding and not
an actual injustice by the other party.
2. It could even be that you are wrong.
B. Ask yourself if it is really worth quarreling
about.
1. Quarrels usually take place over such trivial
things.
2. Be sure that the issue is worth the strife
that would result.
C. Consider doing the more noble thing and
suffering a wrong.
1. Do not take it upon yourself to vindicate
yourself every time that you are
wronged.
2. Jesus didn't; Paul didn't; and you shouldn't.
3. Trust in the Lord to vindicate you in those
cases where you do suffer a
genuine wrong.
D. Consider the danger of proceeding with the
strife.
1. There is always the risk that you may lose in
the strife, V. 8b. (In the
court case or whatever)
2. There is the risk that either you or others
could be hurt. (Yourself, your
family, your friends, your
church)
3. Will more harm be done than good?
II.
Make every effort to make peace, V. 9a
A. Most quarrels are with family members,
friends, neighbors or other acquaintances.
B. Go directly to the party involved.
C. Present your complaint.
D. Do not go all over the neighborhood spreading
gossip --- either true of false ---
about that person.
E. The purpose of your conversation with him
should be to seek out a workable solution
and not just to press your case against him.
III.
Do not disclose secrets about your opponent, V. 9b
A. He may have previously confided some secret
to you, which you could now use
effectively against him.
B. You may have discovered some
other information which you could use against him
---information that does not at all pertain
to the issue.
C. Do not disclose such secret information.
1. To do so is not to fight fairly and is
unkind.
2. Be fair with him in every way.
D. Even if you should win your case by unfair
means, you will be exposed as the gossip
that you really have become and as the unfair person that you have
become.
E. You may be permanently hurt by your
actions. (You may never live down the
bad name
that you make for yourself.)
Conclusion:
Romans 12:18
Lesson #76
THE WISE USE OF THE TONGUE
Proverbs 25:11-15
Introduction:
In
our previous lesson we had a warning not to be an argumentative, quarrelsome
person.
This lesson also deals with words. It is designed to teach us to learn to
control our tongue
and to use words wisely.
I.
Beautiful words, V. 11
A. "A word fitly spoken..." in the
Hebrew is literally, "A word spoken upon its
wheels..."
1. The picture here is that of words arriving on
the wheels of a chariot."
2. They move swiftly and smoothly along.
B. The idea is that this word is appropriate.
1. It arrives at the right time. (Timely)
2. It is spoken in the right manner.
3. It is spoken out of the right motive. (Love, righteousness)
C. Such a timely word is compared to apples of
gold in pictures of silver.
1. That is, it has a silver setting. (The idea is either a silver frame, silver
background or, perhaps even an
ornamental silver tray.)
2. Thus, a word fitly spoken is beautiful; it is
a work of art.
D. The admonition is not so much to speak with
human intellectual skill as it is to
speak with wisdom from above.
II. Corective words, V. 12
A. This proverb speaks of a beautiful golden
ring or ornament adorning one's ear.
(A pierced ear)
B. So is reproof from a wise instructor upon the
ears of an obedient listener.
1. Such reproof may come from a
parent, a preacher, a teacher, a friend or from
the study of the word of God.
2. Such reproof comes from one who wants not to
hurt or hinder, but to help.
3. By obedience to such words dangers may be
avoided and much help received.
C. The proverb is an admonition to the speaker
(whether parent, preacher, teacher or
whoever) to faithfully deliver corrective instruction. (Something that
is right,
something that is wise.)
D. It is also an admonition to the hearer to be
submissive and obedient to such
reproof. (It is in his best
interest.)
III.
Refreshing words, V. 13
A. The picture here is not that of a pre-mature
blast of winter bringing snow upon
the harvest workers in the field.
(That would be a hardship, not a blessing.)
B. Rather, it is a picture of workers laboring
in the heat at harvest time being
refreshed by drinks cooled by ice and
snow from the cliffs of a nearby mountain.
C. The picture applies to the faithfulness of
the messenger.
1. It refreshes his master who sent him to the
mountain to bring back the cool
water. (He is reassured by the faithfulness and
efficiency of the messenger
when he returns with the cool
water.)
2. By such faithfulness cities have been saved
from destruction, wars have been
won, businesses were made profitable
and souls have been won to Christ and
salvation.
IV.
Empty words, V. 14
A. The subject here is of one who boasts about a
false gift. (That is, about a gift
of falsehood or a false promise.)
1. He is loud and long in making promises, but
he is short on fulfilling his
promises.
2. But he never intended to fulfill his
promises.
B. He is like a cloud that brings no rain.
1. He is all wind and thunder.
2. Such a cloud may repeatedly thunder with the
promise of rain.
3. But he just does not deliver.
C. What a disappointment in a time when rain is
needed!
V.
Soft words, V. 15
A. One with a legitimate complaint may be
tempted to pour out his displeasure when
he appears before the judges.
(But if he does he is apt to hurt his chances by
such display of anger.)
B. If he will forebear his anger and merely
present the facts of his case, he has a
better chance of gaining favor with the judge.
1. The proverb says that a soft tongue breaks
the bone which is very hard.
2. The idea is that a soft approach to the judge
can break down hard
resistance.
Lesson #77
PRACTICAL LESSONS IN SELF CONTROL
Proverbs 25:16-20
Introduction:
These
proverbs set forth some important lessons in learning to control one's conduct.
I.
Moderation, V. 16
A. Too much even of a good thing can cause a
problem.
1. Even too much honey can make one sick.
2. Too much of other good foods can do the same.
B. The obvious lesson, as it involves foods, is
not to overindulge in any food or
drink.
1. Some should be avoided altogether. (Alcohol, etc.)
2. Be moderate in partaking even of that which
is wholesome.
C. Perhaps the main lesson is that one should
not be greedy in anything.
II.
Consideration, V. 17
A. This proverb is an extension of the one in
verse 16.
1. It may be good, pleasurable and profitable to
visit with a neighbor.
2. But there is danger in visiting too much.
B. The term, "Withdraw thy food..."
has been variously translated.
1. Some have translated it: "Withhold thy foot..."
2. Some have translated it: "Let thy foot be seldom in..."
C. The meaning is: Do not spend too much time at the home of a
friend or neighbor.
(Not even if it is your very best friend or your closest relative.)
1. They need time to do their work.
2. They need time to be with one another without
your presence.
D. If you visit too frequently you will become a
hindrance, a nuisance, a pest and
you will become unwelcome and despised.
III.
Truthfulness, V. 18
A. Lying against someone else is like attacking
him (or her) with a weapon of war.
(It is like brutally murdering him with a maul, an arrow or a spear.)
B. It reveals hatred in the heart which is
equivalent to murder.
C. The lessons are:
1. Do not lie about others.
2. Do not repeat gossip. (The gossip which you repeat may be lies.)
3. Do not choose companions who gossip and lie
about others to you, because
they will likely gossip and lie
about you to others.
IV.
Dependability, V. 19
A. It is a painful and tragic experience to be
depending one someone in a time of
great trouble or need and have
them to make no serious effort to help you.
1. In addition to not trying to help you some
may actually try to hurt you.
2. Someone has said, "A friend in need is a
friend indeed," but one who deserts
you in your need is not a
friend at all.
B. Depending on such a person is like trying to
chew on a broken tooth or trying to
walk on a broken foot.
C. The lessons are:
1. Be careful to choose friends who are
dependable.
2. Be careful to be the kind of friend on whom
others can depend.
3. Remember that the Lord is a Friend on whom
you can depend.
V.
Comforting, V. 20
A. It is vain and foolish to go out in cold
weather without heavy clothing. (Some
may do so to show their manliness or, at least, to appear manly.)
B. To dissolve niter (lye) in oil can make a
useful soap, but to pour vinegar in it
destroys its cleansing power.
C. So, when you seek to comfort others be
careful not to say something that would add
more to their pain.
D. Be consoling and to do what you can to
assist.
E. Remember to point them to God who cares and
who can help in every trouble.
Lesson #78
SELF CONTROL IN DEALING WITH OTHERS
Proverbs 25:21-28
Introduction:
Not
every proverb in this group deals with self-control, but most do. They show the
importance of self control in dealing with
other people.
I.
Self control in dealing with an enemy, V. 21-22
A. The flesh nature would cause us to want to
deal with the enemy in the same unkind way
that he deals with us. (An eye
for an eye and a tooth for a tooth, etc.)
B. But this proverb instructs us to deal kindly
with the enemy, even though he does not
deal kindly with us.
1. If he is hungry feed him; if he is thirsty
give him to drink.
2. The implication is that we are to do good to
him in whatever way we can, Rom.
12:20-21.
3. This is not to be done in hypocrisy, but in
sincerity and love, Matt. 5:38-44.
C. Do not worry about taking vengeance; if
vengeance becomes necessary God will take
care of that, V. 22; Rom. 12:19.
II.
Self control with regard to a backbiting tongue, V. 23
A. The idea of the term "backbiting
tongue" as used here is one who speaks slanderous
things in secret about someone else.
B. Another translation of the first part of the
proverb reads, "The north wind
bringeth forth rain." (With either translation the reference is to
a storm-front
from the north first bringing rain and then
bringing blue skies as the storm front
moves on through.)
C. The analogy is: Even so one who is guilty of
backbiting (secret slander) will also
bring forth a storm front. He will
bring forth an angry countenance which will
rise against him.
1. Earlier proverbs have warned against doing
harm to others by such slander.
2. But this proverb warns that it can result in
harm to self by someone whom
we have angered with our
slander or by someone else slandering us as we have
done.
III.
Self control of the tongue in the home, V. 24
A. This proverb is a repeat of Proverbs
21:9. (Perhaps it is because, in His
wisdom,
God knew that this particular lesson needs to be repeated often.)
B. To live in the corner of the flat roof of a
housetop would be very unpleasant.
1. For one thing there would be limited space.
2. For another thing, one would be exposed to
the heat in the summer and the
cold in the winter. (Also exposed to storms.)
C. But it can be worse to live in huge house
with a quarrelsome woman.
D. Lessons:
1. Do not marry a rich woman for her money. (Covetousness is a sin and sin
brings punishment. A part of the punishment could be living with
the woman
that you married in order to
get her money.)
2. Be careful to chose the right kind of person
to marry.
3. Be careful lest you become a nagging,
complaining person and bring unhappiness
on both you and your
companion.)
4. Cultivate a cheerful attitude rather than a
complaining attitude.
IV.
Good news from a far country, V. 25
A. This proverb does not especially relate to
self-control.
B. Rather, it compares the receiving of good
news from a far country with the refreshing
experience of drinking cold water when one is thirsty.
1. Hence, it is a joyous experience to receive
such news.
2. For example:
One who has come from a far country would be thrilled to have
good news from home.
3. Or one, who had a loved one traveling abroad
would be thrilled to have good
news concerning that loved one.
C. Even so, the gospel is good news from a far
country.
1.
It is the good news of the Savior who came from heaven and died for us
that we
might be saved. (That we might stay out of hell and go to
heaven)
2. It is the good news of the soon return of our
Lord.
D. It is advisable for the unsaved to welcome
this news when it is brought.
E. It is advisable for those of us who are saved
to exercise the self-control that is
necessary in spreading this good news to others.
V.
More about self control in dealing with the wicked, V. 26
A. Do not be afraid of the wicked and be
overcome by the wicked. (Do not be
trampled
down by them.)
B. For the righteous to cow down and give in to
the wicked is like a spring of water
with its wall broken down and its water polluted.
C. For example the Israelites were terrified
before Goliath, but David was brave in
the Lord and overcame Goliath.
VI.
Self control in eating honey, V. 27
A. This proverb is like verse 16.
B. The difference is that verse 16 warned about
being overly greedy, whereas this
verse warns against seeking self glory. (Eating too much honey can make
one sick
physically, but seeking self glory is a spiritual sickness which will
bring
shame instead of glory.)
VII.
Learning to control self, V. 28
A. One who is unable to control himself is like
a city that is without defense.
B. Thus, one is to learn to control himself.
1. He is to learn to control his temper.
2. He is to learn to control his tongue.
3. He is to learn to control his lust and
passions.
4. He is to learn to control his mind. (He is not to allow his mind to dwell on
evil things, but rather on
wholesome, righteous things.
Lesson #79
PROVERBS ABOUT THE FOOL
Proverbs 26:1-12
Introduction:
Note
the word, fool, in all of these proverbs except verse 2, but the idea of
foolishness
is even in that verse. The word, fool, here
refers primarily to moral or spiritual shortcomings
rather than to a lack of intelligence. It denotes a willful disregard of right, an
obstinate
rebellious will, a head-strong
determination to have one's own way. The
word can be used to
refer to one who does not have intellect,
but it seldom does.
I.
Honor not appropriate for a fool, V. 1
A. Snow is unlikely in summer time, but if it
should come it could be quite damaging.
B. Rain in the harvest time in Palestine was
highly unlikely, but like snow in the
summer, if it should come it would be damaging.
C. Even so, honor for a fool is highly unlikely,
but if it should come it would not
seem appropriate and it could be damaging.
II.
Undeserved curses, V. 2
A. The word, curse, here means to speak
maliciously against or to pronounce a curse
upon. (The latter sense seems to
be the meaning here.)
B. Often times such curses are undeserved and
maliciously uttered.
C. The expression, "...shall not come"
carries the idea that pronouncement of harm
made in the curse will not come to pass.
1. The point of the proverb is that one against
whom the curse is uttered should
pay it no mind and not worry
about it.
1. As the wandering bird or flying swallow the curse
will go harmlessly by.
2. It is only when one has been guilty of wrong
that he should become alarmed
that such prophetic curse might
very well come true.
D. This verse, coming in the midst of the others
about fools, implies that it is the
fool who utters such curses against the innocent.
III.
The appropriatness of punishment for the fool,
V. 3
A. Verse 1 has said that honor is not
appropriate nor beneficial for the fool, but
verse 3 says that punishment is.
B. A whip is appropriate for the horse. (It helps to make him go and to direct him
in the direction he should go.)
C. A bridle helps to accomplish the same purpose
for the ass or donkey. (It may also
cause him to stop when he should.)
D. Even so corrective punishment is beneficial
and appropriate for the fool. (It
may make him go; it may cause him
to change directions; it may cause him to stop.)
IV.
Not agreeing with a fool in his folly, V. 4
A. To agree with a fool in his folly may
encourage him further in his folly.
B. The danger to yourself is that if you are in
agreement with him you may become like
him.
V.
Rebuking or correcting a fool about his folly, V. 5
A. Do not allow him to think that you think he
is right.
B. By voicing your disagreement with his action
or premise, there is a chance that you
may help him to see the folly of his ways.
VI.
The foolishness of depending on a fool for vital business, V. 6
A. To depend on him is like one cutting off his
own feet and, thus, crippling himself.
B. It is like drinking a poisonous or harmful
drink.
C. It is like giving the chicken to the fox.
VII.
The fool's misuse of words of wisdom, V. 7
A. The lame man is unable to properly use his
legs. (One version reads, "They
hang
limp...")
B. Likewise the fool is unable to rightly use
parables or proverbs.
1. A proverb may, within itself, contain much
wisdom.
2. But he is not likely to understand its
wisdom.
3. He may even try to misapply its meaning and,
thus, misuse the wisdom which
is in the proverb.
VIII.
The foolishness of a person who promotes or honors a fool, V. 8
A. To tie a stone in a sling will only hurt
one's self.
B. To promote a foolish person will wind up
hurting the one who promotes him.
C. There are some alternate translations of the
first part of this verse, but the
lesson is the same.
IX.
The harm inflicted to self in misusing wisdom, V. 9
A. It was pointed out in verse 1 that a fool may
misuse words of wisdom. (He may try
to turn them and use them for his own selfish and wicked purposes.)
B. When he does so, he is like a drunkard handling
thorns. (The first thing you know,
he has stuck one of the thorns into his hand.)
C. So the wicked person who twists truth and
tries to use it for selfish or evil
purposes. (Eventually he will get
stuck by it.)
X.
The foolishness of hiring a fool, V. 10
A. This verse is extremely difficult to
translate from the Hebrew to the English.
B. The general idea is that one should reward
(pay or hire) only those who are proven
to be capable and trustworthy.
XI.
The fool returning to his foolishness, V. 11
A. A dog, because it is his nature, will return
to his own vomit and eat that which
has already made him sick.
B. So, a fool will not profit by his mistake,
but will return and repeatedly do the
thing which has already proven harmful to
him. (Drunkenness, dope, adultery,
stealing, etc.)
XII.
The foolishness of conceit, V. 12
A. One who thinks that only he can be right is
foolish.
B. He not only is wrong, but by refusing to listen
to one who knows, he will continue
to be wrong.
Lesson #80
LAZY, LAZY, LAZY
Proverbs 26:13-19
Introduction:
One
may wonder why the proverbs have so much to say about laziness. (1)
For one thing,
it is because there is such a great
tendency in the human race to become lazy.
We need
repeated warning. (2) Another reason is because laziness is a
sin. It is a much more grievous
sin than one might realize. God intends for man to work and to refuse to
do so is rebellion
against God's will. (3) Perhaps a third reason is that we go
through different stages in life.
Whereas one may have been quiet industrious
at an earlier stage in life, he may have a tendency
to let down at a later period.
I.
Looking for an excuse, V. 13
A. The lazy man can be quiet inventive in
finding excuses to keep from going to work.
B. The proverb cites as an example the man who
says that he cannot go to work because
there might be a lion in the streets.
1. A real lion in the streets would pose a real
danger, of course.
2. But the lion in this case is obviously
imaginary and is but an imaginary
excuse.
C. The lion is but an example of all sorts of
imaginary excuses. (My head hurts; its
making my back hurt; there is too much fog; there is too smoke.)
II.
His own little world, V. 14
A. The door turns back and forth on its hinges,
but it never leaves out of its spot.
B. Even so the slothful person turns back and
forth on his bed.
1. But the point is that he does not go any
place.
2. If he does stir off his bed, it is still
within his small little area with
as little activity as possible.
3. You see the door where it is today; that is
where it was yesterday and that
is where it will be
tomorrow.
4. Really, the bed, the bathroom and the couch
are about as far as he goes.
They are his favorite spots.
III.
Too lazy to eat, V. 15
A. The Hebrew word that is here translated
"bosom" means literally, "A hollow thing"
and is usually translated "dish or bowl."
B. But the main point is that the slothful
person finds it a burden to even lift his
hand to his mouth to eat.
C. The implication is that other necessary things
of life are also burdensome to him.
1. If it is too much trouble to eat, it is
certainly too much trouble to cook.
2. It is likewise too much trouble to wash the
dishes.
3. And it is much too much trouble to take a
bath, etc.
IV.
The dumb conceited nitwit, V. 16
A. Perhaps a good title for this caption would
be "The Stupid Fool." (See
verse 12.)
B. The lazy person is foolish enough to think
that getting out of work is being smart.
1. He things that he is just using his head.
2. In his own conceit he is smarter than seven
teachers. (7 men who are smart
enough to know what to do; they know that
the right answer is work.)
C. But if he were using his brain, he would know
that he needs to use his body --- to
work.
1. He would know that it is to his benefit to
work and earn an income.
2. He would know that others could use his
services.
3. He would know that it is to the benefit of
his health to be active.
D. Laziness of body also leads to laziness of the
mind. (One does not exercise much
in learning while he sleeps or sits in front of a television all the
time.)
Conclusion:
1.
Quite obviously, when the husband, the head of the house is the lazy
one, it can spell
hardship for the whole family.
(Not only because of lack of provisions, but because of
the way of life which he teaches the children)
2.
Yet it can also be disastrous for the mother to be the lazy one. (Many homes have
suffered as a result of a lazy mother.)
3. Children
learn from their parents and should be taught work and responsibility by their
parents.
a. Parents should teach work with their words of
instruction.
b. They should teach work by example
c. They should teach work by giving their children
responsibility.
4.
Let us not be lazy in the work of the Lord.
Lesson #81
TROUBLE-MAKERS AND HYPOCRITES
Proverbs 26:20-28
Introduction:
These
proverbs sound out a warning against trouble-makers and hypocrites. Actually the
two can be one and the same person. The hypocrite is a trouble-maker.
I.
Fuel ror the fire, V. 20
A. If you will stop putting wood on the fire the
fire will eventually go out. (As long
as you put on wood the fire will burn.)
B. Even so as long as somebody bickers, gossips
or tells tales the strife will continue.
C. If the strife is going to end the bickering,
the gossip and talebearing must stop.
II.
Kindling the fire in the first place, V. 21,
A. The first word "coal" is
"black coal;" the second is
the hot burning red coal.
B. The idea in the illustration is that the hot
coal ignites the black coals. (If the
hot coal had been cool it would have never ignited the black coals.)
C. Even so a contentious man will ignite strife with
others. (The word contentious
carries several ideas: Argumentative, grouchy, unpleasant, unfriendly,
quarrelsome,
quick-tempered. If the
contentious person would learn to not be contentious the
strife would not begin.)
III.
Piercing words that go deep, V. 22
A. The Hebrew word that here is translated
"wounds" may be translated "dainty morsels."
(The idea is that when eaten they go down to the innermost parts of a
man.)
B. Even so, hateful, spiteful words of a
talebearer go deep within and there they wound
the individual. (They hurt
deeply.)
IV.
A show of hypocricy, V. 23-25
A. Verse 23 speaks of a potsherd covered with
silver as a picture of hypocrisy.
1. "Burning lips" here represent the
warmth of friendship. (Either warm words
or, perhaps, warm kisses.)
2. But in spite of the warm show of friendship,
in this particular case there is
wickedness purposed in the
heart against the same individual to whom the
warmth is shown.
3. This is like a potsherd (An earthenware
vessel) being covered and glazed over
with a silver dross. (It takes on the appearance of silver, but it
is not
silver. It is a fake.)
B. Verse 24 speaks of that same hypocrite.
1. He dissembleth with
his lips; he plays the hypocrite.
2. But within his heart there is hatred and
deceit.
C. Verse 25 warns us to beware of such hypocrisy
and not be deceived by it.
1. His speech is fair and friendly, but his
heart is evil and tricky.
2. This verse does not suggest that we become
suspicious of everyone, but rather
that we be observant and learn
to read the character of people.
3. Until you do know them, do not put yourself
into a position to be hurt by
deceit on their part.
V.
Hidden hatred to be uncovered, V. 26
A. This verse is a warning to the hypocrite.
B. His
hatred will sooner or later be uncovered and made known to all.
1. The implication is that his hatred finally
causes him to do some evil deed,
for which he will be judged and
punished.
2. He may be judged and held in contempt.
3. Another implication is that one day God will
judge him and his hypocrisy will
be made known and his bitter
hatred within revealed. (God will judge
not only
for the evil deed, but also for
the evil hatred within the heart.)
VI.
Setting a trap for self, V. 27
A.
When, because of hatred within, one digs
a pit for somebody else to fall into, he
will be the one to get hurt by it in the long run. (He may hurt others, but hurts
himself the most.)
B. The second illustration teaches the same truth.
1. The verse speaks of one rolling a rock to
some vantage point with the intent
of rolling it off onto his
victim at an opportune moment.
2. The proverb represents the rock as rolling
instead back upon himself.
3. The point is, that even if one is successful
in hurting his intended victim,
he himself will be hurt the
most in the long run.
VII.
The destructive capability of the tongue, V. 21
A. The lying tongue belongs to the hypocrite, who
speaks with warm words of
friendliness to the individual, but he speaks shameful ideas about him
to his back.
B. His warm words of friendliness (his flattery)
are just as ruinous as his backbiting
lies because it throws you off your guard. (Both his gossip and his flattery are
intended to hurt.)
C. The proverb cautions us not to be gullible
and taken in by such flattery.
D. It especially cautions us not to engage in
such sinful activity that would first hurt
others and eventually hurt ourselves even
more.
Lesson #82
LEANING TOOMUCH IN THE WRONG DIRECTION
Proverbs 27:1-6
Introduction:
Did
you ever see a shed, a building, a tree or a sign leaning over too much? It looked
as if it was in danger of falling --- and
it was. These six proverbs speak of
people who are
leaning too much in the wrong direction.
I.
Too sure of tomorrow, V. 1
A. The lesson of this proverb is repeated in
James 4:13-14.
B. There are too many uncertainties concerning
tomorrow for us to count too much on
what we will or will not do.
1. We might be sick, might have an accident or
might have some emergency to
arise.
2. Something could even happen today before
tomorrow comes.
C. Many unsaved foolishly put off salvation
until tomorrow. (Until it is too late)
D. Many of us saved too often put off service to
God that could and should be done
today.
E. This proverb is not intended to imply that we
should not plan for tomorrow.
1. But it does mean that we should understand
that we may not be able to carry
out those plans.
2. It also means that we should rely more on the
leadership of God than on our
man-made plans.
II.
too boastful, V. 2
A. The purpose of boasting about self is to lift
oneself up in the eyes of others.
B. Boasting actually does the very
opposite; there is no surer way to lose
esteem in
the eyes of others.
C. Instead of insuring success, it brings about
a downfall, Pro. 16:18.
D. If praises are deserved, it is better to let
come from others.
1. Surely some other person will see your worth
and give you the recognition that
you deserve.
2. It is best that the praise not even come from
some family member nor some very
close personal friend.
3. The praise is more meaningful if it comes
from someone not already prejudiced
in your favor.
III.
Too angry, V. 3
A. A fairly large stone is easily recognized as
a heavy weight.
B. A bucket or box of sand is also heavy.
C. But having to face the wrath of someone who
feels that he has been wronged is an
even heavier burden.
1. We naturally should try to avoid such burdens
by trying not to do others
wrong.
2. But we cannot avoid the wrath of others
altogether no matter how much we try.
3. We will need the help of God in such cases.
IV.
Too jealous, V. 4
A. Wrath, which has already been described as a
heavy burden, is again called to our
attention.
1. It is said to be cruel. (And there is no reason for us to be cruel to
others. We have all been guilty of such cruelty and
we all ought to seek
God's forgiveness.)
2. Anger is said to be outrageous. (The Hebrew meaning is that it is like a
destructive flood of
water. It rages like a flood of water.)
B. Likewise, who is able to stand the anger or
wrath of the envious person?
1. The word, envy, here does not mean desirous
of something which somebody else
has.
2. Rather, it means the jealousy of the other
person who feels that he has been
wronged.
3. There are many applications for this verse. (The jealous husband or wife,
the jealous friend or neighbor,
the jealous fellow worker, or even the jealous
fellow Christian)
4. Jealousy is always a destructive force.
V.
Too little evidence of one's love, V. 5
A. Open rebuke is not easy to bare.
1. The idea in the verse is not necessarily
rebuke spoken openly before the
public, but rather rebuke that
is spoken openly and frankly to the party.
2. To be rebuked in such a way can be painful.
B. But even this is better than secret love or
friendship.
1. One may genuinely feel friendship toward
another person, but if he never shows
his friendship then his
friendship is of no benefit to his friend.
2. A rebuke, as painful as it may be, at least
may help the individual.
3. But friendship that is not expressed in acts
of friendship is of no benefit.
VI.
Too friendly, V. 6
A. This proverb looks to the other extreme and
speaks of one who is too friendly.
B. The person whose acts of friendship are only
pretense is not desirable at all.
1. He may even express his friendship with many
kisses.
2. The Hebrew language here speaks of him
kissing overly much.
3. His words and acts of friendship are
"laid on too thick." (They are
not
sincere.)
4. Such a person is apt to love to your face,
but he is also apt stab you when
your back is turned.
C. The proverb, thus, warns us to be watchful of
those who are overly friendly toward us.
D. Indirectly, it warns us not to deal in such a
deceitful way toward others, for God
will surely deal with us for such deceitfulness.
Lesson #83
PRACTICING THE FINE ART OF WISDOM
Proverbs 27:7-14
Introduction:
There
is an art to doing many things. There is
an art to playing the piano, plowing a
garden, even sweeping the floor. There is an art to putting wisdom to work in
one's life.
I.
Maintaining a healthy appitite, V. 7
A. It is healthy to have an appetite.
1. A sick person may lose his appetite even
though he has not eaten.
2. But usually it is only those who are full who
have lost their appetite.
3. Actually it is hunger which stimulates
appetite.
B. Thus, it can be a blessing for one not to
have an over abundance of material things.
1. One is more apt to be grateful for what he
has. (When you are hungry anything
tastes good.)
2. One is more apt to feel a dependency on God.
3. One is more apt to be sympathetic toward
others and more generous toward them.
C. It is spiritually healthy to have an appetite
for God and the things of God.
1. It is hazardous to the soul not to hunger for
the gospel.
2. It is hazardous to one's well being in this
life not to hunger for spiritual
food.
3. The greatest poverty of all is when one is so
well supplied that he feels no
need for God.
II.
Contentment at home, V. 8
A. God, through nature, has given a bird an
instinct to build her nest in the safest
place and in the safest manner.
1. There she has shelter and provisions.
2. Not that she is to stay in the nest all of
the time, but she is to stay
somewhere close by so that she
can make frequent visits to her nest.
3. Harm is most apt to come to the bird when it
gets far away from its natural
habitat.
B. So it is with man.
1. Not that the person should be confined to the
house all of the time.
2. But he should stay very close to home so that
he is at home most of the time.
3. This expresses contentment.
4. It is a spirit of discontentment that causes
one to roam here, there and
everywhere.
5. Harm is very apt to come to one who has this
discontented, wandering, searching
spirit. (Pity that man. Such was the spirit of The Prodigal Son.)
6. Pity also the church member who seldom, if
ever, darkens the door of his church
home.)
III.
Good counsel of a Freind, V. 9
A. Ointment and perfume can make the atmosphere
more pleasant and can lift one's
spirits. (It can make for a
happier circumstance. Even a little
deodorant helps!)
B. Even so the good counsel of a friend is very
uplifting.
1. The idea is that one should not lean
altogether on his own understanding and
abilities.
2. He should learn to seek out good counsel and
advice from competent friends.
3. It can lift one out of despondency and put
one on the right track.
4. The best friend of all is the Lord and the
counsel which His word offers is
the best counsel of all.
IV.
True friendship, V. 10
A. The idea in this proverb is that of a long time
family friend.
1. He is your personal friend. (Thine own friend)
2. He was also your father's friend before he
was your's.
B. Thus, he has a double claim to your loyalty.
1. How tragic that some would turn their backs
upon such a long time friend and
refuse to help him in his time
of need. (Be a true friend and help him.)
2. How tragic some will turn from such a long
time friend when they, themselves
need a friend. (That is the kind of friend who is most
likely not to turn
his back on you.)
C. The Lord is a long time Friend.
1. He was a Friend to your forefathers before
you.
2. He has a long history of befriending
you. (He has befriended you from your
earliest existence.)
3. He is the truest Friend of all.
4. Seek His counsel in all things.
5. Seek His help in every need.
V. A
wise son, V. 11
A. In this proverb the son is advised by the
father to live wisely.
1. That is, the son is to follow the wise
training which the father has given.
2. Likewise, the term "my son" could
apply to the student as addressed by the
kindly teacher.
B. Such a wise son will make his father's heart
glad.
1. He will live in such a way as to bring the
blessings of God upon his life.
2. The godly life of the son will put to silence
the critics who may complain
to the father about his son.
C. On the other hand, an unwise son will make
the heart of his father to hurt.
VI. Avoiding
trouble, V. 12
A. A wise man learns to look ahead and foresee
the possible danger of a certain course
of action. (Then when he foresees
the danger he avoids that course of action and,
thus, avoids the danger.)
B. The simple (Hebrew--the inexperienced or
unlearned) ignore the danger ahead and
suffer the consequences.
VII.
Risky loans, V. 13
A. One particular danger that men should foresee
is that of making risky loans or
extending risky credit.
B. The first instruction is that you should take
the garment of one who is surety for
a stranger.
1. The idea is that the person who wants the
loan is a stranger to both you and
to the person who offers to
stand good for the loan.
2. Neither he nor you can know the stranger's
capability to repay the dept nor
if he is honest enough to repay
it.
3. Therefore, take security from the person who
guarantees the loan.
4. He may be willing to take an extreme risk,
but that does not mean that you
should.
C. The second instruction is that you should
take a pledge from him who guarantees the
loan or credit of a strange woman.
1. The term "strange woman," as used
here, does not mean that she is unknown to
you; it means that she is an
adulterous woman.
2. The idea is that the man who is suckered in
by her flirtations may promise you
that he will stand good for
almost any amount of credit for her.
3. But if your are going to extend that credit
to her on his guarantee, you had
better require that he put up
some kind of security.
4. If you don't the chances are that neither one
will pay you a thing.
VIII.
Spotting the insincere, V. 14
A. When one "lays it on too thick"
with complements that is a good sign of insincerity.
1.
At the least, this is hypocrisy.
2. At the worst, it is a sign of intended
malice.
B. Beware!
1. This person is not to be trusted.
2. He is shifty, pretentious, deceitful and
dishonest.
C. Beware all the more!
1. Do not be that kind of person.
2. Do not hesitate to compliment, but be sincere
and simple.
3. It is worse to be the hypocrite than to be
deceived by one.
Lesson #84
A NAGGING WIFE
Proverbs 27:15-16
Introduction:
Read
Proverbs 19:13 and Proverbs 21:9, 19.
The writer of the proverbs does not intend
to indicate that a woman is the only one in
a home who may "raise cane."
Yet it has repeatedly
warned the woman not to argue. The warning is which was especially given to
the woman in
Proverbs 19:13 is sounded out anew is this
proverb that the woman is not to nag. It
seems that
this is a trait which belongs chiefly to a
woman. That may be because she may feel
that this
ia her only recourse. A man is more apt to explode in anger than to
nag.
I.
The nagging of the woman (wife) like a continual dripping of water on a
rainy day, V. 15
A. It is not the dropping of rain on the outside
of the house that is most troublesome;
it is the drip, drip, drip of leaks on the inside of the house.
1. Roof tops in Palestine were flat and were
usually made of mud.
2. They often dried and then cracked in hot dry
weather and were subject to
leaking in wet weather.
B. Such leaks on a rainy day could be very
annoying.
1. You could not get out into the weather
without getting wet.
2. Nor could you stay inside and stay dry.
3. The longer the rain the more the frustration
builds.
4. It just seems that the dropping will never
stop.
C. Such is the aggravation of listening to
someone nag, nag, nag!
1. It wears and tears on the nerves.
2. The longer it continues the more intense the
aggravation.
3. It can seem as though it will never end.
II.
Fruitless efforts to shut her up, V. 16
A. The proverb does not say whether the efforts
to stop her from nagging are made by
the husband or by some bystander.
B. There are some problems with translation in
this verse. The New International
Version reads: "Restraining
her is like restraining the wind or like grasping oil
with the hand."
C. It is a hopeless case to try to restrain such
a woman.
1. It is like trying to restrain the wind.
2. It is like trying to pick up oil or ointment
with the hand.
3. It seems that the efforts to restrain her can
only make matters worse.
III.
A question then of what to do
A. Remember that the proverbs were given to us to
make us think.
1. This proverb was not given in order to amuse
us with the comparison which is
used.
2. It is not given to cause the husband to feel
sorry for himself and say, "Ohhh,
poor abused me!"
3. It is not given to pick on wives and make
them feel undue shame.
B. It is given to give an insight into dealing
with a problem that may already exist
in some homes.
1. For one thing it cautions the husband not to
try to stop his wife from pouring
out her emotions. (All of the charges which she makes may not
be real, but the
emotions are and they need to
come out.)
2. It should cause the husband to do some real
soul-searching. (Is there some
truth to the charges? Of what other wrongs might he be guilty that
she has not
charged him with? Sometimes a wife may be angry about one thing
and yet
complain about another. At any rate he should seek to improve his
treatment
of his wife.)
3. He should also do some soul-searching about
his relationship with God. (Has
he let down in his efforts to
please God? In other words, is God
displeased
at him for something and using
this to chasten him?)
4. He should make an all out effort to get right
with God and do what is right.
5. He should take special care not to let the
nagging cause him to do something
equally wrong in the sight of
God. (Such as striking her)
6. He should remember his love for her and seek
to help her no matter what the
problem.
7. He should not give a second thought to
separation or divorce, but seek the
help of God in solving the cause
of the problem.
8. On the woman's part, it is given to help her
to stop her nagging and to see
that things are not as bad as
she seems to think. (Her husband should
not
try to stop her from nagging,
but she should try to stop herself.)
9. It also warns her that her nagging will not
solve any problem, but will make
the problem worse. (Let me repeat: Nagging does not help. It only makes the
problem worse!)
10. If she continues to nag she
can actually destroy her home.
11. You won't like yourself if
you become a nag, so how can you expect him to
like you?
C. The proverb is intended to help avoid some
problems before they arise.
1. Husbands, try to behave in such a way that
your wife will not feel the need
to nag. (You may avoid a lot of trouble that way.)
2. Wives, your husband will be a lot more
loving, more kind and considerate if you
never start nagging. (You will simply drive a wedge between you.)
3. Husbands and wives, remember that you love
your mate. (Be considerate, be
kind and be forgiving.)
4. Christians, remember that you love God and
seek to please Him.
Conclusion:
Do
all you can to keep such a problem from arising in your home. But if it does arise,
bend over backward to make things
right. You'll be glad you did.
Lesson #85
LESSONS ABOUT HUMAN NATURE
Proverbs 27:17-22
Introduction:
These
six proverbs give us a better insight into our own human nature and that of
others.
They show how we may benefit from knowing
certain things about human nature.
I.
The benefit of contact with others, V. 17
A. The proverb speaks of iron sharpening iron by
two pieces being rubbed together.
1. Butchers sharpen their knives by rubbing them
on a rod of steel.
2. Farmers sharpen their tools by either rubbing
or beating them with metal.
B. Even so a human is benefited by contact with
other humans.
1. One learns from another. (From an instructor, from the counsel of a
friend,
or from watching or listening
to another person)
2. One who is sick or despondent may be cheered
by contact with a friend.
C. Likewise one can be a benefit to others:
1. By sharing information with them.
2. By visiting the sick or depressed.
3. By showing attention to the lonely. (Especially the aged)
II.
The benefit of faithful service to another, V. 18
A. The proverb speaks of one who tends to a fig
tree.
1. The proverb speaks of a singular tree, but
the lesson is the same whether
one tends to one tree or more.
2. He waters it, fertilizes it, digs about it,
trims it, props up branches, or
whatever needs to be done to
care for it.
3. His labor is rewarded by the fruit that he
harvests from the tree.
B. Even so, one is benefited by the service
which he renders to his master. (His
owner, his employer, or to his king)
1. He expends much labor for the benefit of his
master.
2. But he also receives much benefit from his
master.
a. He receives pay which provides daily food,
clothing and shelter.
b. He receives certain protections from his
master.
c. In time of special need he has a source of
special help.
d. There are certain honors and recognitions
bestowed on him for his
service.
C. Even so, there are special benefits from
serving God.
1. Provisions and blessing now.
2. Rewards and honors later.
III.
The benefit of understanding one's self, V. 19
A. The proverb speaks of one looking into water
and seeing a reflection of himself
in the water.
B. Even so one is benefited by looking into his
own heart.
1. He is not going to learn all there is to know
about his own heart, but he can
learn a great deal that he
needs to know.
2. He can see strengths and capabilities.
3. He can see faults which need to be corrected.
4. He can see beliefs and convictions for which
he should stand.
5. He can see hopes and ambitions for which he
should strive.
6. He can see his likes and dislikes.
C. In addition, by looking within and getting a
better understanding about self, he
will better understand others.
1. He will learn to be more patient with others.
2. He will learn to be more forgiving of others.
3. He will learn more about the needs of others.
IV.
The benefits of understanding that one's eyes are never satisfied, V. 20
A. The proverbs speaks of hell (Sheol) and destruction (the abyss) never getting full.
(No matter how many die and go there)
B. Even so, there is a benefit to understanding
that one's own eyes are never satisfied.
(They are always hungry for more.)
1. No matter how much beauty one beholds, he
wants to see more.
2. No matter how much lust and pleasure they
enjoy they always desire more.
3. No matter how much wealth and treasure they
gain, they always desire to gain
more.
C. The point of the proverb is that human
cravings for pleasure, greed or wealth can
never satisfy the human soul; only when we look beyond material things
and look to
God can we find satisfaction in the soul.
V.
The benefits of praise from others, V. 21
A. The proverb speaks of the refining pot for
silver and the furnace for gold.
1. In the refining pot or the furnace the metal
is put to the test by heat.
2. In both cases the metal is refined.
B. Even so, there can be benefit in receiving
praise from others. (Not too much, but
some)
1. It puts one to the test. (Not the heat of criticism, but the heat of
praise)
2. If one becomes proud and lifted up by the
praise then his metal is proven to
be without value.
3. But if he is humbled by it, his metal is
proven to be of great value.
VI.
The benefit of learning that some people just cannot be helped, V. 22
A. The proverb speaks of grinding grain in a mortar
with a pestle.
1. By this method the husk of the grain is
cracked and loosened so that it may
then be removed from the grain.
2. Also, by this method the grain itself is
cracked and ground into a meal or
flour.
3. The idea is that the grain is benefited by
the pressure that it receives in
the mortar.
B. But in contrast to this, there are some folks
who cannot be helped.
1. The foolishness of the fool cannot be removed
as easily as the husk of the
grain is removed.
2. Although a foolish person is rebuked again
and again and punished again and
again yet he just may not be
helped.
3. A person with good intentions may worry
himself no end trying to help somebody
who does not want his help, and
who will not profit by his efforts. (Some are
too stubborn to listen to good
counsel.)
4. In that case, the best thing one can do is to
leave that person alone.
Lesson #86
THE BENEFITS OF FARM LIFE
Proverbs 27:23-27
Introduction:
Did
you ever travel on a road many times and then suddenly you discovered something
there along the road for the first
time? It was there all the while, but
you notice it for
the first time. That is the way it was for me with this
passage. I had read the Bible
through many times including the Book of
Proverbs, but I had never really given much attention
to this passage which extolls
the praises of farm life. It
particularly praises the raising
of cattle, including sheep and goats. The Bible does not require all to be farmers,
but it
does set forth farming as an honorable and
profitable work.
I.
The hard work and responsibility of it, V. 23
A. "Be thou diligent..."
1. It is not ambition, but rather diligence that
is here recommended.
2. This kind of life requires long hours and
hard labor and one must be diligent
who pursues this life.
B. Personal attention is required. ("...know the state of thy flocks, and
look well
to thy herds.")
1. The Hebrew says literally, "know the
face of thy flocks..."
2. That is, inspect each member of the flock
personally.
3. Know if he or she is sick, injured, healthy,
with calf, etc.
4. Stress is placed on personal oversight and
care. (Not all the labor should
be turned over to servants.)
C. It is worthy of note that both large and
small animals are included.
1. The Hebrew word for "flocks"
indicates sheep or goats.
2. The Hebrew word for "herds"
indicates cows, horses or camels.
II.
The insecurity of non-agricultural wealth, V. 24
A. Riches are not lasting and, therefore, they
are not very secure.
1. Silver, gold, precious stones and even
clothing are common types of
wealth that may be gained in
non-farming activities.
2. Gold, silver and precious stones are subject
to theft, bad investments or
being wasted; clothing wears
out, mildews, get moth eaten or torn.
3. Such may easily be lost from one's personal
use or from the inheritance to
be left to one's loved ones.
B. Even the crown, which is associated with
wealth, is not secure.
1. A king may suffer revolt and be removed from
the throne.
2. A king may die without an heir to his throne.
3. The rule of one family may be taken over by
another family. (One may suffer
exile or worse. Even a king does not "have it
made.")
III.
The comparatively more secure wealth of agriculture, V. 25-27
A. The wealth of the farm will replenish itself
when it is used up.
1. For example:
The hay appears and is cut to be used, V. 25a.
2. Then the young tender grass springs forth and
a new crop of hay is grown,
V. 25b.
B. So it is with the herbs or vegetables, V.
25c. (There is a wide variety of
vegetables to be grown and harvested every season.)
C. The lambs (sheep) provide clothing, V. 26a.
1. The wool is used to make fabric for clothes.
2. Again much work is implied. (The sheep must be tended, sheared, the wool
made
into fabric and the fabric made
into clothes.
D. There is a means provided for acquiring more
land and, therefore, gaining more
possessions, V. 26b.
1. Surplus goats not needed for the flock may be
sold and additional land
purchased.
2. Likewise with the sheep, cows, horses, etc.
E. The animals also help to provide food, V. 27.
1. The milk of the goats is but an example of
this.
2. The animals also provide meat for the table.
3. By the vegetables that are grown, the milk
that is produced and the meat that
is raised food is provided for
the landowner, his family and his servants or
hired hands.
Conclusion:
1.
One may acquire faster wealth as a merchant or in some other way of
life, but one cannot
find a more wholesome, happier, and secure way of life than the farm.
2.
It also encourages greater dependance on God
than does most trades. Only God can
control
the weather, send drought, sunshine or rain, cause the grass and
vegetables to grow, and
the flock to produce good healthy calves, etc.
3.
It also encourages a greater spirit of thankfulness to God.
4.
Yet the passage has some lessons which apply to every trade.
a. Work and shoulder responsibility.
b. Depend of God for every need.
c. Thank God for His abundant blessings.
Lesson #87
FIVE GREAT ADVANTAGES OF RIGHTEOUSNESS
Proverbs 28:1-5
Introduction:
The
Bible speaks of three kinds of righteousness.
One is a self-righteousness which is
a mere pretense. It is not really righteousness at all. Then there is an imputed
righteousness which comes by repentance and
faith in the Christ. This is the perfect
righteousness of God which is required to
qualify one for heaven. After obtaining
imputed
righteousness one may do righteous deeds by
obeying the instructions of God's word.
This
righteousness is not required to get one
into heaven, but it is required to get rewards in
heaven.
These
five proverbs speak of righteous deeds done by those who already have imputed
righteousness through faith in the
Christ. They show five great advantages
of the believer
living a righteous life.
I.
Righteousness produces braveness, V. 1
A. The wicked spoken of here are those who do
not have imputed righteousness and,
therefore, have an absence of true righteousness in their lives.
1. To the contrary, their lives are
characterized by evil deeds.
2. Any righteousness on their part is
self-righteousness, which is not true
righteousness.
3. The evil which usually characterizes their
lives may include gossip, thievery,
lies, adultery, murder, tyranny
or cruelty.
B. His unrighteousness also produces cowardice.
1. When he seems to have the upper hand he may
seem brave enough.
2. But when he obviously is at a disadvantage,
his guilty conscience produces
fear within.
3. Even when there is no visible danger, he is
subject to great fear. (He flees
when nobody chases.)
C. On the other hand, the righteous are brave
like the lion.
1. The lion is brave because he is confident of
his superior strength, his speed
and his skill.
2. The righteous person is brave because he is
confident in the superior strength,
speed and skill of his Lord.
II.
Righteousness produces sound government, V. 2
A. Unrighteousness among the people of a land
will produce an unstable government.
1. The proverb says that the unrighteousness of
the people will produce many
princes.
2. That is, there will be a rapid turnover of
rulers. (This will be produced
by revolution, assignations,
sickness and death.)
B. On the other hand, the righteousness of the
people of the land can bring a man of
understanding to a place of leadership who will be able by his wisdom to
establish
a long and prosperous rule. (The
hand of God is his strength and the will of God
is his wisdom.)
III.
Righteousness produces fair treatment of the poor, V. 3
A. The major problem in all countries of all
time has been the deliberate oppression
of the poor by the rich and powerful.
B. The poor have always dreamed that if only one
from among themselves were to come
to power, he would sympathize with them and show them kindness.
C. In most cases when the poor have come to
power they have become among the worst of
the oppressors.
1. It seems that they become more greedy and
cruel.
2. They are like a destructive flood of rain.
a. People expect that a rain will bring food, but a flood only destroys
the prospects for a good
harvest.
b. People expect the poor who come to power to
bring relief, but often
they only make matters
worse.
IV.
Righteousness takes a stand against evil, V. 4
A. Those who practice evil in their own lives praise
those who do evil.
1. Perhaps that is why movie heroes often they
play the role of shady
characters.
2. Perhaps that is also why the people of a
nation make heros out of evil men
and often re-elect them to public
office again and again.
3. Jesus said that the world will love its own
and a nation of people with evil
character will love men of evil
character. (They make the villain to be
their heroes and their
leaders.)
4.
Therefore, unrighteousness has little
resistance in the land. (It grows and
grows.)
B. But the righteous resist evil.
1. Righteous Lot had imputed righteousness, but
not many deeds of righteousness;
yet even he resisted the
efforts of the people of Sodom to abuse his guests.
2. Those who have not only imputed righteousness
but also righteous deeds will
be more aggressive in resisting
evil in the land. (They will denounce
it,
using the word of God as a
standard of righteousness.)
3. A righteous citizenry will seek to have
righteous leaders and a righteous
leader will seek to develop
righteous citizens.
V.
Righteousness brings understanding of all matters of life, V. 5
A. Evil men are not capable of good government
because they do not understand the
principles of righteous rule.
(Honesty, justice, mercy, truth and fair play.)
B. Only the righteous are capable of good
governmental and business leadership because
only they follow righteous principles which produce good leadership in
all areas of
life.
C. A righteous citizen follows God's righteous
principles in all facets of life.
Lesson #88
BETTER RICHES THROUGH RIGHTEOUSNESS
Proverbs 28:6-12
Introduction:
Most
of these proverbs deal with poverty and riches.
But the theme of righteousness and
unrighteousness runs through them all and
some of them bypass the subject of riches and poverty
to deal exclusively with righteousness as
contrasted with unrighteousness.
I.
Better poverty with righteousness than riches with unrighteousness, V. 6
A. Righteousness does not always bring material
riches. (Neither does unrighteousness.)
B. Nobody would desire poverty, but that is more
desirable than riches gained by
dishonest means.
1. It is more honorable.
2. One is more useful to God and to his fellow
man.
3. It brings more joy and contentment.
4. It is more rewarding in the hereafter to be
righteous than rich.
II.
Better a righteous son than an unrighteous one, V. 7
A. A son who keeps God's laws (does God's will)
is a wise son.
1. He may not be more educated than others. (May not have highest grades or
highest IQ.
2. He may not be more talented than others.
3. But he is more wise. (It is always wise to do God's will.)
4. The implication is that he makes his father
and mother proud.
B. A son who is riotous brings shame to his
father and his mother.
1. The Hebrew word here translated riotous
carries the idea of one who is a
prodigal. (Wasteful, wicked, pouring out sin)
2. In bringing shame on his father he brings
shame and ruin on his own life.
III.
Better a generous soul than greedy, V. 8
A. This proverb pictures one who is already
wealthy increasing his wealth tremendously
by lending to the poor. (The poor
have not and must borrow.)
1. The word translated "usury" here is
interest paid on money loaned.
2. The word here translated "unjust
gain" is extra high profit gained on some
product such as grain or
oil.
B. The general idea is that he is rich and makes
himself richer by charging the poor
excessively high interest rates and high profits on his
merchandise.
C. Sooner or later his accumulated wealth will
fall into the hands of some generous
soul who will give abundantly to the poor.
D. It would be better for the one who gained
wealth to use it to aid the poor, but
if he will not do so, then God has a way of giving it back to the poor
from whom
it was taken.
IV.
Better a genuine righteousness than a mere show, V. 9
A. One may develop an attitude of rebellion
toward God and reject His expressed will
for their lives. (He knows what
God says, but he turns his ear away from God's word
and is determined to live his life like he pleases.)
B. In Israel, usually the Jew would keep up a show
of religion, even though he
disregarded God's regulations for his life. (A similar thing is often true in our
own communities and sometimes in our own lives.)
C. But God does not honor one's religious
activities if one has only a show of religion.
(God sees that for what it is. It
is hypocrisy.)
V.
Better to lead into righteous activities than into sin, V. 10
A. Some deliberately set out to lead others into
sin.
1. They do so by setting snares or traps. (For example one may get another drunk
in order to rob him.)
2. The liquor industry deliberately tries to
entrap people and get them hooked on
booze.
3. So do dope pushers, race tracts, gambling
casinos and prostitute houses.
B. They do this to entrap their victims and to
enrich themselves.
C. But they overlook the power of God, who will
protect His people by causing these
people to fall into their own trap.
D. In other words, these people bring about their
own downfall.
E. The proverb implies that God blesses those
who lead in righteousness.
VI.
Better to have understanding than riches, V. 11
A. The rich man thinks that he has gotten rich
by his own wisdom and considers the
fact that he has gotten riches to be a sure sign that he is wise.
1. But his riches are not a sign of his wisdom;
rather they are a sign of his
conceit.
2. Wisdom is not measured by dollars and
cents; it is measured by one's
submissiveness to God.
B. The poor man who has enough sense to live a
righteous life is more wise than the
rich.
1. He "sendeth
him out." (That is, he sees the
deceiver for what he is and
chooses not to deal with him or
to follow him.)
2. He may be poor materially, but he is actually
richer in the things that
really count.
VII.
Better a righteous man in power than a wicked man, V. 12
A. When a righteous man comes to power, the
people of the land rejoice.
1. For one thing, the righteous man will not
oppress them; he will seek to do
them good.
2. Furthermore, the righteous man will bring
God's blessings on the land.
B. But when a wicked unprincipled man comes to
power " a man is hidden." (The
citizen
of the land is hidden.)
1. The idea is that he hides because he is
afraid.
2. He hides inside the walls of his house and
comes out on the streets only
when it is necessary.
3. He has reason to fear, not only because the
wicked man will oppress the
people, but because he by his
wickedness will cause God's blessings to be
withheld from the land.
Lesson #89
MAKING THE CHOICE
Proverbs 28:13-18
Introduction:
These
proverbs place emphasis upon the fact that there is always an alternate course
of
action and that the individual makes his
own choice. By doing so he chooses the
end results
whether they are good or bad.
I.
Making the choice, v. 13
A. One can choose to try to cover his sin.
1. He may try to hide them, ignore them, deny
them, make excuses for them or
consider them insignificant.
2. If he does so, he will not repent and make a
change to correct his conduct.
3. Thus, he will not prosper in his course of
action.
B. One can choose to confess his sin to God.
1. This person repents and forsakes his sin.
2. He will find mercy from God.
II.
The choice between seeking God's will and heardening
one's heart against God's will, V. 14
A. One can choose to seek God's will.
1. The verse speaks of one who is constantly
fearful that he will do something
which displeases God or that he
will fail to do something that God would have
him do.
2. This man will live a happy contented life.
B. One can choose to harden his heart against
the will of God.
1. He is determined to have his own way.
2. He will fall into mischief. (He brings harm upon himself.)
III.
One can choose between being generous and kind or being greedy and
cruel, V. 15-16
A. A ruler can choose to be generous and kind to
his subjects.
1. By doing so he will be a blessing to his
subjects.
2. He will also prolong his days, V. 16b.
B. A ruler can choose to use his position of
power to oppress his subjects.
1. He strikes fear into the hearts of his
subjects, V. 15. (Their danger is
very real.)
2. He is an oppressor because he lacks
understanding. (He may be shrewd, but he
is not wise), V. 16a.
3. He is motivated out of greed, V. 16b.
C. One who is not a ruler may, never-the-less,
have people under him whom he may choose
to either abuse or treat kindly.
(Children, grandchildren employees, students, etc.)
IV.
The choice between a respect for human life and murder, V. 17
A. The proverb implies that one can respect
human life and never shed the blood of
another human being. (It is also
implied that he will profit from such an attitude
and conduct.)
B. One may, however, shed the blood of another
person.
1. This proverb speaks not of accidents nor of
war.
2. It speaks of deliberate murder. (As Cain murdered Abel)
C. One who commits murder hurries to the
pit. (Of destruction)
1. He brings destruction upon himself. (God will see to it.)
2. This proverb does not take into account that
one may repent and receive
forgiveness, but,
never-the-less, that is possible.
3. Rather it speaks of those who do not repent
and seek forgiveness.
V.
The choice between walking uprightly or perversely, V. 18
A. One may walk uprightly.
1. No one living in a depraved human body can
live without sin.
2. Never-the-less, God will help the person who desires to do so to live a godly
life.
3. This person shall be blessed. (The verse says, "saved" in the
sense of being
delivered from the trouble
which would have resulted from his sin.)
B. One may choose to walk perversely.
1. Even a born again person can do so.
2. He will bring to himself a sudden fall.
Conclusion:
One
who makes the right choice will:
1.
Confess his sins to god and correct his ways.
2.
Watch his every move lest he displease God by some other deed and fail
to do what God
would have him to do.
3.
Be kind and generous to those who are in his care.
4.
Watch his temper lest in a moment of anger he will kill somebody; he
will never allow
hatred
to linger in his mind and life lest it result in murder. He will respect human
life because God created man in His own image. (He will respect even the life of the
unborn.)
5.
He seeks to walk uprightly before God and man.
Because
he does make the right choices, the following will result:
1.
He will receive mercy from God, V. 13.
2.
He will be happy (Contented), V. 14.
3.
He will be a blessing to others.
4.
He will have a longer life, V. 16.
5. He
will receive special help in time of trial and trouble.
Lesson #90
THINGS MEN WILL DO FOR MONEY
Proverbs 29:19-28
Introduction:
Most
of these verses deal with money and wealth in one way or another. Most point out
the danger of man's greed.
I.
One thing man should do, V. 19
A. Man should work.
1. Tilling the ground is used as an example of
work, but the implication is that
other work can likewise be
productive.
2. There may be many reasons why men prefer not
to work. (It is easier not to
work, more fun, can go more
places and do more things, etc.)
3. But work is productive. (It provides the necessities of life.)
B. To fail to work and to follow after vain or
unproductive pursuits will make for
poverty.
1. The Prodigal Son is an example.
2. It might be more fun to go fishing, golfing,
etc., but that will not put
beans on the table.
3. Work is honorable in the sight of God.
II. Another
thing man should do, V. 20
A. A man should be faithful.
1. That is, he should be faithful to bare
responsibility. (He should be
dependable.)
2. Faithfulness will pay off; it will get
results; it will bring advancement; it
will pay in the long run.
B. But in contrast, the man who is too impatient
to get gain by faithfulness and takes
short-cuts to get rich, that man will not be innocent.
1. He will take short-cuts that are sinful. (It is hard to remain innocent when
your eye is on big money.)
2. Therefore, he will bring punishment from God
upon himself.
III.
One thing a man shouold not do, V. 21
A. A man should not show partiality.
1. The idea in this verse is that one shows
partiality to others in order to get
benefits for himself. (He does
it out of a selfish motive.)
2. He seeks favors, bribes etc.
B. Men will do wrong for the least little favor.
1. A piece of bread is but a very small thing.
2. A man will even hire out to kill for but a
small price.
IV.
A warning repeated, V. 22
A. In verse 20 the warning was sounded not to
hasten to be rich; this warning is
sounded out again. (Man needs this
warning repeated over and over again.)
B. It should be pointed out that it is not a sin
to get riches nor to be rich; the sin
is to covet riches and to do wrong in order to get them.
C. One who hastens to be rich does so because he
has an evil eye. (He has lustful
greedy eyes; the sin is already there.)
D. He seeks after riches, but what he brings
upon himself is poverty.
1. Consider the man whose get-rich-scheme
backfires and he looses all. (He
looses even what he already
possessed.)
2. Consider the man whose crooked scheme causes
him to go to prison.
3. Consider the man who commits murder trying to
get money and he, too, looses
his possessions plus his
freedom --- and maybe his life.
E. If his poverty does not come in this life, it
will come in the next life.
1. Consider the saved man who gets into heaven,
but as by the skin of his teeth.
(Little or no rewards laid up)
2. Consider the rich man of Luke sixteen who
went into the fires of hell and left
all of his wealth behind.
V.
Another thing a man should not do, V. 23
A. Often a man will flatter another in order to
gain his favor and, thus, get gain for
himself.
B. A man should not resort to flattery.
1. In the first place, it is a sin in the sight
of God.
2. Often it backfires and brings disfavor
instead.
C. One who helps others with honest but kind
rebuke will actually gain more favor
in the long run.
1. He gains favor with God and man.
2. But hear this caution: Do not to interpret this as justifying a
vicious
attack upon another.
VI.
A mean vile thing that some will do, V. 24
A. Some will steal even from their father and mother.
1. They seem to think they have a right to
anything their father and mother
own.
2. They may reason that it will be their's later anyway.
3. Of they may feel that dad and mom will have
compassion and not punish them.
B.
But they fail to take into consideration
how God feel about their deed.
1. God puts them in the same category as the
brutal robber who kills in order
to rob.
2. And God will surely bring punishment.
VII.
The attitude of the heart is the root of the problem, V. 25
A. The verse speaks of the proud heart stirring
up strife.
1. The word that is here translated
"proud" is literally "broad, wide."
2. Most translators prefer to translate it
"covetous" in this verse.
B. If that is correct then it means that the man
who is covetous stirs up strife in an
effort to get what he has coveted after.
C. If the idea of pride is more correct, it
means that he, in his pride, wants the best
for himself and he stirs up strife in order to get it. (Or, at least, in order to
have his way.)
D. Either way, the strife he stirs up will be to
his own hurt.
VIII.
Another attitude is also a mistake, V. 26
A. The man who thinks that he always has the
answer and is always right in everything
is foolish. (He will wind up with
the short end of the stick.)
B. It is the man who is wiling to listen to the
wise counsel of others who is more apt
to get ahead.
C. It is especially the man who will heed the
counsel of God who is wise. (He will
avoid many problems.)
IX.
One bit of advice that man should heed, V. 27
A. One sure way to prosperity is to share with
the poor.
1. This is not a substitute for supporting God's
work.
2. It is in addition to supporting God's cause
through the church.
3. It is also a part of God's work that God has
for His people to do.
B. One who closes his eyes to the needs of the
poor will have hard and harmful things
wished upon him by the poor.
X.
The danger of evil leadership, V. 28
A. Evil leaders often oppress the people whom
they lead in order to enrich themselves.
1. They do it at the people's expense.
2. Thus, men hide themselves because they are
fearful.
B. But when these evil oppressive leaders die,
then righteous men can come out of hiding
and take places of leadership.
Lesson #91
REPEATED REPROOF
Proverbs 29:1-7
Introduction:
Verse
1: In the very first verse a special
warning is given about the necessity of
repeated reproof and correction. In the first place, it should not be
necessary to repeatedly
correct any individual about the same
thing. The necessity for repeated
correction is a sign
of deliberate rebellion and
disobedience. With each deliberate wrong
doing the individual
becomes more set in his will against
right.
Yet
it is God's practice to give reproof and corrective instruction. Sometimes, for
the saved, this may come in the form of
chastisement. The oft repeated reproof
is an evidence
of God's great mercy.
But
when the reproof and correction is refused ----when mercy is refused --- there
is
nothing left but judgment. Thus, destruction and judgment will
come. It will come suddenly
as though without warning, although
actually many warnings have been given.
It will come
without further opportunity to make
correction.
This
is true in a parent's dealings with children.
It is true in schools, on jobs, in
athletics and in the military. It is true in Christian conduct. It is true in God's dealings
with the unsaved.
I. A
reproof repeated about wicked people in leadership, V. 2
A. This warning was given back in Proverbs
28:28.
1. Good leaders bring good to the land and to
the people of the land. (They do
this by their own kindness
toward the people, by their good example for others
to follow and by the blessings
of God which they bring.)
2. Evil leaders make it hard on the people. (They do this not only by their own
cruelties, but by setting and
evil example and by the blessings which they
cause God to withhold.)
B. It is here repeated for emphasis.
1. It not only serves as a warning for leaders
to be righteous, but as a warning
to the people to be righteous.
2. If the people want righteous leaders who will
be a blessing to them they
should respect, honor and
follow those who are righteous.
3. If the people abuse and malign godly leaders,
they can only expect that God
will allow them to have ungodly
ones.
II.
A reproof of immorality repeated, V. 3
A. This reproof is introduced by the statement that
a wise son brings joy to his
father.
1. It is implied that he brings joy actually to
both parents.
2. The implications also is that he does this by
his godly conduct. (He wisely
refrains from ungodly conduct
and behaves himself in a chaste, moral and
godly manner.)
3. A person is wise at any age to behave in this
manner.
B. In contrast to this it is an unwise son who
keeps company with harlots or other
such immoral people.
1. Did you notice that the writer does not
mention the sorrow that such a son
will bring on his parents. (It is assumed that a wise son cares about
the
feelings of his parents, but an
unwise son does not really care.)
2. What is mentioned is that he may inflict pain
upon himself. (He will waste
his substance. He can lose his home, his health and bring
himself to an early
grave.)
C. This warning is given repeatedly throughout
the Proverbs.
III.
A reproof of unjust judges repeated, V. 4
A. A king (or any other governmental official in
position to be a judge in legal
matters) establishes or strengthens the land by administering justice in
his
decisions.
1. He does good and brings good to the land.
2. He puts down those who would oppress and
wrong others.
3. He protects the rights of the innocent and
the just.
4. He is a credit and a blessing to the land.
B. But on the other hand those who care nothing
about justice but only about bribes
for themselves are a curse to the land.
1. They allow the cruel and the crooked to
prevail over the just.
2. They make it impossible for honest people to
get a fair deal.
IV.
A reproof against flattery repeated, V. 5
A. Flattery is said to spread a net for
"his feet." (It is not clear in the text just
whose feet are meant, the flatterer or the flattered.)
B. Flattery generally is designed to entrap the
one being flattered and get him to do
something he would not otherwise do.
C. The implication in the text is that not only
does the one flattered get caught in
the net, but also the one doing the flattering. (His scheme will eventually
backfire and he will be caught in his own net. He will also get hurt.)
D. David's son Absalom is an example.
1. By flattering the people he took the throne
from David.
2. But he lost his life as a result.
V. A
reproof against unrighteousness repeated, V. 6
A. To do evil will always bring harm upon one's
self.
1.
All too many seem to think that they can do evil without any harmful
repercussions upon themselves.
2. But there is a hidden snare in each sin which
is ready to spring shut on the
offender.
B. On the other hand righteousness brings joy.
1. It may not bring prosperity, but it does
bring joy.
2. It puts a song in the heart. (Consider Paul and Silas in the jail at
Philippi;
consider David who wrote so many of the psalms.)
VI.
A reproof against oppressing the pooor
repeated, V. 7
A. The righteous will respect the cause (the
rights) of the poor.
1. They will give him an opportunity to work.
2. They will give him fair wages.
3. They will give him a fair loan
when he is in need.
4. They will give him an outright gift when the
need is great.
5. They will not be quick to foreclose when
loans are not quickly repaid.
B. The wicked are quick to take advantage of the
poor to take their money, to take
their property, to force them to work at unfair wages and to make loans
at unfair
interest rates.
Conclusion:
See
verse 1.
Lesson #92
THE CONTENTOUS CONTRASTED WITH THE
PEACEABLE
Proverbs 29:8-11
Introduction:
This
group of proverbs leaves no doubt which of the two it is better to be. The only
wise course is to be peaceable.
I.
The rabblerouser and the peacemaker, V. 8
A. It is said that scornful men bring a city
into a snare.
1. They can "set a city on fire."
2. That is, by their fiery angry speeches they
set the hearts of the people
aflame.
3. They stir up revolt, rebellion and riot.
4. Consider the "hanging parties" of
the pioneer days, the hate speeches of Hitler
and Castro, the modern race
riots, and other such bitter events.
5. They rave about real or imagined injustices.
B. They can bring a city into a snare in another
sense: they can cause the city to
gravely err and, thus, bring the wrath of God upon it.
C. In contrast, it is wise men who will seek to
quell wrath and establish peace.
1. Consider the town clerk at Ephesus who
dismissed the crowd which would have
mobbed Paul, Acts 19:40-41.
2. Thank God for such wise men.
3. This is the kind of person we all ought to
strive to be.
II.
The difficult problem of quieting a fool, V. 9
A. If a wise man has a controversy with another
wise man they can both sit down and
talk out their problems.
1. Each one will hear kindly the other.
2. A peaceable solution can be reached.
B. But if a wise man has a controversy with a
foolish man there is little hope for a
peaceful settlement.
1. The foolish man will react either in rage or
in mockery.
2. Either way he will continue to press the
controversy with no settlement.
III.
The cause of the upright, V. 10
A. The bloodthirsty hate the upright and seek to
shed his blood.
1. Cain hated his brother Abel and killed him.
2. Saul hated David and sought his life
3. Jezebel set out to kill all the prophets of
the Lord.
4. Herod killed James and sought to kill the
Apostle Peter.
B. The just seek the well=being of even evil
men.
1. Bloodthirsty men sought the life of the
Apostle Paul.
2. But Paul was seeking the soul salvation of
those same bloodthirsty men.
IV.
The wisdom of silence ---- at times, V. 11
A. Wisdom does not require that a person always
remain silent, Ecc. 3:7.
B. But it does always require that a person
think carefully before he speaks, Ecc. 3:7.
C. It is a foolish man who always says all that
is on his mind.
1. He believes that if you think it, you had
might as well say it.
2. Thus, he pours out every silly and foolish
thought.
3. He blurts out every accusation that enters
his foolish mind.
4. He lashes out with every angry feeling.
5. He speaks with envy of those who possess what
he desires.
6. He drags all of the skeletons out of the
closet and tells all he knows (and
maybe some things that he does
not know).
D. The wise man may speak, but he does not speak
on impulse.
1. He waits to decide whether to speak at all.
2. If he speaks he chooses his words carefully.
3. He waits until his anger has cooled so that
he can properly evaluate the
matter.
4. He speaks with the intend of doing good and
not harm.
WISE LEADERSHIP
Proverbs 29:12-14
Introduction:
These
proverbs about leadership should be studied by all, especially by those who
would
be leaders of any kind.
I. The ruler who hearkens to lies, V. 12
A. This proverb speaks of a ruler who harkens to
lies and declares that all of his
servants (his advisors, etc.) are wicked.
1. The idea is that all of his servants become
wicked. (Not that they were
already)
2. This is brought about in two ways:
a. First, his servants will see what it takes to please him and will adapt
themselves to do so; they
will tell him what he wants to hear.
b. Secondly, the servant who will not adapt will
soon be replaced by
someone who will.
B. The main import of the parable is to show the
influence that a ruler has upon his
people.
1. If he is a good ruler, he will influence them
toward godliness, but if he is
an evil ruler he will influence
them toward ungodliness. (He will
influence
even his servants toward ungidliness.)
2. The same principle applies in any place of
leadership. (Government, work,
school, business, etc.)
C. Yet the parable teaches some additional
lessons.
1. Some leaders crave lies of flattery. (They are vain and egotistical.)
2. Some leaders prefer lies of deceit and hatred
of others. (Because they
themselves are filled with
hatred.)
3. Some leaders want their servants to be
"yes men," agreeing with anything they
suggest. (They crave power.)
4. It takes a brave and stalwart servant to
stand firm and tell the truth even
though he knows his leader will
not approve.
D. The proverb suggests that each one of us who
occupies a place of leadership should
be a stickler for the truth. (It
also suggests that each one of us who is a servant
or employee, should be brave enough and godly enough to tell the truth.)
II.
The Lord of the rich and the poor, V. 13
A. The proverb declares that the poor and the
deceitful meet together.
1. Some translations say, "The poor and the
oppressors..." (The idea is that
the poor are often deceived and
oppressed by the rich.)
2. Some translations read, "The poor and
the usurers...," that is, the money
lenderss. (This would spell out specifically one way by
which the rich
usually oppresses the poor---
by high interest rates.)
3. At any rate, it is the poor and the rich who
are under consideration.
B. The main import of this parable is that both
will come to the same end: They will
both stand before the Lord God.
1. They both stand before Him now in this life.
a. The poor man who uses his poverty as an
excuse for stealing or hatred
will suffer the
consequences even in this life.
b. The rich man who oppresses the poor will be
punished for his sin ---
even in this life. (The Lord will not wait for the judgment to
take up
for the poor.)
2. Yet both will stand before the Lord in
judgment.
3. Both are recipients of God's goodness.
a. God provides the physical and material needs
of both. (Lazarus begged
at the rich man's gate,
but it was the goodness of God that provided even
that means of survival.)
b.
The rich man may credit his abundance to his craftiness, but he could
provide nothing
without God's help.
c. God sends the rain on the just and the unjust
alike.
d. Both alike are offered God's saving grace,
John 3:16.
C. Yet the parable teaches other lessons:
1. The rich are to deal honestly and fairly with
all including the poor.
2. The rich are to be especially generous to
those who are poor. (This is in
opposition to man's depraved
sinful nature.)
3. The poor are to accept their state of lesser
supplies without becoming jealous
or embittered toward those who
have more.
4. The poor have three channels open to them for
supplies as suggested by earlier
proverbs:
a. They may work.
b. They may be conservative.
c. They may trust the Lord to provide.
III.
The king who faithfully rules the poor, V. 14
A. The proverb declares that the king who
faithfully rules the poor will establish his
throne for ever.
1. It is human nature for a king to want to establish
his rule so that it would
be secure and not be in danger
of being taken from him.
2. It is not in keeping with man's depraved
nature to yield to God's methods of
establishing his throne.
B. The main import of the proverb is that the
king should deal with every man in his
kingdom in a just and fair way.
1. By doing so his whole kingdom will be
benefited.
2. The poor and oppressed will especially be
blessed.
3. Also by doing so, he himself will be
blessed. (God will prolong his rule.)
4. Both David and Solomon are examples of kings
who gave all men a chance to be
heard and dealt with
fairly. (God established their throne
forever. Christ
will rule on their throne.)
5. The implication is that the king who will not
rule the people with justice and
fairness will have a short stay
on the throne.
C. The lesson, of course, is not for kings only,
but for all who are in places of
leadership.
1. You are not in a place of leadership just to
"feather your own nest."
2. God has placed you there (or, at least, has
permitted you to be there) in order
to be a service to others.
3. By serving others well and dealing justly
with them you will serve God also.
4. If you serve God well, He will bless you and
establish for you a place of
service; if not He will take your place of service
away from you.
THE NECESSITY OF DISCIPLINE
Proverbs 29:15-19
Introduction:
These
proverbs show that the proper discipline is not a burden, but a blessing. It does
not hinder, but helpS. It Is an absolute necessity for the benefit
of all concerned.
I.
Necessary for developing wisdom in a child, V. 15
A. Intelligence and knowledge is not to be
mistaken for wisdom.
1. A child gets his intelligence through his
natural birth.
2. He gets knowledge through experience and
input of information.
3.
But he gets wisdom only as he learns to conduct himself in the manner
that is
in the best interest of
all. (Applying principles of
righteousness to his
conduct.)
B. The best combination is both rod and reproof.
1. A child should be informed in advance how he
should behave. (Sometimes this
alone is sufficient.)
2. When instruction alone is not enough then the
rod of discipline should be
applied.
3. It should not be applied in brute force, but
with love.
4. It should be accompanied with words of
reproof. (Correction)
C. A child left to his own inclinations brings
his mother to shame.
1. The mother is specifically mentioned because
she is more inclined to be
overly lenient.
2. If she neglects to discipline her child, she
will, as a result, suffer shame
from the conduct of her child.
3. But she is not the only one to suffer; her
child will suffer also.
4. She is as guilty of child neglect as one who
deserts her child.
II.
Necessary for law, order and justice in any group, V. 16
A. When the wicked are multiplied, transgression
increases.
1. The idea is that when there is no restraint
or correction for a people, more
and more people are, therefore,
encouraged to live in a lawless manner.
2. The proper laws and the proper punishment for
offenders is a deterrent to
offenders.
3. The lawless often oppress the righteous in
their offenses and so the righteous
are the ones who catch the
brunt of the offences.
B. But God is still Supreme and He will see to
it that the offenders are punished.
1. If parents will not punish their children
then God will have to do it. (And the
punishment is apt to be more
severe.)
2. If the government will not punish its
citizens then God will have to do it.
(And the punishment is apt to be
more severe.)
C. The righteous will witness the punishment of
the wicked.
1. Abraham saw the fall of Sodom and Gomorrah.
2. Israel saw the fall of Pharaoh and his army.
3. Israel also saw the fall of the Canaanite
nations.
4. In judgement the
righteous will witness the wicked being carried away to be
cast into everlasting fire.
III.
Necessary for the peace of mind of the parents, V. 17
A. The parents (both father and mother) are
commanded to correct their children. (To
fail to do so is disobedience to God who gave this command.)
B. To correct the child will bring rest to the
parents. (Comfort, peace of mind)
C. It will bring more than just contentment; It
will actually bring delight.
1. Discipline is painful to both parent and
child.
2. But the delight which results makes it worthwhile.
IV.
Necessary for a proper relationship to God, V. 18
A. The word "vision" here does not
refer to foresight, but to revelation from God.
1. The particular kind of revelation spoken of
here is that which was revealed
to the people through the
prophets.
2. God would speak to the people and reprove,
rebuke, and instruct them.
B. Without this kind of reproof and correction
from God, the people of Israel would
perish.
1. In fact, even if they do receive such
reproof, they may perish anyway because
they refuse to harken to the word of God.
(They would be apt to receive
judgements
and even captivity.)
2. But if they heed God they profit and prosper.
C. A similar thing is true today.
1. God's people do not need a new revelation
from God, but they do need a pastor
and teachers who will be
faithful to expound the revelation which God has
already given. (To teach, reprove, rebuke, correct and
challenge.)
2. Even the unsaved need to heed the revealed
word of God. (Unless they will heed
the gospel message, they will
perish.)
D. Any man who will hear and heed God's word
will be benefited, V. 18b.
V.
Necessary for the whole household, even servants, V. 19
A. Discipline for a child (son) is dealt with in
verses 15 and 17.
B. Discipline for a nation is dealt with in
verses 16 and 18.
C. Discipline for others in a household is
emphasized in verse 19.
1. Like sons, not every servant can be corrected
by mere words of correction and
rebuke.
2. Thus, when it is necessary, a sterner form of
discipline should be used.
3. In olden days the slave owner would whip the
slave.
4. In modern times some milder form of
punishment is needed for the employee.
D. But correction for the servant is to the
advantage of the servant as well as the
master.
Conclusion:
Punishment,
when administered properly, is not done for the purpose of hurting nor
harming, but is done to prevent a greater
hurt or harm. It should be for the
purpose of
bringing a blessing to all who are
involved.
TIMELY WARNINGS
Proverbs 29:20-27
Introduction:
These
proverbs are designed to point out the error of certain courses of action. They
first point out clearly what the wrong
course of action is and then give a reason why this
course of action should be avoided.
I.
The danger of being hasty in words, V. 20
A. This proverb asks a question: "Did you ever see a person who is hasty
in his words?"
1. The question is not: "Did you ever see a
person who talks too much?"
2. But:
"Did you see a person who speaks before he thinks?" (Their tongue is
in high gear while their
brain is still in neutral.)
B. The answer is: Yes, we have all seen such a person."
1. Someone may immediately come to mind. (This person does this habitually.)
2. The answer is also that we, too, have
sometimes been guilty. (We have seen
such a person in the mirror.)
C. The intent of the proverb is that we should
see the danger of doing such a thing
and stop before we become habited to it.
D. The danger is that a person can get himself
into a great deal of trouble by talking
without thinking.
1. The proverb says that there is more hope for
a fool (a stupid person), than
for this person.
2. This is true although he may not be stupid at
all.
3. But by speaking too quickly he does several
things:
a. He makes inaccurate and untruthful
statements.
b. He obligates himself to do something which he
cannot afford to do.
c. He tells things he knows which should not be
told.
d. He portrays himself as a know-it-all to
others.
II.
The danger of spoiling a servant, V. 21
A. The Scripture repeatedly admonishes that a
master of slaves should deal kindly and
fairly with them.
1. This is done both in the Old and New
Testaments.
2.
From this we learn that an employer is
to deal fairly and kindly with his
employees.
B. But there is a danger that a master may spoil
a slave and there is a danger today
that an employer can spoil an employee.
1. A slave who has been pampered by his master
will eventually begin to behave
as though he is a son.
2. Likewise an employee who has been pampered
and spoiled may take too much
authority and too many
liberties.
III.
The danger of uncontrolled anger, V. 22
A. An angry man stirs up more strife.
1. He is angry because he has been wronged, or
because he imagines that he has
been wronged, or perhaps
because he thinks someone else has been wronged.
2. In anger he lashes out with bitter words or
hateful harmful deeds toward the
offending party.
3. In turn his conduct stirs up anger on the
part of the offending party and the
strife escalates.
4. What started out as a minor offense may
escalate into a full-fledged argument,
fight or killing. (It has been known to turn into a riot or
feud or war.)
B. The proverb suggests that there is a better
way to handle the matter.
1. Perhaps the matter could be discussed in a
calm manner and settled peaceably.
2. If not, then it is better to suffer in
silence and leave the vengeance to the
Lord than it is to make matters
worse.
3. Too many people have the attitude: "Nobody messes with me. Nobody is going
to step on me and get by with
it" and they make matters worse for all concerned
--- including themselves.
IV.
The danger of too much pride, V. 23
A. One
of the greatest dangers of life is to think of oneself too highly.
1. It is a grievous sin in the sight of God.
2. It is so grievous to God that God must act to
bring the party down who so
exalts himself, Pro. 18:12; I
Peter 5:5.
B. On the other hand, learning to be humble
achieves true greatness.
1. God is exceedingly well pleased with the
humble spirit.
2. God is so well pleased that He exalts the
humble person, I Peter 5:5.
V.
The danger of being a party to a crime, V. 24
A. The particular crime mentioned in the proverb
is the crime of theft, but the
principle applies to all crimes.
B. One may feel that just because he does not
actually commit a crime that he is in
no danger of punishment.
C. The latter part of the proverb is not very
clear.
1. Several explanations have been made.
2. It appears to mean that he hears of the plans
and knows of the execution of
the deed which should bring a
curse (or punishment) on the guilty party and
he keeps silent when he is
obligated to speak out, Lev. 5:1.
D. At any rate, because he is a party to the
crime, he too must be punished.
1. He should be punished by the courts of man.
2. But even if he is not punished by man, God
will punish him.
3. Perhaps he will be punished by both man and
God.
VI.
The danger of fearing men, V. 25
A. The kind of snare spoken of here is not a
snare that merely entraps and imprisons,
but is a sharp stick that pierces the victim through. (This is a painful and
dangerous snare.)
B. So is the fear of man.
1. It can cause one to live
in terror of a more powerful person, group or nation.
2. It can cause even the righteous to be
reluctant to walk in the path of righteousness.
C. One can even fear his friends.
1. Fear of their criticism can be devastating.
2. It can cause one to drink
booze, smoke cigarettes, smoke pot, take
dope, etc.
3. It can cause one to behave immorally.
4. It can silence the tongue of the righteous
who should speak out for trough
D. To fear the Lord and to desire to please Him
is far better.
E. If one is trusting the Lord he will not be
bullied by the ungodly into doing wrong, into refusing to do right or into remaining silent on the issue.
VIII.A. In olden days it was all too easy to
depend on the earthly ruler rather than to depend on God for help and to
administer justice and defend self.
B. In our day is likewise all to
easy to depend on the law and court
officials to administer justice and to defend
us.
C. But it is far better to trust in the Lord.
VIII. A.
The saved one almost certain to have some contact with the unsaved. (He is to live among them, aid them
in any way possible and witness to them about God.)
B. But we are not to become
comrades with them nor to join
ourselves with them in their way of life.
C. The two have nothing in common.
1. The upright person is an abomination to the just.
(He engages in things that the saved hates
and is a reminder of his own past way of life.)
2. The upright person is an abomination to the unrighteous.
a. If the saved man
joins with him in his sin, he despises the
saved man for doing so.
b. If the saved man
will not join with him in his sin, he despises the saved man for not doing so.
c. He despises him
either way because the saved represent a way of life which is contrary to his
own.
THE HIGH AND HOLY WORD OF THE HIGH AND HOLY
GOD
Proverbs 30:1-6
Introduction:
This
chapter contains the fourth appendage to the proverbs of Solomon. The first began
in Pro. 22:17; the second in Pro. 24:23;
the third in Pro. 25:1 and now the fourth in Pro.
30:1.
I.
The prophet and his claim to divine inspiration, V. 1
A. The prophet, the human author of these
proverbs, is Agur.
1. Just who he was, where he lived and when he
lived is not known.
2. There has been a lot of speculation, but
there is no certain information.
B. He is the son of Jakeh.
1. Some have speculated that Agur
was a synonym for Solomon.
2. If so, Jakeh must be
a synonym for David, which is highly unlikely.
C. The words of Agur
contain "the prophecy."
1. Literally this is "the heavy
sayings."
2. This term was used to signify it as a divine
oracle or divine revelation.
D. The words were addressed to Ithiel and Ucal, who were
probably his students.
II.
The prophet's acknowledgment of his limited knowledge of God, V. 2-3
A. He considered himself inferior to other men
in his limited knowledge, V. 2.@
B. He had no special schooling in the things of
God, V. 3.
1. That is, he had not attended a school for the
prophets.
2. Apparently there was such a school in his
day, but he had not been privileged
to attend.
C. Thus, he attributed the wisdom of his words
not to his own understanding nor
scholarship, but to a direct revelation from God.
III.
All of mankind's limited knowledge of God, V. 4
A. This verse presents a series of 5 questions.
B. The questions are designed to show that no
man has a full understanding of God; God
is too great to be fully understood by man.
C. The questions also set forth certain things
which only the Supreme Almighty God can
do.
1. God alone had ascended to the heights of
heaven or descended to the other ends
of the universe.
2. Only God can gather the winds in his fists
and control them at His will. (To
hold them back or send them
forth)
3. Only God can bind up the waters into clouds
as though in garments.
4. Only God could have set the boundaries of the
earth.
D. The last question sets forth two things:
1. That God is somewhat of a mystery to man and
man's knowledge about God is so
very limited.
2. That God does have a Son.
IV.
The divine revelation of God to man, V. 5-6
A. The primary source of man's knowledge about
God is God's own divine revelation about
Himself to man.
B. Man is to accept every word of God as being
true.
1. The text says, "pure," as in
contrast with impure.
2. The idea is that it is true as in contrast to
that which is untrue.
3. It is accurate in every way.
C. Man is not to change nor add to God's word.
1. This does not forbid translating from one
language to another.
2. Nor does it forbid expounding upon it for the
purpose of explaining it,
II Tim. 2:15; 4:2.
3. But it does forbid twisting God's word to
make it appear to say something which
it does not say or make it seem
to mean something which it does not mean.
4. It also forbids adding new thoughts which
were not there in the first place.
5. It did not forbid other true prophets or
inspired writers from writing new
books so that the revelation of
God could be completed.
6. But it does forbid adding new books to the
collection after God's revelation
is completed.
D. The implication is that man is not to look to
his own intellect, training, nor
understanding for a source of divine truth or instruction, but only to
God's revealed
word.
1. God's word is the only authority for
doctrinal truth.
2. God's word is the only authority for
practical instruction in the will of God.
TWO CONSTANT PRAYERS OF AGUR
Proverbs 30:7-9
Introduction:
In
this proverb Agur is addressing God. He reminds God that there have been two
particular requests which he has made to
God, V. 7. The word "required"
is used in the sense
of "asked, requested." One does not demand anything of God.
Of
all the prayers that Agur had prayed, these two had
been repeated most often. He said,
"Deny me them not before I
die." That is, "I am asking
you to do these two things for me as
long as I live."
I.
Request #1, V. 8a
A. Agur asked God to
remove from him vanity and lies.
1. The word "vanity," as used here,
carries the idea of evil, wickedness,
worthlessness.
2. One translation of the Bible uses the word,
"hypocrisy" and another "deceit."
3. Thus, he asks God to deliver him from evil
wicked hypocrisy or deceit and from
lies.
B. The prayer was apparently made because Agur had observed many people being taken and
falling victims to deceit and lies.
(They still are today --- some by their closest
friends.)
C. Apparently Agur
knew that he, too, might fall victim to such a deceiver.
1. He knew that he might not be alert enough,
shrewd enough or perceiving enough
to catch the would be deceiver.
2. He counted on God to protect him, keeping him
from falling a victim and from
being ruined by such a
deceiver.
3. He counted on God to protect his good name
from falling victim to viscous lies.
D. But apparently Agur's
prayers also asked God to prevent himself from becoming a
deceiver and a liar who would victimize others.
1. He understood the weakness of his own human
nature that made it possible for
him to stoop so low and do such
a viscous deed.
2. Judging from what he had seen in others, it
was not only possible, but it was
highly likely that somewhere
down the line he would be the hypocrite and the
liar.
3. He knew that his only protection against
himself doing such a deed was God.
II.
Request #2, V. 8b-9
A. This request could be summed up in the
words: "... give me neither poverty
nor
riches..." V. 8.
B. Agur explained his
reasoning behind such a request. He said,
"Feed me with food
convenient (or allotted) to me." (The idea is "sufficient for
me.")
1. "Lest I be full and deny thee and say,
Who is the Lord..." (He did not
want to
get to the place where he would
not feel dependent on God for help. He
had
seen others forsake the Lord
when they got great riches and he did not want to
do so himself), V. 9a.
2. "...or lest I be poor and steal, and
take the name of God in vain," V. 9b.
a. Agur was afraid
that if he became poor enough or hungry enough he would
find the temptation to
steal so strong that he would not resist.
b. Also he was afraid that he might blame his
poverty on God and that he
might "...take the
name of God in vain." (Speak
disrespectful of God for
allowing his poverty.)
Conclusion:
1.
There is a need on our part to be protected from the deceit and lies of
others. Thus, we
need to pray for his protection.
2.
There is a danger that Satan might catch us unawares in a moment of
weakness and entice
even us to become a deceiver and we need to pray all the more earnestly
that we would never
do such a thing.
3.
For the most part, it is admirable to pray that we might be neither rich
nor poor. (At the
least, we should not set our hearts on riches to covet after them.)
4.
But such a prayer to be neither rich nor poor should be made conditional
upon the will of
God.
a. God may get honor and glory from allowing one
to live with meager means by showing
them as an example that riches are not what it takes to live a contented
life and by
their daily dependance on God. The Apostle Paul was such a man on the
mission field.
Jesus taught us to pray, "Give us this day our daily bread,"
and that prayer allows
for the possibility of being poor.
b. On the other hand, God may deliberately allow
some person to become wealthy so that
they may use that wealth for His cause.
(Solomon's great wealth was so used to build
the Temple.) He may want you to
put a million dollars into His cause.
This would
require that He allow you to become a millionaire and that you be
willing to use what
you have for God.
c. Whether one is rich or poor he should be
willing to use what he has for the honor and
glory of God.
d. Also, one should be willing to be either rich
or poor --- or anywhere in between ---
whatever the will of God may be.
e. Yet for most of us, perhaps, the prayer of Agur would be a good prayer for us to
pray.
THE TROUBLE MAKER CAUGHT IN THE MIDDLE
Proverbs 30:10
Introduction:
This
proverb is about one who deliberately sets out to cause trouble between a man
and
his servants and ends up getting hurt by
his own tactics.
I.
The problem of trying to translate the verse,
A. Most versions render it: "Accuse not (or slander not) a servant
unto his master,"
etc.
B. Most Bible commentaries translate it: "Cause not a servant to slander his
master,"
etc.
C. Without trying to get into a discussion of
the Hebrew language, let me say that it
could be translated either way depending on how one views the context.
II.
The verse as the King James Version (and some other versions) has it
A. The word translated "accuse"
literally means "tongue" and, hence, the verse says,
"tongue not."
1. The word generally was used to refer to
speech.
2. It was also generally used to refer to harsh
speech or slander.
B. Thus, the proverb cautions the individual not
to slander the servant to the master.
1. The apparent motive of the trouble maker is
to cause the master to punish the
servant and then, in turn, to
cause the servant to seek to make trouble for
the master.
2. This is a cowardly way of trying to hurt the
master by causing him to alienate
his servant.
3. It may seem like a safe way of hurting the
master without taking any risk for
oneself.
C. But the proverb warns that there is risk; in
fact there is outright danger.
1. There is the danger that the master will immediately
see through the slander
and will turn his anger against
you instead of the accused servant.
2. There is the danger that the master will hear
the servant's side of the story
and you will be exposed as a
liar.
3. It is likely that you will hurt yourself more
than you will hurt the man whom
you intend to hurt.
III.
The verse as some commentaries have it
A. Some render it: "Cause not a servant to slander his
master."
B. Even in this case, the verse is warning not
to seek to cause trouble between a
servant and his master.
C. The end result is the same.
1. If you cause a servant to slander his master,
the master will find out your
part in the matter and will see
that you are trying to make trouble for him.
2. He then will likely retaliate and cause
trouble for you.
3. But even if he does not retaliate, you will
be exposed to all as a
troublemaker.
IV.
Some obvious lessons
A. Do
not try to make trouble between any other parties.
1. The proverb used the servant and his master
only as an example.
2. The principle applies to any parties of any
walk of life. (Do not try to make
trouble between others.)
3. You will be the one to get hurt if you do.
B. The proverb suggest that it is far better to
be a peacemaker than a troublemaker.
1. If there is trouble between a servant and his
master and you can bring peace
between them, then you have
helped them both. (And by doing so you
have helped
yourself.)
2. The same principle applies with any other
parties who are in conflict with one
another.
FOUR KINDS OF VERY SINFULL PEOPLE
Proverbs 30:11-14
Introduction:
Agur speaks of four kinds of wicked sinners that are
especially abhorring to him. Since
God inspired him to include their
descriptions in the Scripture this tells us that God,
Himself, finds these especially abhorring.
I. The
kind who disrespects his parents, V. 11
A. The proverb speaks of these as cursing the
father and not having anything good to say
about mother.
B. This is the exact opposite of what God
commanded in the law of Moses, Exodus 20:12.
C. In fact, the law provided the penalty of
death to the child who would curse his
parent, Exodus 21:17. (The same
penalty as that of cursing God, Lev. 24:16)
D. The authority of a parent over the child is
set forth in the Old Testament and
sustained in the New Testament, Eph.
6:1-3.
E. The attitude of disrespect can be seen in
many stages of the child's conduct:
1. Disobedience to the parents's
instructions
2. Disregarding the parent's authority
3. Sassing or talking back to the parent
4. Display of contempt toward the parent
5. Willfully bringing shame on the parent by
wayward conduct
F. The attitude may reach its final stage in
turning upon the parent in violence.
(Many
have killed their parents.)
G. God hates this kind of sin.
1. We have all seen, at least, some of this
attitude in ourselves.
2. This was but one of the many sins of which we
were guilty before we turned to
God in repentance. (His grace is amazing.)
3. This sin can and has shown up in the attitude
and conduct of saved boys and
girls. (It is something to guard against.)
II.
The kind who are self-righteous, V. 12
A. These are right in their own eyes, but not
right at all in the eyes of God. (Not
washed in the blood; still in filthy spiritual rags)
B. They either think that they have not done
anything wrong or else they think they
have been pardoned because of some religious deed they have done. (A classic exsmple
is seen in the Pharisees.)
C. God hates self-righteousness.
1. The self-righteous will not repent.
2. They reject the imputed righteousness which
God offers through faith in Jesus
Christ.
D. This, too, is a sin, which we all have seen
in ourselves at least to some measure,
especially before we were saved.
E. Even after being saved one needs to guard
against it.
III.
The kind who are exalted in pride, V. 13
A. There is a kind who think that they are better
than everybody else.
1. They have their noses so high in the air that
they need oxygen masks.
2. The haughty look of their eyes is the main
clue to their arrogance.
B. God hates this kind of pride.
1. It is actually a form of rebellion against
God, for God has commanded that one
be humble.
2. It is the kind of sin of which Lucifer
himself was guilty. (It is Satanic.)
3. It is a sin which God must punish severely.
C. Even this sin is one which we must carefully
guard against.
1. If we will be honest we have seen at least
traces of it in ourselves.
2. We need to be careful lest it overcomes us.
IV.
The kind who greedily take advantage against the poor, V. 14
A. These are the kind who are out for every
dollar they can get and they do not care who
they hurt to get it.
B.
They especially take advantage of the poor.
1. This is partly because the rich put up strong
defenses to keep from being
ripped off. (They would take advantage of the rich if
they could.)
2. This is partly because they see the poor as
easy prey. (Defenseless)
3. This is partly because they have no
compassion. (Not for the widows, the
orphans, the jobless, the sick,
the aged or the poor)
4. They take advantage of the defenseless by
crooked business deals, false
advertisements, outrageous
prices for goods or services, high interest rates,
or even con games.
C. These may appear in life as decent, law
abiding, peaceful neighbors, but their true
character is portrayed in the proverb.
(They are vicious people who have swords for
teeth and knives for jaw teeth.)
D. This is a grievous sin in the sight of God.
E. Yet even this sin can creep into our own
lives. (We may not be taken over by it,
but
we can be tainted by it.)
THINGS WHICH CAN NEVER BE SATISFIED
Proverbs 30:15-16
Introduction
The
key thought in this proverb is that there are some things which can never be
satisfied.
I. A
play on numbers, V. 15
A. The proverb declares that there are three
things which can never be satisfied.
B. But the figure starts with one of them and
then grows to three.
1. Number one is the leach.
2. There are then two daughters of the leach.
3. The number is then increased to three and
then four.
C. The leach plus the four things named in verse
16 make five.
D. This is suggestive of an ever increasing
number which grows well beyond the things
specifically named in the text.
II.
The symbolism involved in the leach
A. The leach is a blood-sucker, always wanting
blood.
B. The two daughters continually cry,
"Give, give."
C. They constantly receive, but are never
satisfied with what they receive.
III.
The four additional things, V. 16
A. The grave
1. The Hebrew word is "sheol"
meaning "The place of the dead."
2. It can refer to the place for dead bodies or
the place for departed spirits.
(One must depend on the context to
determine which of the two places it refers
to.)
3. Either way, the symbolism is the same: Death seems to never stop, but
continually cries out for more.
B. The barren womb
1. The idea in this is that the womb was
designed to bear children.
2. The woman with a barren womb never ceases to
grieve for children.
3. Sarah (the wife of Abraham), Hannah (the mother of Samuel) and Rachel (the
wife of Jacob) are examples of
this.
4. The demand for surrogate mothers today and
the willingness of a woman to be a
surrogate mother illustrate
this.
C. The earth's craving for water
1. No matter how much rain may fall, within a
short period of time the ground will
seem to cry out for more water.
2. Then when more rain comes the earth will
quickly soak it up and will soon again
be ready for more.
D. Fire
1. As long as a fire is fed with fuel, it will
keep burning.
2. It never seems to be satisfied.
3. Even after the flames have burned down, they
will light up again when more fuel
is added.
IV.
The real point of the proverb
A. The real point of the proverb relates to
mankind. (A man can never be satisfied
by
the material things of life.)
B. The man who seeks to build his life around
material things, seeking to find
satisfaction and fulfillment in them will never be satisfied.
C. The man who resorts to sinful means to gain
material things will bring great
punishment upon himself, but he will still not be satisfied by what he
has gained.
D. All
who seek satisfaction through any form of "lust of the flesh" will
never find
satisfaction. (Liquor, dope, sexual immoralities, etc.)
E. The way to find the greatest fulfillment in
life is in a close relationship with
God.
F. The only complete satisfaction to be found is
to be found in the next life by those
who get saved in this life.
PUNISHMENT FOR THE REBELLIOUS CHILD
Proverbs 30:17
Introduction:
Keep
in mind that the Book of Proverbs is a handbook on wise and successful
living. The
main section of the book was written by the
wise man, Solomon. One of the basic
principles of
the whole book is respect for parental
authority.
I.
What Solomon said about parental authority
A. Solomon first set forth the foundation for
all true wisdom: The fear of the Lord is
the beginning of wisdom, Pro. 1:7.
B. The very next lesson which he taught was a
lesson about respect for parental
authority, Pro. 1:8-9.
C. Solomon repeated this principle throughout
the Book of Proverbs, Pro. 4:1; 6:20;
13:1; 15:5, 20; 19:26; and 20:20.
II.
Parental authority as taught in the supplements to the book
A. The first supplement begins in Pro. 22:17 and
teaches parental authority in 23:22.
B. The second supplement begins with Pro. 24:23
and goes through chapter 24, but makes
no specific reference to parental authority.
C. The third supplement begins with Pro. 25:1
and teaches respect for one's parents in
Pro. 28:24.
D. The fourth supplement begins with Pro. 30:1.
1. In Pro. 30:11 Agur
described one who disrespects his parents as a wicked man,
but mentions no punishment for
him.
2. In our text, verse 17, he describes the
punishment that will come to one who
disrespects his parents.
III.
An exposition of the text
A. The eye of a rebellious youngster reveals his
rebellious spirit, "...the eye that
mocketh..."
1. The child may be totally silent about his
rebellion, but his eyes express his
contempt and his spirit of
disobedience.
2. At his very first opportunity he will show
his contempt by his outward conduct.
3. Unless this trend is curbed eventually his
whole pattern of conduct is that of
disrespect and
disobedience to his parents.
B. The proverb declares that the end result will
be that the rebel will eventually bring
about his own downfall.
1. It is said that the vultures would eat his
body. (There is specific mention
about the eye that was guilty
of looking so hatefully toward his parents.)
2. The general idea is that his rebellious
attitude toward his parents soon grew
to include a rebellious
attitude toward the legal authorities and he became a
criminal.
3. The death described in the proverb is that of
a criminal where no burial would
protect the body from the
vultures.
C. It is no wonder that there is such severe
punishment for the rebel against the
parents in authority.
1. For one thing, to rebel against the parent is
to rebel against God who placed
the parent in authority over the child.
2. For another thing, the commandment in God's law
which instructed the child to
honor his father and mother was
the first commandment with a promise of special
blessing to those who are
obedient and respectful to parents.
3. It would seem fitting then that there would
be especially severe punishment for
the disobedient.
4. The parents may never punish the child, but
he will not go without punishment.
D. Absalom is a classic example of such a
rebellious son.
1. He rebelled against his father, David, and
tried to take his father's kingdom
away from him. (And he did for a while.)
2. But he met with a shameful death on the
battlefield.
Conclusion:
1.
Parents are responsible for teaching their child to be obedient.
2.
Grandparents are responsible for re-enforcing that parental training.
3.
The child is responsible for yielding to their authority and being
obedient.
4.
The child should learn to love and appreciate his parents for giving him
such good
training.
FOUR THINGS HARD TO UNDERSTAND
Proverbs 30:18-19
Introduction:
The
proverb speaks at first of only three things and then adds a fourth as if by
afterthought, V. 18. This is a way of calling special attention to
the fourth. These four
things are said by the author to be
"...too wonderful for me...," V. 18.
The idea is: "too
mysterious for me to understand." This idea then receives emphasis by saying,
"which I know
not."
I.
The way of an eagle in the air, V. 19
A. The eagle is one of the largest of birds and
yet he soars higher than all of the
others. (The bald eagle has a
wing span of about 8 feet and the golden eagle about
9 feet.)
B. In addition to its ability to fly high, it is
exceedingly swift.
C.
Also in sharp contrast is its quick
maneuverability. (It is said to be able
to
frighten an osprey into dropping its fish and then catch the fish before
it hits the
ground or water.)
D. Another mysterious thing is how it flies without
leaving a trace of its path.
E. The only conclusion that one can reach is
that the eagle is wonderfully designed
and made.
II.
The way of a serpent on a rock, V. 19
A. A serpent does not have hands or feet, arms
or legs with which to climb and yet it
easily climbs up tall trees or steep rocky bluffs which seem impossible
for it to
climb. (How does it do it?)
B. What does it find for food in such
places? Yet it not only survives, but
thrives.
(One snake hunter said that he has seen about 300 rattlesnakes outside
one den.)
C. And what do they do for water?
D. Like the eagle which leaves no tracks a snake
on rock leaves no tracks.
E. The obvious fact is that there are laws of nature
involving God's creatures which
we do not understand. (This is
true with all of God's creatures.)
III.
The way of a ship in the midst of the sea, V. 19
A. It is hard for us to understand how such a
large ship could stay afloat and how it
additionally carries a large amount of men and cargo.
B. It is hard to understand how the old time
ships could use the wind, no matter which
direction from which it blows to carry them in any direction that the
captain wants
to go.
C. Out on the water where there are no roads to
follow: : How do they find their way
to the place where they want to go?
(I know that they follow the stars and use the
compass, but it still seems as if they would miss the mark by hundreds
of miles
especially in storms.)
D. The ship, like the eagle in the air and the
serpent on the rock, leaves no tracks to
mark its pathway.
E. God has some marvelous laws of nature and has
somehow given man the ability to use
these laws to benefit mankind.
IV.
The way of a man with a maid, V. 19
A. There is a mysterious attraction between a
man and a maid.
1. Beauty alone will not explain it.
a. I have seen beautiful horses and beautiful birds,
but the attraction is
not the same.
b. Besides, some maids are not beautiful
physically, but they seem to have
that mysterious magnetic
attraction.
2. Even the sexual attraction alone does not
explain it. (A man may be attracted
by a maid that he does not lust
after in the least.)
3. But there is that mysterious attraction that
desires the presence and
companionship of a maid.
B. It will cause a man to search out one for
himself.
1. He will woo her and court her in many strange
ways.
2. He will do almost anything to get her
attention.
C. And there is little else in life that can be
as satisfying to a man as the
companionship of a good wife.
(There is something indeed very wonderful about it.)
D. But the very mystery of the attraction should
sound a warning.
1. Do not be misled by looks alone, but look for
that hidden inner beauty of
character.
2. Do not be led stray by a wayward woman of bad
character.
3. Do not yield to the temptation to take
privileges that would rightly be your's
only in marriage.
a. No other human being may know, just you and
the maid alone, but God in
heaven would know and He
would strongly disdisapprove.
b. Just as He sees the eagle in the sky and the
serpent on the rock and the
ship on the sea when no
human eye sees, even so He sees all secret acts.
Conclusion:
Let
us seek to please God in all things, knowing that this is best. God will add His
blessings.
THE WAY OF AN ADULTEROUS WOMAN
Proverbs 30:20
Introduction:
This
proverb is not actually a part of the previous proverb. Yet it is very cleverly
attached to it, so that the previous
proverb serves to introduce this one.
In
V. 18 the writer said that there are three things too mysterious and hard for
him to
understand.
Then he quickly adds: "No, there are four."
V.
19 names the four: (1) The way of the
eagle in the sky; (2) the way of a serpent the
rocks; (3) the way of a ship in the ocean,
and (4) the way of a man with a maid.
The way of
a man with a maid does not necessarily take
on a bad or immoral note, but it is suggestive that
the maid's attraction to a man could become
immoral. With that in mind, he now sets
forth an
entirely new and separate proverb: The way of an adulterous woman. And this time he leaves no
doubt.
The way of this woman is bad. It
is immoral.
Let
us keep in mind that the law of God as given through Moses declares: "Thou shalt not
commit adultery," Exodus 20:14. That commandment applies both to the man and
the woman alike.
In
this proverb the emphasis is placed upon the woman, but keep in mind that it
would be just
as sinful for a man to be adulterous as it
is for a woman.
The
writer of the proverb does not go into detail about the way of the adulterous
woman,
but what he says is suggestive of the
following:
I.
The way of the adulterous woman is the way of secret sin,
A. The woman spoken of in this text is not the
woman who openly advertises herself as a
prostitute by trade.
B. Rather, she seeks to portray herself as a
respectable woman in the community, perhaps
the wife of a respectable man.
1. She lives a double life
2. In her public life she is respectable and
probably pious, but in her private
life she is a rebel against God
and His rules.
3. To her husband, she appears to be a faithful
companion, but to his back she is
unfaithful.
C. I am afraid that in our day this kind of
woman is far too numerous.
II.
The way of the adulterous woman is the way of continuous sin
A. The kind of woman pictured in this proverb is
not one who, under the pressure of
temptation, has one regrettable affair of which she is deeply sorry.
B. It may have started with one adulterous
affair, but this one affair has led her to
make this her way of life.
1. She eagerly goes from one affair to another.
2. She goes deeper and deeper into sin.
III.
It is a way of lies and deceit
A. In order to hide her sin from her husband,
she tells lie after lie.
B. Thus, not only does one adulterous affair
lead to another, but one kind of sin leads
to another kind of sin.
C. The Tyler Morning Telegraph newspaper told
about a young woman in Tyler who was using
a pickup truck with a camper and a CB
radio for prostitution along Interstate Highway
20 while her husband was at work.
(She was murdered and left beside the highway.
Thus, she lost her life and was exposed for the adulterous woman that
she was.)
IV.
It is the way of shameless sin
A. The proverb declares that she says, "I
have done no wickedness." (She
feels no
remorse.)
B. Many today who follow this way of life openly
defy God's law which prohibits adultery
and they advocate that all people remove all restraints.
C. Others would not openly admit to such an
attitude, but feel the same way about it.
V.
It is the way of contagious sin
A. Such a woman may feel that what she does
hurts nobody. (At least nobody but
herself)
B. But her conduct will affect and hurt many
lives.
1. She will allure numerous men into sin with
her.
2. She has no idea how many other lives will get
hurt because of her.
VI.
It is the way of terrible consequences
A. Many a heart has been broken because of such
a woman.
B. Many a home has been broken because of such a
woman.
C. Many a murder hs
been committed because of such a woman.
D. Many a case of venereal disease has been
contracted and spread to others because of
such women.
E. Many a case of "HIV" will be
contracted which will become full blown AIDS because of
such women. (HIV first began to
spread only through homosexual acts, but is now
being spread through heterosexual activity.)
F. The most terrible consequences are not
physical, but spiritual.
1. This way of life drives one further away from
God and make them harder to reach
for God.
2. Each such sin committed by the saved will
bring the chastisement of God.
3. Each sin committed by the unsaved will bring
everlasting punishment unless
they repent and get saved.
FOUR THINGS HARD TO TOLERATE
Proverbs 30:21-23
Introduction:
Verse
18 introduced three things which were hard to understand and then added a
fourth.
This proverb introduces three things hard
to bear or endure and then adds a fourth.
I. A
servant who comes to reign, V. 22a
A. This proverb declares that a servant who comes
to the throne can become very
intolerable. (This truth has been
earlier declared in Pro. 19:10.)
B. This is so whether he becomes
king through legitimate channels or through crooked
underhanded means.
1.
If he comes to power by crooked, underhanded means he will continue to
use
crooked, underhanded tactics
once he is in power. (If he has murdered
to gain
the throne, he will murder to
keep it or to gain other things he wants.)
2. Even if he gains power by legitimate means,
his kingdom will suffer as a result
of having an unqualified man in
office.
C. There are several lessons in
the proverb for modern times.
1. It can be harmful to an individual and to
others for one to advance too
quickly.
2. It is important to seek qualified persons for
any office.
3. One should not be tempted to join in with a
rebel force which seeks to oust the
powers that be; he may be
helping to put someone in power who is far worse.
(For example: Cuba.
The United States helped to overthrow the previous regeim
and put Castro only to later regret
it.
II.
A fool who is affluent (well heeled), V. 22b
A. The meat or food is but an example of being
well supplied with material things.
B. Some people need to be kept on a somewhat
poverty level.
1. In this way they are aware of their need and
are kept somewhat submissive or
humble.
2. But like the servant who abuses his newly
gained power, this person misuses
his newly gained possessions.
3. The proverb implies that he wastes it,
becomes a glutton and possibly a
drunkard.
4. He will never behave properly again until he
is in poverty again.
C. We see such situations today.
1. Someone suddenly comes into a large sum of
money and he blows it almost
overnight.
2. Or, someone who comes into wealth may become
egotistical and snooty as a result
of his newfound wealth.
3. It has been said that a little knowledge can
be a dangerous thing and a little
wealth can also be dangerous
for someone who does not know how to handle it.
III.
A hateful woman who marries, V. 23a
A. The word that is translated
"odious" carries the idea that she is hated or hateful.
(She is spiteful; she has a mean mouth; is filled with bitterness toward
others; is
selfish; is ungrateful; is unkind; is strong willed and determined to
have her own
way; and nags without ceasing.)
B. It is a thousand wonders that she ever got
married and it would be better for all if
she never had.
1. Being married to her is a disaster to her poor
husband.
2. She makes life miserable for her children.
3. She makes life miserable for all who have
dealings with her.
4. Yet nobody is more miserable than she is.
C. This proverb suggests several things:
1. It suggest that the shoe can be on the other
foot; it can be the husband who
is hateful and mean.
2. It suggests that one be careful about whom he
marries. (Or whom he dates)
3. It suggests that a little bit of this nature
can be found in all of us.
4. It suggests that we all should seek to
improve our temperament.
IV.
A handmaid who is heir to her mistress, V. 23b
A. The situation involved in this proverb is
that a handmaid (a slave girl) becomes heir
to her mistress (owner).
1. She may do this as a result of the mistress
dying and having no children for
heirs and, thus, her servant or
servants become her heirs.
2. Or, she may become an heir by treacherously
betraying her mistress, resulting
in her taking the place of the
rightful wife.
3. In either case the results are disastrous.
B. We have seen similar situations in our day.
1. We have seen one woman slave and sacrifice to
help her husband to achieve
success only to be discarded
and some other woman reap the benefits of her
sacrifice and labors.
2. We have seen one woman who was thought to be
a best friend undermine the
wife's interests and take her
husband away from her. (Like a slave girl
who
owed her loyalty to her
mistress, she owed her loyalty to her friend.)
3. We have seen younger women use their youth
and physical attractiveness to
allure another woman's man and
steal him away.
Conclusion:
While
none of these proverbs may describe any of us specifically, yet in each of them
there are lessons for us all. We are to seek to live our lives by the
standards that God has
set and seek to follow His wisdom in all
that we do. Anything that is out of the
will of God
will lead to harmful results. Everything that is in keeping with the will
of God is wise.
ROUR THINGS THAT ARE LITTLE BUT WISE
Proverbs 30:24-28
Introduction:
The
proverbs of King Agur are recorded in this chapter. He has a way of using numbers
that catch attention. In verses 18-20 he speaks about four things
that are hard to understand.
They are too marvelous for one to fully
understand. In verses 21-23 he speaks
about four
things that are hard to bear or hard to
tolerate. In this text he speaks about
four things
that are very little but very wise. They are exceedingly wise, verse 24.
These
four little but wise things are animals.
They are creatures of God. Their
wisdom
was placed in them by the Creator. It is not by intelligence that they are wise,
but by a
God-given instinct.
The
implication is twofold: (1) We can look to these little creatures and
learn their
wisdom and apply it to our own lives. (2) We
can look to God, who made these creatures and
gave them their wisdom, and learn His ways
and apply His wisdom to our own lives.
I.
The ant, which is little but wise, V. 25
A. The ant is very little in comparison to man.
1. It would take may ants to weigh one pound.
2. One man is millions of times larger than an
ant.
3. One man with one foot could crush hundreds of
ants.
B. But the ant is very wise.
1. They are wise to work. (This is a lesson many people need to learn.)
2. They are wise enough to use their labors to
provide food for the winter.
3. They are wise enough to do their labor in the
summer when food is available.
4. They are wise enough to store it in such a
way that it would be preserved and
usable in the winter.
5. They are wise enough to store it in such a
way as to make it accessible to the
whole colony during the winter.
6. There are other wise traits which ants have
which were not specifically
mentioned by the writer, but
which man has been able to observe.
a. They designate certain tasks to certain ones
who are skilled in that
area.
b.
For instance, certain ants are warrior ants and serve as protectors for
all.
c. Certain ants are the worker ants and who do
all the manual labor.
C. If man could and would do as much work in
comparison to the size of the ant, there
is no telling how much he could accomplish.
D. The main lessons are: Preparation and work.
1. As the ant prepares in the summer for the
winter, even so man would be wise to
prepare for eternity while he
has opportunity.
2. Likewise, after one has prepared for eternity
by faith in Jesus Christ, he
should be wise enough to work
and serve the Lord who has saved him.
II.
The conies, which are also little but wise, V. 26
A. There is a language problem with the word
"coney."
1. The modern word, coney,
means rabbit, but many language scholars believe that
the rabbit is not spoken of
here in this verse.
2. Most agree that the coney
spoken of here is the daman or cliff badger.
(See
"daman" in Webster's
dictionary.)
3. This is a small animal about the size of a
small rabbit which abounded in
Palestine in Biblical days.
4. They are extremely defenseless
creatures, but in spite of this numerous "towns"
of them lived in the rocks and cliffs of Canaan.
5. Whereas they lacked in strength and fighting
skill, they were wise enough to
take refuge in the rocks and
cliffs.
B. Oh, that man would learn this lesson!
1. Man has an enemy that would destroy us all
or, perhaps, capture us and make us
his slaves.
2. We are no match for his skills and power.
3. But God has provided a Rock for our refuge
and that Rock is Jesus Christ.
4. Let every man flee to that Rock for safety.
C. Those of us who have trusted Jesus are saved
and Satan cannot touch our souls to hurt
us, but he can wreck and ruin our lives if we let him.
1. But the same Rock which saved our soul is
still our refuge if we will but seek
Him.
2. Jesus Christ is our refuge in every trial of
life.
3. May we be wise enough to flee to Him.
III.
The locusts, V. 27
A. The locust spoken of in the Bible is not the
"Katy-did" which is common here in
East-Texas. Rather it was more
like what we call the grasshopper.
B. The grasshopper is a rather small
creature. (At least, most of them are.)
C. Agur calls to our
attention that the grasshopper has no king or leader.
1. Some animals do have leaders, but the
grasshopper or locust does not.
2. Yet great swarms of locusts will move in
unison like a well trained army.
3. They all move together, step for step, side
by side, shoulder to shoulder.
4. When one moves they all move, when one
changes direction they all change
direction.
5. They offer a great example of cooperation and
unity of goal and effort.
6. How marvelous it would be if the people of
God could work together in such
harmony and cooperation.
D. It is as though some unseen leader were
leading the way and giving orders.
1. And there is an unseen leader who directs
them. In some mysterious way God,
Himself, directs their
movements.
2. Would it not be great if we would be as
unanimous in following the
instructions of God?
IV.
The spider, which is also small but wise, V. 28
A. There is a language problem also in this
verse.
1. The King James translators use the word
"spider."
2. But Hebrew language scholars are not all in
agreement with this translation.
3. Some prefer the word "lizard" to
"spider."
4. But in spite of the language problem, the
lesson is the same.
B. Agur says that the
spider (or lizard) takes hold with her hands and is in kings'
palaces.
1. This could well describe the splendor of the
web which the spider builds.
2. But it could be that what Agur
here describes is a human king building for
himself and his family a splendrous palace and yet a n uninvitedc spider (or
lizard) moves right in and
makes herself at home in that palace.
(She did not
build it, but she has the
privilege of living in it anyway.
Although she is
small she lives in a huge
splendorous palace.)
C. The lesson from this could well apply to man
and heaven.
1. Man is certainly not capable of building for
himself the splendors of heaven.
2. But if he is wise, he will repent of his sin
and trust Jesus Christ to be his
Savior and get to live in the
splendors of heaven anyway.
Conclusion:
Man
is large in comparison to the tiny creatures named in these proverbs, but if he
is
wise he will observe them and learn many
lessons from them that can be a blessing to his life
here on earth. Also, if he is wise, he will learn to look to
God Himself and let God direct
his ways and fill his needs for life here
in this world and for the world to come.
FOUR THINGs
MAJESTIC TO BEHOLD
Proverbs 30:29-31
Introduction:
King
Agur spoke first about four things which were too
marvelous to understand. Then he
spoke about four things which are hard to
tolerate. After that he spoke about four
things
which were little, but wise. In this proverb he speaks about four things
which are majestic
or stately in their action. They are just beautiful to watch. It is inspiring to behold.
King Agur does not infer that these are the
only four things which are majestic and
inspiring, but he does name these four
specific things.
I. A
lion, V. 30
A. The lion is said to be strongest among
beasts.
1. The term "strongest" is used in the
sense of fighting ability.
2. There are other animals with more brute
strength, but they are no match for
the lion in battle.
B. The lion is also said to not turn away from
any.
1. He is courageous and brave, doing battle with
animals many times his size.
2. He is quick, powerful and effective.
3. He is seldom the loser in battle.
4. He has been rightly called "The king of
the jungle."
C. The beauty of his actions are attested in
many ways.
1. By the many films about lions both fictitious
and documentary.
2. By the attraction that they hold in circus
acts.
3. There is just something awe inspiring about
watching him.
II.
A greyhound, V. 31
A. The literal translation for the Hebrew word
is "one whose loins are girded."
1. If you have ever seen a greyhound or a
picture of one, you know this to be an
accurate description of this
creature.
2. He is very thin in the waist and hips as
though he wore a tight belt or girdle.
B. When it comes to running, he is a running
machine. (He is built for it.)
1. He is graceful and beautiful in every move.
2. He is lean, muscular and strong.
3. He is swift and persistent.
C. Some Hebrew scholars have suggested that the
Hebrew word could be translated with
choices of animals other than the greyhound.
1. But none fit the description of having girded
loins better than the greyhound.
2. None are more majestic than the greyhound in
action.
3. This is why the greyhound is the dog chosen
for use on the racetrack in
preference to any other
dog.
4. There is just something awe inspiring about
watching him.
III.
A he-goat, V. 31
A. In a herd of goats the males will compete
with one another to see who is to be leader
of the herd.
B. Once it is determined who the leader is, that
goat will lead out and the whole herd
will follow him.
C. If danger threatens the herd he will station
himself between the herd and the
danger.
1. He will hold his head high in the air making
a beautiful sight as his horns are
raised.
2. If necessary, he will lower that head and charge.
D. There is just something awe inspiring about
watching him.
IV.
A king, V. 31
A. The particular kind of king spoken of in the
proverb is one against whom there is no
rising up.
1. That is, it is needless for any to rise up
against him.
2. If any within his kingdom seek to rise
against him, he moves swiftly and
decisively to defeat them.
3. If an enemy from without seeks to rise
against him, he likewise deals swiftly
and decisively with that enemy.
B. It is awe inspiring to watch him.
1. He is a marvel to watch as he rules his
people.
a. He seems to understand people well. (He is not easily fooled by anyone.)
b. He seems to know what to do in dealing with
so many different problems.
c. He not only meets the immediate need, but
seems to have an uncanny
instinct in preparing for
some future need.
2. Even from a physical and material view, he is
very impressive.
a. His attire is majestic and beautiful.
b. The people of his court are likewise
beautifully attired.
c. His palace, his throne, and his city are
beautifully attired.
D. It is strange that Agur
would speak in this way about a king, being a king himself.
1.
It might at first appear that he was
boasting about himself.
2. But being the godly man that he was, it is
more likely that he spoke of some
king other than himself whose
majesty had made a lasting impression on him.
V.
There are some practical lessons for us
A. It is God who has made these animals to be
the majestic creatures that they are.
(He gave them their power, their speed, their skill, and their natural
instincts.)
B. It is God who raises the earthly king to power.
1. God increases his strength, his skills, and
gives him the capability of ruling
in such a way to benefit, not
only himself, but the people of his kingdom.
2. It is God who blesses him if he rules well
and it is God who abdicates the
throne if he does not do well.
C. It is God who is the real source of strength,
leadership and protection for us all.
D. There is a mighty King yet to rule whose
majesty will exceed all others kings.
1. This King is the Lord Jesus Christ.
2. He will rule from a throne in Jerusalem.
3. He will rule the entire world.
4. His glory and splendor are beyond our
imagination.
5. The beauty of His person, His palace and His
court will far exceed that of
King Solomon, King
Nebuchadnezzar, Julius Caesar and all other kings.
6. As to the might of His power, He is the
Almighty.
7. It will indeed be awe inspiring to see Him
and to watch Him in action.
8. It is awe inspiring just to read about, study
about and think about Him.
MAKING TROUBLE FOR SELF
Proverbs 30:32-33
Introduction:
These
are the last of the proverbs which King Agur added to
Solomon's collection. At
first it may appear that these are not
related, but they are. Both of them warn
against making
trouble for yourself.
I.
Lifting one's self up in pride, V. 32a
A. Note the word "if."
1. If you have done foolishly in lifting yourselfe up.
2. The idea is that if you have lifted yourself
up, then you have done foolishly.
B. One may have foolishly bragged or boasted
about himself.
C. He may have foolishly sought out an exalted
position for himself, Luke 14:8-11.
D. It is foolishness to do that which is sure to
bring you down and bring shame and
disgrace upon you, Luke 14:11.
(One just hurts himself.)
II.
If thou hast thought evil, V. 32b
A. The idea here, when compared to the latter
part of the verse and to verse 33, is
"If you have thought to speak evil against someone else."
1. If you have thought to slander him in some
way that would do him harm.
2. If you thought to bring hurtful accusations
against him.
B. The word translated "thought" can
be translated "devised."
1. Thus, the proverb speaks not of hasty words
spoken in the heat of anger.
2. Rather, it speaks of pre-meditated slander,
words that were deliberately
calculated to damage.
C. If one speaks with the purpose of hurting
another he might as well have spoken with
the intent of hurting himself.
1. That is who he is going to hurt.
2. He may hurt the other party also, but the
greater hurt will be to himself.
III.
The wise counsel of the proverb, V. 32c
A. The proverb counsels the individual who would
exalt himself or the individual who
slanders another to lay his hand against his mouth.
1. That is, he is to refrain from saying what he
intended to say.
2. Or, if he has already spoken, he is to stop
and retract what he has said.
B. Some say, "If you think it you had might
as well say it."
1. Not so!
2. It is a sin just to think it, but it is a
worse sin to say it.
3. There may be times when words are like
silver, but there are also times when
silence is golden.
C. Do not wait until someone else has to
restrain you and silence you, but exercise some
self discipline and silence yourself.
IV.
Three things that are brought forth with pressure, V. 33
A. Butter is brought forth under pressure.
1. The old time churn in that day was a leather
bag. (Fresh leather)
2. Curdled milk was poured into the leather bag
and the bag was tied tightly
shut.
3. The bag was then either squeezed or shook
until the butter formed.
B. Blood from the nose is also brought forth
under pressure.
1. This proverb does not speak of a nosebleed
caused by physical illness , but
specifically that which is
caused by external pressure.
2. The pressure can be administered suddenly as
by a blow to the head.
3. It can be more gradual such as an undue
pressure against the nose with fingers
or thumb.
4. The blood vessels within the nose break and
the blood pours forth.
C. Even so, strife can be caused by pressure.
1. If you keep doing and saying things that
provoke the other fellow, he is apt to
reach the breaking point and
you could get severely hurt.
2. Even a man who is usually calm and peaceable
may be capable of great violence
if too much pressure is put on
him. (A preacher friend under such
pressure
once told a man, "I do not intend to
fight you, but if I have to fight you I
intend to win.")
V.
The two proverbs related in thought
A. The second proverb very clearly warns against
provoking someone else to do you harm.
B. The second part of the proverb in verse 32
does also.
C. Actually the first part does also.
1. You can hardly exalt yourself without also putting
someone else down.
2. You put them down either by word or action.
3. Either way it is offensive.
VI.
An underlying thought in both proverbs
A. The thought that is expressed is that you may
provoke the other fellow to anger and
he may hurt you.
B. The thought that is merely inferred is that
by your sin you anger God and force Him
into dealing sharply with you.
C. Either way you are the one who gets hurt.
Conclusion:
1,
Do not exalt yourself, but rather humble yourself.
2.
Do not slander the other person; be careful what you say.
3.
Do not say anything that would put pressure upon the other person to
retaliate.
COUNSEL FIT FOR A KING
Proverbs 31:1-9
Introduction:
This
appendage was written by a king named Lemuel. The word, Lemuel,
means "To God" with
the idea of "Belonging to
God." We know nothing more about
him than what is revealed in this
chapter.
Some speculate that this was a symbolic name for Solomon. This is farfetched.
Solomon's name was openly used to identify
proverbs earlier credited to him. There
is no
reason for a mystical name to be given to
him here. Some suppose he was an Arab
king of some
country neighboring to Israel. This is at least a possibility.
The
words written here are credited to the mother of Lemuel. At least the teachings were
credited to her as she taught her son in
his youth. These must have served as a
guide for him
all through life. In later years he wrote this condensed form
of what she had taught him.
Verse
2 portrays a highly emotional appeal from mother to son. She was deeply concerned
about him as every mother should be for her
son. "What, my son?" is
equivalent to "Oh, my
son!"
"...son of my womb..." portrays the very strong personal bond
of love she felt for him.
"...son of my vows..." indicates
that she had asked God for a son and that he was the answer
to her prayers. In turn, she had made certain religious vows
to God, no doubt pledging to
instruct him in God's will and ways.
Verses
3-9 record the wise counsel she gave him which helped to mold his life and make
him a wise and good king.
I. A
warning against immoral women, V. 3a
A. This mother knew that immoral women would
present a temptation to her son and she
warned him against such.
1. She was not advising against courtship and marriage, but, rather, the advice
she was giving would help him
to have a better and happier courtship and
marriage.
2. She knew that immoral women will tempt any
man and especially they would seek
to gain the attention and favor
of the king.
B. This is good counsel for any leader.
1. A good wife is a help and a credit to a
leader.
2. But immoral women can ruin any leader.
3. His pursuit of her is a waste of time and
energy and a detriment to his career.
C. This is also good counsel for any man.
1. In the first place a man should not expect to
find a good wife among wild
women. (He should not date wild women nor court
them.)
2. A man who has a good wife is foolish to allow
himself to be lured and
captivated by an immoral woman.
II.
A warning against "...ways which destroyeth
kings...," V. 3b
A. The close connection between this warning and
the one about wild women indicates that
wild women can destroy even a king.
1. For one thing, she might deliberately plot
his downfall and maybe even his
murder.
2. At any rate, she would lead him into a sinful
way of life that would bring
about his destruction.
3. If nothing else, she would likely cultivate
the kind of desires in him which
would destroy him.
B. The wording seems to deliberately imply a
second meaning.
1. They could contain a warning against waging unnecessay wars for the purpose of
destroying neighboring kings
and taking their wealth. (Such would
surely meet
God's displeasure and result in
his own downfall.)
2. There was the danger that such a king, once
attacked might rise up and destroy
his attacker. (Many a king has
been destroyed in such a manner.)
C. This should serve as a warning to anyone not
to maliciously harm others nor to take
their possessions for himself.
III.
A warning against liquor, V. 4-5
A. She warned that it is not good for a king to
drink liquor, V. 4.
1. It is commonly accepted by the world for leaders
to get together and drink.
2. It is also a common practice for leaders to
throw lavish parties where liquor
flows abundantly.
3. It may be accepted by men, but not by the
Lord.
B. She warned that certain dangers exist in such
conduct.
1. For one thing, he could become the prey to
the evil woman that she has already
warned against.
2. For another thing, he may forget the
law. (He may forget the law of the land
and the law of God. It would be tragic for him to forget
either.), V. 5.
3. Under the influence of liquor, he may pervert
the judgment of someone
afflicted. (He may pervert justice. The afflicted count on him to rule in
justice and to hear legal
trials with a clear and understanding mind.)
C. She did note a good useful purpose even for
liquor, which is usually harmful, V. 6-7.
1. God did not create liquor, but He did create
the products from which it is made
and designed the laws of nature
which produce it.
2. Hence, it is to be expected that it would
serve at least some good purpose.
3. It is a sedative and anti-depressant for
those who are in deep depression,
V. 6b & 7. (As are some other drugs.)
IV.
An appeal to be a defender of the oppressed, V. 8-9
A. He, as king, was to open his mouth for those
who could not speak for themselves,
V. 8. (Whether because they are
physically incapable of speech, or inexperienced,
or too young, or unlearned, or too poor or whatever the reason)
B. He was called upon to speak for all such as
were appointed for destruction, V. 9.
1.
This does not mean that he was to defend criminals who deserve just
punishment.
2. The Hebrew language says literally "sons
of destruction." (That is, children
or people who are in danger of
destruction being unjustly brought upon them.)
C. This is a good policy for any leader, to
protect the afflicted and oppressed.
D. It is good advice for any of us.
Conclusion:
It
is not likely that any of us will in this lifetime ever become a king, but we
can all
live a kingly life by following the wise
counsel of Lemuel's godly mother.
THE VALUE OF A VIRTUOUS WOMAN
Proverbs 31:10
Introduction:
Keep
in mind that King Lemuel is recalling things which
his mother had taught him in his
early childhood, V. 1. One of the things she had taught him was to
avoid the temptations of
evil women, V. 3. Beginning with V. 10 Lemuel
relates that she taught him the value of a good
woman.
This would serve two purposes:
(1) That he would seek a good woman to be his wife; (2)
That he would properly love and cherish
such a wife.
Lemuel recorded his mother's teachings in the form of an
acrostic, V. 10-31. (Each
verse of the acrostic began with a
different letter of the Hebrew alphabet in their consecutive
order.)
This
record should challenge all young men to seek a virtuous woman and then to love
and
cherish her. It should also challenge all young women to
seek to be a virtuous woman. It
should challenge some women who are not
virtuous to change their ways. It should
challenge
every woman to improve.
I. A
search for a virtuous wife, V. 10a
A. The word, "virtuous" in the Hebrew
basically means to be strong, durable and, hence,
dependable.
1. Thus, it took on such shades of meaning as
moral strength and spiritual
strength.
2. Hence, it is here translated
"virtuous" because this is the kind of woman who
is strong, durable, and
dependable.
B. The question "Who can find..."
implies several things:
1. It implies that this is the kind of woman
that a man should look for. (Often
this is totally ignored. The unwise man may be after beauty, fun, or
even
money.)
2. It implies that such quality is rare.
3. But it also implies that such quality is
available if one will search for it.
C. The answer to the question is important.
1. One will not find such a woman as this in the
sinful worldly crowd. (She is
not likely to be the most
popular girl in the vicinity.)
2. One can find such a woman only by the help of
the Lord, Pro. 19:14. (Not only
is woman a gift from God
to man, but a good woman is a special gift from God.)
3. One is more apt to find such a woman in
church than in any other place.
II.
The price of a virtuous woman, V. 10b
A. The word "price" here means value,
worth.
B. The King James Version says that she is worth
more than rubies.
1. Most Hebrew lexicons give the primary meaning
to be "pearls" or "red coral."
2. Many translations use the word
"pearls."
3. Either way the idea is that she is worth more
than precious jewels; she is of
extremely great value.
Conclusion:
1.
HUSBANDS:
You
probably already love and value your wife, but the chances are that you have
not
placed nearly enough value upon her. The chances are that you have not thanked God
nearly
enough for her. Keep in mind that a good woman is a gift from
God. The chances are that you
have not shown her nearly enough kindness
and love.
2.
WIVES:
Keep
in mind that your primary responsibility in life is to please your Maker.
Therefore, you are to live a clean, godly
life and seek to please Him in all things.
Be as
virtuous as you can be.
Keep
in mind also that one reason God created you is for you to be a companion and
helpmeet for your husband. Therefore, be as good a wife as you can be.
3.
YOUNG MEN:
Your
first task is to be the kind of person God would have you to be. You have no right
to expect God to give you a virtuous woman
if you are going to sow wild oats. You
be virtuous
also.
Then you trust the Lord to help you to find and get a good woman.
4.
YOUNG WOMEN:
Do
not lower your standards of morality in an effort to get a man. If you do you may
wish you did not have him after you get
him. You hold your standards high and
seek to please
the Lord and trust the Lord to bless you
with a good man. It is a lot easier to
be a virtuous
woman in the later years of your life if
you start out right while you are young.
5.
CHILDREN:
A
good wife also makes a good mother and all of you who have a good mother should
be very
thankful and cooperate with her.
THE BLESSING OF HAVING A GOOD WIFE
Proverbs 31:11-12
Introduction:
V.
10 speaks about the price or value of a good wife to her husband. According to that
verse she could rightly be called "A
real jewel." V. 11-12 speaks about
the benefits or
blessings that she is to him. There are three things said about her.
I.
She is worthy of her husband's trust, V. 11a
A. He can safely trust her not to be unfaithful
to him.
1. She does not invite the attention of other
men by the way she dresses.
2. She does not invite their attention by
flirtations.
3. She does not invite involvement by spending
long periods of time alone with
any other man.
4.
If she encounters advances by another
man she quickly and firmly puts a stop to
them.
B. He can safely trust her with his possessions.
1. One man who was drunk when he married woke up
to find that his wife had taken
his car, emptied his bank account and
disappeared. (What could he expect?)
2. But this woman can be trusted with her
husband's car, his money, or any of his
other possessions to look out
for his best interest.
3. She is not a spendthrift, wasting money on
every hand. (Rather, she is thrifty
and frugal.)
4. When entrusted with the checkbook, she does
not write hot checks all over town.
C. He can safely trust her with his
reputation. (She will not ruin his good
name by
misbehavior on her part.)
II.
She is a real blessing to her husband, V. 11b
A. The expression "...no need of
spoil..." has been translated "... no lack of spoil..."
or "...no lack of benefits..."
1. The "need" here means
"lack" and the word "spoil" means "benefits or
profit."
2. Hence, this woman is a real benefit or
blessing to him.
B. This is in keeping with the purpose for which
God created woman.
1. He created her to be a helpmeet for her
husband.
2. She seeks to fulfill that purpose.
3. She is on his team; she is not his opponent; and she is not on
his case.
C. There will be numerous ways that she will be
a benefit to his life. ("no
lack")
1. She will meet his needs physically and
emotionally so that there will be no
need for him to turn elsewhere.
2. She will inspire him to be industrious and,
thus, help him to be more
successful materially.
3. She will help him to accumulate more material
things. (Statistics indicate that
the married man will accumulate
more than the unmarried.)
D. She will be a good influence on him morally
and spiritually. (She will help him to
build his character.)
III.
She will do him good and not harm all the days of her life, V. 12
A. Her desire is to please her husband, I Cor. 7:34.
B. She lives, not for herself, but for her
husband.
C. She would never purposefully do him harm, but
always desire to do him good.
D. She does not fill his life with misery by
griping, complaining and arguing.
E. This desire toward her husband is lifelong.
1. It does not end when the honeymoon is over.
2. It does not end when the children come along.
3. It does not end when the children leave home.
4. It does not end in mid-life.
5. It does not end in the closing years.
Conclusion:
1.
Brethren, if you have that kind of wife, she is a real jewel. Treasure her dearly and seek
to be the best husband she could possibly have.
2.
Ladies, if you are not completely that kind of wife, then that gives you
something to work
on. You can seek to become that
kind of wife.
3.
Young men, this is another reminder of what to look for in the girls you
date. Date those
who have the finest qualities; not necessarily those who are the best
looking or the most
fun.
4.
Girls, this gives you something to shoot for, a goal to reach. If you will spend as much
effort in improving your character as you do in improving your looks you
will be a real
jewel.
A WIFE WHO IS A HARD WORKER AND A GOOD
MANAGER
Proverbs 31:13-17
Introduction:
Verses
10-31 are an acrostic describing a virtuous woman. V. 10 tells her great value.
V. 11-12 tell of the blessings she brings
to her husband. V. 13-27 speak of her
industriousness. They describe her as a hard worker and a wise
manager. This lesson will
cover only V. 13-17.
I.
She helps to provide clothing for her family, V. 13
A. The verse says that she seeks wool and flax
for the purpose of working with her hands
to provide for her family.
1. Wool is the product of sheep and is used to
make clothing and other useful
materials. (Makes winter
clothing)
2. Flax is a tree whose bark provides a fiber
from which linen and other items
were made. (Wicks for the lamps, etc. It was used especially for making
summer clothing.)
B. The text does not say how she seeks these
items, but implies that she does more than
just ask for them; she does what is necessary to get them.
C. Then once she has obtained the wool and flax
(the raw materials) she willingly uses
her hands to make clothing for her family. (She could not drive down to the shopping
center and buy what they need.
She had to make them.)
D. Even in our modern times a woman who will
help to provide clothing for her family
will do them a great service.
II.
She helps to provide food for her family, V. 14
A. The verse compares her to a merchant ship
which may go a great distance to bring food
and goods to her home port.
B. Even so today the industrious wife goes to no
small effort to bring in food for her family.
1. Some of the food she may buy from the
store. (This may require checking all of
the ads and driving over town.)
2. Some of the food she may obtain fresh from
the fields. (This can require hard
work canning or freezing.)
3. She may even grow some of their food in her
own garden.
C. By providing both food and clothing for her
family she is making a major contribution
to the family well-being.
III.
She rises earlly and gets busy, V. 15
A. This woman does not spend half the day in
bed. (And when she does get up it
doesn't
take half a pot of coffee to get her going.)
B. She rises before daylight and begins her
activities.
1. She gives meat (food, breakfast) to her
family.
2. She gives also to her maidens. (She might not cook their meals, but she
provides food for them.)
C. The implication is that she
sees to it that the members of her household also rises
early and gets to work.
1. She gives them a portion of the work as well
as a portion of the food.
2. Thus, she trains her children to work.
3. A woman does her children no favor who waits
upon her children hand and foot
and requires no work from them.
D. Thus, she is not only a hard worker, but a
good overseer of her household.
IV.
She increases the family holdings, V. 16
A. She purchases additional family property.
1. There is no indication here that she does
this without her husband's knowledge
and consent, but in counsel with
him.
2. But she, in this case, is the one to take the
initiative.
3. And the implication is that she does this
with her own earnings. (She buys
the field.)
B. She then works with her own hands to plant a
vineyard on that property. (Hence, she
not only increases the family holdings, but the family food supply and
family income.)
C. Even today busy husbands may have no time for
learning how to make investments and
a wise wife can be of great
assistance in making good family investments.
(She might
even help provide the extra income that can be used to begin such
investments.)
V.
She builds her physical strength and health, V. 17
A. The verse says that she strengthens her loins
and her arms.
1. She is not a fragile ornament that has no
purpose but to decorate the premises.
2. She is a worker --- able to contribute to the
cause.
B. The loins are the lower parts of the back
from the waist to the hips.
1. They need to be strong to carry a child both
before and after birth.
2. A strong lower back is also essential for
much of the work that needs to be
done.
C. The arms of any active woman are engaged in
many activities. (They, too, need to be
strong. Not as strong as a man's
arms, but strong never-the-less.)
D. She may get and maintain her strength by
exercise and hard work.
Conclusion:
Such
a wife benefits not only her husband and her children, but she benefits herself
also.
A WISE AND INDUSTRIOUS WIFE
Proverbs 31:18-22
Introduction:
These
verses continue the thought contained in verses 13-17 which speak of wife who
is a
hard worker and a good manager. This text also speaks so much about her work
that it would be
easy to overlook what it is saying about
her wisdom. But her wisdom is a very
important part
of the passage. Evidence of her wisdom and industrious habits
are seen:
I.
By her good merchandise, V. 18-19
A. She perceives (literally "she
tastes") that her merchandise is good.
B. The word, merchandise, here means gain or
profit.
1. This is not, therefore, merchandise which she
has made for sale, but that
which she has gained by her labor
and efforts. See verse 14.
2. It would consist of many things: Food raised, dried and stored; clothing,
tools, cattle (with milk),
sheep (with wool), money, jewelry, etc.
C. She works hard to provide these things.
1. Her candle burns long into the night.
2. It does not go out at an early hour.
D. An example of her wise industry is the work
she does making cloth, V. 19.
1. The spindle and distaff is the forerunner of
the spinning wheel.
2. Her hands would make many a move attaching
the wool or flax, twisting it into
a thread, guiding it onto a
spool.
3. Then she had to weave the cloth and the
implication is that this is what she
did.
II.
By her generous spirit, V. 20
A. It was not enough that she gather for herself
and her family, but she was willing to
share with the less fortunate.
1. She might could have pleased her husband by
only gathering in.
2. But she pleased God with her willingness to
share with others outside her
family.
B. She was a blessing, therefore, to
others. (Her work benefited not only
herself and
her family, but others.)
C. This, in turn, brought even greater blessing
both to herself and to her family.
1.
It is more blessed to give than to
receive. (That is, greater blessings
come
from giving that from
receiving.)
2. Greater blessings from God came to her and
her family as a result of her
generosity.
3. She set a good example to her family that
would also bring them greater
blessings if they would follow
her example.
D. The blessings which she received for giving
no doubt motivated her to work more so
that she could give more.
III.
By being prepared for winter, V. 21
A. The winter can be hard on man and beast.
B. But she is not afraid of the winter because
she has prepared for it.
1. She has already prepared in advance.
2. She does not wait for winter to arrive before
getting prepared.
3. She knows that it is coming, but she is not
afraid.
C. She is prepared not only for herself, but for
her whole household.
1. All her household are clothed with scarlet
(double garments) probably of
wool. See V. 13.
2. This would mean that all family members and
all of the servants were so
clothed.
D. How wise and how industrious!
IV.
By some of the fineries she enjoys, V. 22
A. While she provided for her family and others,
she did not neglect her own needs and
desires.
B. She made for herself coverings of tapestry.
1. The word, tapestry, means
"coverings" and could refer to coverings which
adorned her bed, pillows,
walls, etc. See Pro. 7:16.
2. These are not necessities, but are desirable.
C. She made or bought fine clothing for herself.
1. Silk came from the far east.
2. Purple came from around Tyre
and Sidon.
3. The purchase of such materials was costly.
4. But she had helped to provide and so she also
shared in the rewards of her
labor.
D. Just the very fact that she was able to do
these things as a result of her labor and
wise management speak well of her.
Conclusion:
Husbands
who have such a wife are blessed indeed.
Some husbands have wives who make no
effort to help the husband to provide for
the needs of the family. Rather, they
waste what the
husband makes and keeps the family in
poverty. These men can never accumulate
anything but
debts.
Their wives won't let them.
MORE GOOD QUALILTIES IN A VIRTUOUS WOMAN
Proverbs 31:23-27
Introduction:
These
verses continue the description of a virtuous woman which began in V. 11. The
qualities described in these verses are
that of outward conduct, but they come from the good
quality of her inward nature.
I. A
boost to her husband's good name, V. 23
A. If her husband is not of good character and
reputation, she alone cannot make one
for him. (For example Abigail
could not do much to help the reputation of Nabal.)
B. But if a man is inclined toward good conduct,
a good wife can enhance his reputation
as a good man.
C. In this proverb, the good man is known in the
gates of the city.
1. He participates in governmental policies and
decision making.
2. His advice and counsel is respected.
D. This tells us something about his wife.
1. She, too, has a good reputation.
2. She gives him encouragement at home and helps
to build his confidence rather
than tear it down.
3. Whatever input of ideas she has into his
thinking is worthwhile.
II.
Makes contribution to the family finances, V. 24
A. This has already been suggested verse 16.
B. In this proverb she is seen making fine
garments and selling them.
1. The fine linen is literally "fine linen
garments."
2. The girdle is also a garment.
3. She produces quality goods and sells
them. (No doubt, at a good price.)
C. The family finance does not depend on her
entirely, but she does make her
contribution to it.
III.
Prepared for the future, V. 25
A. This quality also has been previously
suggested, V. 21.
1. Back in V. 21 that proverb dealt with her
being prepared for winter by having
warm clothing for herself and
her family.
2. This proverb deals not with material things,
but her character and godliness.
B. Strength is said to be her clothing.
1. Like warm garments protect from the weather, even
so strength of character and
godly conduct help to protect
her in the trials which lay ahead.
2. Having godliness will not prevent all trials
from coming, but it gives strength
when they do come.
C. Likewise with honor.
1. It is very important to live an honorable and
godly life.
2. To fail to do so leaves one weak and
vulnerable when trials come.
3. But honor helps to prepare one for trials and
to be victorious over them.
D. The proverb says that she will rejoice in
time to come because she has clothed
herself with strength and honor.
(She shall laugh at the future.)
IV.
Wise and kind words, V. 26
A. Her wisdom was learned from God. Pro. 1:7.
1. It is not mere human intelligence.
2. The wisdom of Joseph in Potiphar's
house is an example.
3. Likewise the wisdom of Daniel in Babylon.
B. Kindness is also learned from God.
1. God, Himself, has set the example.
2. The godly woman has a kind tongue.
3. She considers the feelings of others before
she speaks. (The feelings of
family, friends, neighbors,
etc.)
V.
Good houlsehold manager, V. 27
A. She looks well to the ways of her household.
1. She is informed about the activities of all
in her family.
2. She provides their needs.
B. This keeps her very busy.
1. She has no time in which to be lazy.
2. She cannot lay around and read all the
time. Or sleep or gossip, etc.)
3. A lazy woman cannot make a good wife nor
mother.
PRAISES FOR A VIRTUOUS WOMAN
Proverbs 31:28-31
Introduction:
Verses
10-31 deal with a virtuous woman. V. 10
declares her value. V. 11-27 describe
her character. V. 28-31 describe the praises which she
receives.
I.
Praises from her children, V. 28a
A. The proverb says that her children rise up
and call her blessed.
B. The proverb does not say that these are small
children.
1. This writer pictures them as being
grown. (That is when children appreciate
mother the most.)
2. By this time most of them will have children
of their own and are trying to be
as good a parent as she was to
them. (That is about the highest
compliment
that a child can pay to a
mother.)
C. They remember her lovingly for many things.
1. For her warm embrace.
2. For her wise guidance and counsel.
3. For her tender care.
4. For her firm but loving discipline.
5. For her godly living. (Her example)
6. For her tireless labor.
7. For her delicious cooking.
8. For her prayers on behalf of her family.
II.
Praises from her husband, V. 28b
A. Like her children, her husband praises her
also.
B. He is well aware that he has married a jewel,
V. 10.
C. He has had abundant opportunity to observe
her benefits to himself and to his
children, V. 11-27.
D. He is lavish with his praises
of her. (Such praises help a lot.)
III.
An example of their praises to her, V. 29
A. She is said to be the best of all women.
B. Apparently this is not a statement made about
her by the writer of the proverb. (He
could not consider each godly woman to be the best.)
C. This is the kind of statement that her
children or her husband would make about her.
1. Most commentaries think that these words are
from the husband alone, but this
writer thinks that they are
from both the children and the husband as
mentioned back in V. 28.
2. The children think they had the best mother
in the world.
3. The husband thinks he has the best wife in
the world.
IV.
The chief reason for such praises, V. 30
A. Physical attractiveness is not the reason (or
at least, it not the chief reason) that
she is praised.
B. Physical beauty is deceiving and vain.
1. It is deceiving in that some who are
physically beautiful have no other beauty.
(No kindness, no morals, no
honesty, etc.)
2. It is vain in that it will be gone in a few
years.
C. The chief reason she is praised is because of
her fear or reverence for God.
1. Living a godly life has paid off for
her. (It was in her own best interest.)
2. It was also in the best interest of her
family.
D. This means:
1. That she was faithful to worship the True and
Living God.
2. She sought His will for her life.
3. She read and studied His word.
4. She sought His help in time of need.
5. She gave Him praises for His goodness.
6. She was true to her husband.
7. She honored his position as head of the house
as a God-given position.
8. She trusted the Lord to provide and protect.
V. Well earned praises, V. 31
A. The proverb says, "Give her the fruit of
her hands."
1. The idea is, "She has to be praised.
Praise her. She has earned it."
2. We are often hesitant to praise, but we
should not be --- not when the praises
are so well deserved.
B. The proverb concludes: "Let her own works praise her in the
gates."
1. This suggests that in rendering praises to
her all you have to do is to point
out the good things she has
done.
2. It suggests also that it would be almost like
robbing her to refuse to give
her the praise that she has so
well earned.
C. The proverb suggests (but does not actually
say) that God Himself praises her for
her godly life.
1. God praised Job in Job 1:8; 2:2.
2. This whole passage of Scripture was written
about her and that, in
itself, speaks high
praises of her. (Praises which were from
God.)
3. One can be sure that God blesses her for
living a godly life.
4. One can also be sure that God will review her
whole life in judgment
and that He will highly praise
her, honor her and reward her, I Peter
1:7.